Spanish › departments › webservices › ... · In English we wouldn't use a possessive...

Mango Educator Edition™

Spanish

Unit 2Course Guide

mangolanguages.com

©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES All rights reserved.

http://www.facebook.com/MangoLanguages

http://twitter.com/MangoLanguages

http://www.youtube.com/user/mangolanguagestv

http://mangolanguages.com

23

21385778

106127154175193208244314319

Table of Contents

Table of ContentsChapter 1: People and AnimalsChapter 2: At HomeChapter 3: Small TalkChapter 4: DatingChapter 5: Eating and CookingChapter 6: Weather and LandscapesChapter 7: ShoppingChapter 8: Banking and Post OfficeChapter 9: Leisure TimeChapter 10: SightseeingVocabulary ReviewPhrase ReviewCultural NotesGrammar Notes

Chapter 1: People and Animals Personas y Animales

Chapter 1: People and Animals

Conversational GoalsAddress Family Members Using KinshipWordsComment On PetsTalk About Personality Types

Grammar GoalsBe Introduced to the Diminutive FormBe Introduced to the Pronoun "Who" andNumber AgreementPractice the Possessive StructureUse Articles with Possessive PronounsUse Comparatives

ConversationEnglish Spanish

Whose photo is this? ¿De quién es esta foto? (deh kyehn ehs EHStah FOHtoh)

It's mine and this is my family. Es mía. Y esta es mi familia. (ehs MEEah ee EHStah ehs mee fahMEElyah)

Who is he? ¿Quién es él? (kyehn ehs ehl)

He's my brother and he's older than me.Él es mi hermano y es mayor que yo. (ehl ehs mee ehrMAHnoh ee ehs mahYOHRkeh yoh)

He looks like my dad, doesn't he? Se parece a mi papá, ¿no? (seh pahREHseh ah mee pahPAH noh)

Yes! They look a lot alike. ¡Sí! Se parecen mucho. (see seh pahREHsehn MOOchoh)

And, whose are these? Y, ¿de quién son estos? (ee deh kyehn sohn EHStohs)

They are my pets, the birds, Dina and Popis. Dinais smaller than Popis.

Son mis mascotas, los pájaros, Dina yPopis. Dina es más pequeña que Popis. (sohn mees mahsKOHtahs lohs PAHhahrohsDEEnah ee POHpees DEEnah ehs mahspehKEHnyah keh POHpees)

They're cute, aren't they? Son lindos, ¿no? (sohn LEENdohs noh)

¡No! ¡No me gustan los pájaros!

mangolanguages.com©2016 MANGO LANGUAGESAll rights reserved.

4





No! I don't like birds! ¡No! ¡No me gustan los pájaros! (noh noh meh GOOStahn lohs PAHhahrohs)


5





Who is in this photo? ¿Quién está en esta foto?English Spanish

1 Who is in this photo? ¿Quién está en esta foto? (kyehn ehsTAH ehn EHStah FOHtoh)

2 who quién (kyehn)

3 Remember that the verb está is used for "you are" (formal) as well as "he / she / it is" whenreferring to temporary states of being.

4 photo foto (FOHtoh)

5 this photo esta foto (EHStah FOHtoh)

6Did you say "*este foto?" Even though this noun ends with -o, it's a feminine word. This isbecause just like the English word photo, foto is short for fotografía (photograph), which as youcan see ends with an -a. So, the next time you use it, remember to change the adjectiveaccordingly!

7 in this photo en esta foto (ehn EHStah FOHtoh)

8 father padre (PAHdthreh)

9

In Latin American countries, kids use endearing forms of kinship terms, like pá, papi, or papáinstead of padre (father), and má, mami, or mamá instead of madre (mother). It is also verycommon to hear the use of diminutive forms--varied forms of word endings showing endearmentor relative size. In Mexico you will frequently hear -ito / -ita as in papito and mamita, and -cito/ -cita for words that end with a consonant: corazón (heart) would be corazoncito.

10 dad papá (pahPAH)

11 mom mamá (mahMAH)

12 He is my dad and she is my mom!¡Él es mi papá y ella es mi mamá! (ehl ehs mee pahPAH ee EHyah ehs meemahMAH)

13 uncle tío (TEEoh)

14 He is not my dad! It's my uncle Carlos.¡Él no es mi papá! Es mi tío, Carlos. (ehl noh ehs mee pahPAH ehs mee TEEohKAHRlohs)

15 to know saber (sahBEHR)

16 I know sé (seh)

Continued on next page


6





English Spanish

17 I don't know. No sé. (noh seh)

18 ma'am señora (sehNYOHrah)

19

In Spanish when you want to be polite, show respect or to address a woman you don't know, youcan use the word señora (ma'am). The same also applies for addressing men, except of courseyou would say señor (sir). These more formal terms can also be used in place of the wordswoman and man. For example, instead of saying, "La mujer a mi derecha" (The woman onmy right) you can say, "La señora a mi derecha."

20 I don't know who this woman is! ¡No sé quién es esta señora! (noh seh kyehn ehs EHStah sehNYOHrah)

21 cousin primo (PREEmoh)

22 He is my cousin Lucas. My cousin Maria is tothe right.

Él es mi primo Lucas. Mi prima Maríaestá a la derecha. (ehl ehs mee PREEmoh LOOkahs meePREEmah mahREEah ehsTAH ah lahdehREHchah)

23 Did you remember to change primo to prima in order to agree with the gender of Maria?

24 She is Ana's cousin. (She is the cousin of Ana.)

Ella es la prima de Ana. (EHyah ehs lah PREEmah deh AHnah)

25Did you notice the Spanish possessive construction? The -'s is not used to show possession inSpanish. Instead you place the noun in possession before de followed by the possessing noun. For example, "Juan's dad," would be el papá de Juan, literally, "the dad of Juan" and "Maria'shouse," is la casa de María (the house of Maria).

26 You already know how to say uncle in Spanish, tío. Now, try applying the gender rule you havelearned to this word in order to answer this next slide.

27 aunt tía (TEEah)

28 Remember how to say "that" as in, "I believe that I have a high fever" (Creo que tengo fiebrealta)? Keep this in mind for the next slide.

29 For this next challenge, try replacing "woman" with another word in order to sound more polite.

30 He's my uncle and the woman that is to theleft is my aunt.

Él es mi tío y la señora que está a laizquierda es mi tía. (ehl ehs mee TEEoh ee lah sehNYOHrahkeh ehsTAH ah lah eesKYEHRdthah ehsmee TEEah)

31 Who are they? ¿Quiénes son ellos? (KYEHnehs sohn EHyohs)

32Did you notice that quién changed to quiénes? This is because it has to agree with the subjectof the sentence, which is plural. So, you say ¿Quiénes son ellos? (Who are they?), but ¿Quiénes él? (Who is he?).

33 siblings hermanos (ehrMAHnohs)


7







8





English Spanish

34Did you notice that the plural form of hermano (brother) is used to refer to siblings(hermanos)? This is the same for parents (padres), uncles (tíos) and grandparents(abuelos). To form these words you simply use the masculine plural forms. Also, in Spanishtíos can refer to your uncles (all males) or even your aunt and uncle.

35 They are my siblings. Ellos son mis hermanos. (EHyohs sohn mees ehrMAHnohs)

36 For this next challenge remember that the verb has to agree with the subject of the sentence innumber, that is, plural or singular, as well as gender. Do you remember the plural form of estar?

37 Who is here in this photo?¿Quiénes están aquí, en esta foto? (KYEHnehs ehsTAHN ahKEE ehn EHStahFOHtoh)

38 family familia (fahMEElyah)

39 It's my family. Es mi familia. (ehs mee fahMEElyah)

40 parents padres (PAHdthrehs)

41

Do you recall that in Spanish, it is not common to say "This is ...," and then the name, tointroduce a person? Instead we say "He is ..." or "She is...," and then the person's name orrelationship to the person introducing them. The same applies to the plural form. Whereas inEnglish it is perfectly fine to say, "These are my parents," in Spanish you would say, "They are myparents" (Ellos son mis padres).

42 These are my parents, my brother, and mysister.

Ellos son mis padres, mi hermano y mihermana. (EHyohs sohn mees PAHdthrehs meeehrMAHnoh ee mee ehrMAHnah)

43 grandfather abuelo (ahBWEHloh)

44 Recall how father is padre, and parents is padres, brother is hermano and siblings ishermanos. Keeping this pattern in mind, try your hand at this next one.

45 grandparents abuelos (ahBWEHlohs)

46 These are my grandparents, my grandfatherPedro and my grandmother Maria.

Ellos son mis abuelos, mi abuelo Pedroy mi abuela María. (EHyohs sohn mees ahBWEHlohs meeahBWEHloh PEHdthroh ee meeahBWEHlah mahREEah)

47It is very common in Latin America for extended family members to live together. Many timesmom, dad, children, grandparents, and even aunts, uncles and cousins will live in the samehome.


9





Whose is this bird? ¿De quién es este pájaro?English Spanish

1 Whose is this bird? ¿De quién es este pájaro? (deh kyehn ehs EHSteh PAHhahroh)

2 whose (of who)

de quién (deh kyehn)

3 Did you notice that even when saying "whose" you use the possessive construction and put de(of) before quién (who)?

4 Whose is it? ¿De quién es? (deh kyehn ehs)

5 bird pájaro (PAHhahroh)

6 this bird este pájaro (EHSteh PAHhahroh)

7 hamster hámster (HAHMStehr)

8By now, you already know that the "h" in Spanish is silent. You have learned the words hospital,hermana, and hongos. But, did you notice that the "h" in the word hámster is pronounced? This is just an exception to the silent -h rule because hamster is a word that was borrowed fromEnglish.

9 so tan (tahn)

10 nice lindo (LEENdoh)

11 so nice tan lindo (tahn LEENdoh)

12 Whose is this nice hamster? (Of who is this so nice hamster?)

¿De quién es este hámster tan lindo? (deh kyehn ehs EHSteh HAHMStehr tahnLEENdoh)

13 hair pelo (PEHloh)

14 You will also hear people use the word cabello instead of pelo. They both mean hair and areinterchangeable.

15 furry peludo (pehLOOdthoh)

16 I don't know. My hamster isn't so furry.No sé. Mi hámster no es tan peludo. (noh seh mee HAHMStehr noh ehs tahnpehLOOdthoh)

17 dog perro (PEHrroh)



10





English Spanish

18 What a nice dog! ¡Qué perro tan lindo! (keh PEHrroh tahn LEENdoh)

19 my brother's dog el perro de mi hermano (ehl PEHrroh deh mee ehrMAHnoh)

20 the dog in the photo (the dog of the photo)

el perro de la foto (ehl PEHrroh deh lah FOHtoh)

21

In English we wouldn't use a possessive construction to create this phrase, but in Spanish youcan! You can actually use either the possessive construction, el pájaro de la foto, literally"the bird of the picture," or you can use a phrase similar to how we would say it in English, elpájaro que está en la foto (the bird that is in the picture). However, the first example isshorter and more commonly used.

22 It's not my brother's. No es de mi hermano. (noh ehs deh mee ehrMAHnoh)

23 The dog in the photo is not my brother's!¡El perro de la foto no es de mihermano! (ehl PEHrroh deh lah FOHtoh noh ehs dehmee ehrMAHnoh )

24 The dog in the photo is not my brother's!Whose is it?

¡El perro de la foto no es de mihermano! ¿De quién es? (ehl PEHrroh deh lah FOHtoh noh ehs dehmee ehrMAHnoh deh kyehn ehs)

25 the dogs los perros (lohs PEHrrohs)

26 Los is the plural form of the masculine article, el. You may remember this from los EstadosUnidos (the United States). And, las is the plural form of the feminine article, la.

27 long largo (LAHRgoh)

28 long hair pelo largo (PEHloh LAHRgoh)

29 mine mío (MEEoh)

30 It's not mine. No es mío. (noh ehs MEEoh)

31 The dog with long hair is not mine.El perro con pelo largo no es mío. (ehl PEHrroh kohn PEHloh LAHRgoh nohehs MEEoh)

32 For this next slide imagine that you are talking about your female cat, Fifi.

33 Mine has long hair. La mía tiene pelo largo. (lah MEEah TYEHneh PEHloh LAHRgoh)

34 You might have said, *Mía tiene pelo largo. This is almost correct. However, Spanish requiresthe use of "the" before possessive pronouns like, mine, yours, his, and so on.



11





English Spanish

35 short corto (KOHRtoh)

36 short haired (of short hair)

de pelo corto (deh PEHloh KOHRtoh)

37 The short haired one. El de pelo corto. (ehl deh PEHloh KOHRtoh)

38You probably noticed that in order to say, "The short haired one" we didn't actually say the word"one." For sentences of this type, "one" is implied by the use of the singular article, el. Or, if thenoun is feminine, la.

39 small pequeño (pehKEHnyoh)

40 My dog is the small, short haired one.Mi perro es el pequeño de pelo corto. (mee PEHrroh ehs ehl pehKEHnyoh dehPEHloh KOHRtoh)

41 cat gato (GAHtoh)

42 spot mancha (MAHNchah)

43 Whose are these cats with spots?¿De quiénes son estos gatos conmanchas? (deh KYEHnehs sohn EHStohs GAHtohskohn MAHNchahs)

44 Did you remember to change de quién to the plural form de quiénes?45 I'll bet you can figure out how to form the feminine word for gato! Use it in the following slide.

46 This is Lucy's cat. Its name is Princess.Esta gata es de Lucía. Se llamaPrincesa. (EHStah GAHtah ehs deh looSEEah sehYAHmah preenSEHsah)

47It is very common to see at least one pet in Latin American homes. People seem to enjoy thecompanionship of a dog, cat, or even a bird or hamster. And if you happen to visit a home in thecountryside, you'll find that people also have horses as pets!


12





I don't like animals. No me gustan los animales.English Spanish

1 I don't like animals. No me gustan los animales. (noh meh GOOStahn lohs ahneeMAHlehs)

2 I like Me gusta. (meh GOOStah)

3 I don't like No me gusta. (noh meh GOOStah)

4 animal animal (ahneeMAHL)

5 Remember, in Spanish to make the plural of a noun that ends with a consonant, you have to add"-es" to the end of the noun. Let's give it a try!

6 animals animales (ahneeMAHlehs)

7 Before you try to put it all together you should be aware that this construction requires the use ofthe article before animales.

8

Did you say, *"No me gusta los animales."? Almost! You have learned that the verb alwaysagrees with the subject of the sentence in person and number, and though it might seemdifferent here this is actually still the case. Gustar, and a few other verbs like it which you will seein a later chapter, look as if they agree with the object, e.g., los animales, but I assure you, losanimales is actually the subject of the sentence, and me is the indirect object. No me gustanlos animales can actually be translated as, "The animals are not likeable to me." So here youcan clearly see that "the animals" is the subject and "to me" is the indirect object. So, me gusta(I like) changes to the plural form me gustan and the correct answer is, No me gustan losanimales.

9 I like dogs. Me gustan los perros. (meh GOOStahn lohs PEHrrohs)

10 Do you like my cat? His name is Botas.¿Le gusta mi gato? Se llama Botas. (leh GOOStah mee GAHtoh seh YAHmahBOHtahs)

11 you like te gusta (teh GOOStah)

12 pet mascota (mahsKOHtah)

13 Do you like my pet? ¿Te gusta mi mascota? (teh GOOStah mee mahsKOHtah)

14 You don't like them? ¿No te gustan? (noh teh GOOStahn)

15 Did you remember to use the plural form of te gusta?


13





That boy doesn't look like your brother!¡Ese niño no se parece a tu hermano!

English Spanish

1 That boy doesn't look like your brother!¡Ese niño no se parece a tu hermano! (EHseh NEEnyoh noh seh pahREHseh ahtoo ehrMAHnoh)

2 to look like parecerse a (pahrehSEHRseh ah)

3 he looks like se parece a (seh pahREHseh ah)

4 doesn't look like no se parece a (noh seh pahREHseh ah)

5 boy niño (NEEnyoh)

6 that boy ese niño (EHseh NEEnyoh)

7 that boy looks like ese niño se parece a (EHseh NEEnyoh seh pahREHseh ah)

8 that boy doesn't look like ese niño no se parece a (EHseh NEEnyoh noh seh pahREHseh ah)

9 your brother tu hermano (too ehrMAHnoh)

10The use of nicknames is very common in many Latin American countries. And in many cases,nicknames are adjectives that describe the person's appearance. For example, chico (small),pequeño (small), or chaparro (short) are commonly used to refer to a young boy. And chica,pequeña, or chaparrita (notice the diminutive form) are used to refer to a young girl.

11 best mejor (mehHOHR)

12 best friend mejor amigo (mehHOHR ahMEEgoh)

13 He looks like my best friend.Se parece a mi mejor amigo. (seh pahREHseh ah mee mehHOHRahMEEgoh)

14 What a nice photo! This woman looks like mybest friend.

¡Qué linda foto! Esta señora se parecea mi mejor amiga. (keh LEENdah FOHtoh EHStahsehNYOHrah seh pahREHseh ah meemehHOHR ahMEEgah)

15 Did you remember to use the feminine form of lindo because foto is a feminine word? And whatabout "best friend"? Did you get it right and say, mejor amiga?

16 brown hair pelo castaño (PEHloh kahsTAHnyoh)



14





English Spanish

17 She doesn't look like my mom. My mom hasbrown hair.

Ella no se parece a mi mamá. Mi mamátiene pelo castaño. (EHyah noh seh pahREHseh ah meemahMAH mee mahMAH TYEHneh PEHlohkahsTAHnyoh)

18 blond rubio (RROObyoh)

19 my dad's blond hair el pelo rubio de mi papá (ehl PEHloh RROObyoh deh mee pahPAH)

20 My dad's blond hair looks like my brother'shair.

El pelo rubio de mi papá se parece alpelo de mi hermano. (ehl PEHloh RROObyoh deh mee pahPAHseh pahREHseh ahl PEHloh deh meeehrMAHnoh)

21For, "looks like my brother's hair," you may have said *se parece a pelo de mi hermano. This is close. However, Spanish requires the use of the article el before pelo. Also, any time youhave a before the masculine article el these two words will combine to form al.

22 I look like me parezco a (meh pahREHSkoh ah)

23 Who do I look like? ¿A quién me parezco? (ah kyehn meh pahREHSkoh)

24If you said, ¿Quién me parezco? you were almost correct! Next time remember that thestructure is parecerse a and you have to use a whenever you use the verb parecerse. In aquestion, this preposition a moves to the beginning of the sentence. So, you say, ¿A quién meparezco?

25 thin delgado (dehlGAHdthoh)

26 tall alto (AHLtoh)

27 Do you remember that alto also means high?

28 I don't look like Juan. He is tall and thin.No me parezco a Juan. Él es alto ydelgado. (noh meh pahREHSkoh ah hwahn ehl ehsAHLtoh ee dehlGAHdthoh )

29 you look like te pareces a (teh pahREHsehs ah)

30 Who do you look like? ¿A quién te pareces? (ah kyehn teh pahREHsehs)

31 fat gordo (GOHRdthoh)

32 as fat as tan gordo como (tahn GOHRdthoh KOHmoh)

33The Spanish equivalent of the English structure "as...as" (like the expression, "He is as tall as…")is tanto...como. So, when talking about qualities, you only have to add the adjective to thisstructure. Therefore, you will say: No soy tan alto como él (I'm not as tall as him) or Ella es


15





tan delgada como yo (She is as thin as I am).



16





English Spanish

34 I'm not as thin as him.No soy tan delgado como él. (noh soy tahn dehlGAHdthoh KOHmohehl)

35 Try using the endearing form of abuelo for this next slide.

36 I look a lot like my grandpa. But I'm not as fatas he is.

Me parezco mucho a mi abuelito. Perono soy tan gordo como él. (meh pahREHSkoh MOOchoh ah meeahbwehLEEtoh PEHroh noh soy tahnGOHRdthoh KOHmoh ehl)

37 short bajo (BAHhoh)

38 You previously learned corto as "short." Corto is used to refer to the short length or duration ofsomething, while bajo refers to a short stature.

39 daughter hija (EEhah)

40 My daughter looks a lot like me, but she isn'tas short as me.

Mi hija se parece mucho a mí, pero ellano es tan baja como yo. (mee EEhah seh pahREHseh MOOchoh ahmee PEHroh EHyah noh ehs tahn BAHhahKOHmoh yoh)

41 mean malo (MAHloh)

42 I look like my brother. But I'm not as mean ashe is!

Me parezco a mi hermano. ¡Pero yo nosoy tan malo como él! (meh pahREHSkoh ah mee ehrMAHnohPEHroh yoh noh soy tahn MAHlohKOHmoh ehl)

43 Who does Maria look like? ¿A quién se parece María? (ah kyehn seh pahREHseh mahREEah)

44 her su (soo)

45 her aunt su tía (soo TEEah)

46 She looks like her aunt Clarisa.Se parece a su tía Clarisa. (seh pahREHseh ah soo TEEahklahREEsah)


17





Your dog is calmer than mine.Tu perro es más tranquilo que el mío.

English Spanish

1 Your dog is calmer than mine.Tu perro es más tranquilo que el mío. (too PEHrroh ehs mahs trahnKEEloh kehehl MEEoh)

2 calm tranquilo (trahnKEEloh)

3 calmer than más tranquilo que (mahs trahnKEEloh keh)

4The comparative structure (as in, "calmer than...") is represented in Spanish by using más...que(more...than). For example, "thinner than" is más delgado que and, "fatter than" is másgordo que.

5 calmer than mine más tranquilo que el mío (mahs trahnKEEloh keh ehl MEEoh)

6 Did you remember to use the article el before the possessive pronoun mío?

7 yours tuyo (TOOyoh)

8 My dog is fatter than yours.Mi perro es más gordo que el tuyo. (mee PEHrroh ehs mahs GOHRdthoh kehehl TOOyoh)

9 fun divertido (deebehrTEEdthoh)

10 the most fun (the more fun)

el más divertido (ehl mahs deebehrTEEdthoh)

11 Benito is the most amusing dog. (Benito is the more fun dog.)

Benito es el perro más divertido. (behNEEtoh ehs ehl PEHrroh mahsdeebehrTEEdthoh)

12 all todo (TOHdthoh)

13 of all de todo (deh TOHdthoh)

14 the most amusing of allel más divertido de todos (ehl mahs deebehrTEEdthoh dehTOHdthohs)

15

Did you say, *el más divertido de todo? The structure de todo, when used withcomparatives like "most" and "more," is always plural, even when the noun you are talking aboutis singular. You can think of it as anticipating or carrying an implied plural noun: Mi perro es elmás divertido de todos (los perros) (My dog is the most amusing of all (the dogs)). Just likeother adjectives in Spanish, todo must agree in gender with the noun it modifies.

16 Don't forget number and gender agreement for this next challenge!

17 My pets are the most amusing of all!¡Mis mascotas son las más divertidasde todas! (mees mahsKOHtahs sohn lahs mahs


18





deebehrTEEdthahs deh TOHdthahs)



19





English Spanish

18 This cat is meaner than mine.Este gato es más malo que el mío. (EHSteh GAHtoh ehs mahs MAHloh kehehl MEEoh)

19 I believed creí (krehEE)

20 was (for permanent states of being) era (EHrah)

21Era" is the past tense of "ser," which you already know is the more permanent form of "to be." Era is used to refer to the nature of something or things that are more permanent likecharacteristics, in the past tense.

22 I thought he was (I believed that he was)

creí que él era (krehEE keh ehl EHrah)

23 the shortest (the more short)

el más bajo (ehl mahs BAHhoh)

24 the shortest in the family (the more short of the family)

el más bajo de la familia (ehl mahs BAHhoh deh lah fahMEElyah)

25 I thought he was the shortest in the family.Creí que él era el más bajo de lafamilia. (krehEE keh ehl EHrah ehl mahs BAHhohdeh lah fahMEElyah)

26 old viejo (BYEHhoh)

27 I thought he was the oldest in the family.Creí que él era el más viejo de lafamilia. (krehEE keh ehl EHrah ehl mahs BYEHhohdeh lah fahMEElyah)

28 young joven (HOHbehn)

29 No. He's the youngest. No. Es el más joven. (noh ehs ehl mahs HOHbehn)

30 older mayor (mahYOHR)

31 Tomas is older than me. Tomás es mayor que yo. (tohMAHS ehs mahYOHR keh yoh)

32 the oldest el mayor (ehl mahYOHR)

33 I'm not the oldest. Yo no soy el mayor. (yoh noh soy ehl mahYOHR)


20





Isn't it? ¿No?English Spanish

1 Isn't it? ¿No? (noh)

2Tag questions in Spanish are easy! Anytime you want to end a statement with a little tag question(like, "Isn't it?" or "Doesn't he?") all you have to do is add ¿No? to the end of your statement. Let'spractice.

3 She looks a lot like me, doesn't she?Ella se parece mucho a mí, ¿no? (EHyah seh pahREHseh MOOchoh ah meenoh)

4 This is your pet, isn't it? Esta es su mascota, ¿no? (EHStah ehs soo mahsKOHtah noh)

5 She's blond, right? Es rubia, ¿no? (ehs RROObyah noh )

6 You may also hear Es rubia, ¿verdad?, which literally means, "She's blond, true?" We will look atthis tag question a little later in the course. For now just know that either way is fine.

7 Mine is the tallest of all, isn't she?La mía es la más alta de todas, ¿no? (lah MEEah ehs lah mahs AHLtah dehTOHdthahs noh)


21





Chapter 2: At Home Chapter 2: At Home

Conversational GoalsDescribe What Color Something IsRefer to General PlacesRefer to Rooms and Locations in a HouseUse Location and Relational Words

Grammar GoalsLearn to Combine the Preposition De and theArticle ElPractice Possessive Pronouns and NumberAgreementPractice the Position of AdjectivesUse the Personal Pronoun Clitics -me, -le,and -te


Welcome. Come in, please. May I take your coat?Bienvenida. Pase, por favor. ¿Me permitesu abrigo? (byehnbehNEEdthah PAHseh pohr fahBOHRmeh pehrMEEteh soo ahBREEgoh)

Thanks. Your house is beautiful. I love that redlamp over there.

Gracias. Su casa es hermosa. Me encantaesa lámpara roja de allá. (GRAHsyahs soo KAHsah ehs ehrMOHsahmeh ehnKAHNtah EHsah LAHMpahrahRROHhah deh ahYAH)

Thanks. Allow me to show you the house.Gracias. Permítame mostrarle la casa. (GRAHsyahs pehrMEEtahmeh mohsTRAHRlehlah KAHsah )

This is the living room and through those doors isthe patio.

Esa es la sala de estar y esas puertas danal patio. (EHsah ehs lah SAHlah deh ehsTAHR eeEHsahs PWEHRtahs dahn ahl PAHtyoh)

Down this hall is the kitchen and the bedroomsare on the second floor.

Este pasillo da a la cocina y los cuartosestán en el segundo piso. (EHSteh pahSEEyoh dah ah lah kohSEEnahee lohs KWAHRtohs ehsTAHn ehn ehlsehGOONdoh PEEsoh)

Your house is very cozy. Su casa es muy acogedora. (soo KAHsah ehs mwee ahkohhehDTHOHrah)

Thank you very much. ¡Muchas gracias! (MOOchahs GRAHsyahs)


22






23





Welcome! ¡Bienvenido!English Spanish

1 Welcome! ¡Bienvenido! (byehnbehNEEdthoh)

2 Welcome! ¡Bienvenida! (byehnbehNEEdthah)

3 Come in. (Pass.)

Pase. (PAHseh)

4 Welcome! Come in please.¡Bienvenido! Pase por favor. (byehnbehNEEdthoh PAHseh pohrfahBOHR )


24





Let me take your coat. Permítame su abrigo.English Spanish

1 Let me take your coat. (Allow me your coat.)

Permítame su abrigo. (pehrMEEtahmeh soo ahBREEgoh)

2 to allow permitir (pehrmeeTEER)

3 allow me permítame (pehrMEEtahmeh)

4 coat abrigo (ahBREEgoh)

5 hat sombrero (sohmBREHroh)

6 Let me take your hat, please.Permítame su sombrero, por favor. (pehrMEEtahmeh soo sohmBREHroh pohrfahBOHR)

7 scarf bufanda (booFAHNdah)

8 May I take...? (Will you allow me?)

¿Me permite? (meh pehrMEEteh)

9 May I take your scarf? (Will you allow me your scarf?)

¿Me permite su bufanda? (meh pehrMEEteh soo booFAHNdah)

10

Did you notice the meaning would be the same for both Permítame su bufanda and ¿Mepermite su bufanda? These two ways of asking, "May I take...?" have the same meaning andare used interchangeably. When using the question form, all you do is detach the ending -me,move it to become the first word of the question, and change the "a" at then end of the verb to"e." Permítame (Allow me.) becomes ¿Me permite? (Will you allow me?).

11 bag bolsa (BOHLsah)

12 purse (hand bag)

bolsa de mano (BOHLsah deh MAHnoh)

13 You may also hear cartera or even just bolsa (bag) used to mean purse. Throughout thiscourse we will use bolsa in sentences to mean purse.

14 to put away guardar (gwahrDTHAHR)

15 Let me put your bag away here.Permítame guardar su bolsa aquí. (pehrMEEtahmeh gwahrDTHAHR sooBOHLsah ahKEE)

16 thing cosa (KOHsah)



25





English Spanish

17 your things sus cosas (soos KOHsahs)

18Did you say, *su cosas? Just like almost every other word in Spanish, possessive pronouns, liketu (your) , su (his / her / its and your "formal"), and mi (my), must also agree in number with thesubject of the sentence. This is why the correct answer is sus cosas.

19 Let me put your things away.Permítame guardar sus cosas. (pehrMEEtahmeh gwahrDTHAHR soosKOHsahs)

20 to bring you traerle (trahEHRleh)

21 to bring you something traerle algo (trahEHRleh AHLgoh)

22 something to drink (something for drink)

algo para tomar (AHLgoh PAHrah tohMAHR)

23 Allow me to bring you something to drink.Permítame traerle algo para tomar. (pehrMEEtahmeh trahEHRleh AHLgohPAHrah tohMAHR)

24As a guest, you will see that it is very common for Latin American hosts to offer you a drink orsomething to eat. In some countries it can be considered somewhat rude to refuse this when it isoffered to you. In others, you will just surrender to the insistence of the host!

25 Let me bring you something to eat.Permítame traerle algo para comer. (pehrMEEtahmeh trahEHRleh AHLgohPAHrah kohMEHR)

26 allow me permíteme (pehrMEEtehmeh)

27 Let me put your coat there.Permíteme guardar tu abrigo allí. (pehrMEEtehmeh gwahrDTHAHR tooahBREEgoh ahYEE)


26





Your house is very cozy.Su casa es muy acogedora.

English Spanish

1 Your house is very cozy.Su casa es muy acogedora. (soo KAHsah ehs mweeahkohhehDTHOHrah)

2 cozy acogedora (ahkohhehDTHOHrah)

3 very cozy muy acogedora (mwee ahkohhehDTHOHrah)

4 house casa (KAHsah)

5 your house su casa (soo KAHsah)

6 beautiful hermosa (ehrMOHsah)

7 Your house is beautiful. Su casa es hermosa. (soo KAHsah ehs ehrMOHsah)

8 Your house is very beautiful and cozy.Su casa es muy hermosa y acogedora. (soo KAHsah ehs mwee ehrMOHsah eeahkohhehDTHOHrah)

9 wood madera (mahDTHEHrah)

10 wood table mesa de madera (MEHsah deh mahDTHEHrah)

11 In Spanish, to talk about the materials things are made of, you use the same construction that isused for possessives. For example, mesa de madera is literally "table of wood."

12 What a beautiful wood table!¡Qué hermosa mesa de madera! (keh ehrMOHsah MEHsah dehmahDTHEHrah)

13 floor piso (PEEsoh)

14 red rojo (RROHhoh)

15 red floor piso rojo (PEEsoh RROHhoh)

16 Did you notice the word order? When using descriptive words, you generally place the nounbefore the adjective that describes it.

17 pretty bonito (bohNEEtoh)



27





English Spanish

18 I like the red floor. It's very pretty.Me gusta el piso rojo. Es muy bonito. (meh GOOStah ehl PEEsoh RROHhoh ehsmwee bohNEEtoh)

19 paint pintura (peenTOOrah)

20 In Spanish, pintura can refer to paint or a painting. Don't worry, the context will help youdetermine which meaning is being used!

21 blue azul (ahSOOL)

22 blue paint pintura azul (peenTOOrah ahSOOL)

23 ceiling techo (TEHchoh)

24 blue paint on the ceiling (blue paint of the ceiling)

pintura azul del techo (peenTOOrah ahSOOL dehl TEHchoh)

25Did you notice how de and el combined to become del? Anytime the preposition 'of' (de),comes before the masculine article el, they combine to become one word, del. If you think aboutit, it makes sense. Try saying *de el. Doesn't it just come out as del anyhow?

26 I like the blue paint on the ceiling.Me gusta la pintura azul del techo. (meh GOOStah lah peenTOOrah ahSOOLdehl TEHchoh)

27 color color (kohLOHR)

28 wall pared (pahREHD)

29 What a nice color on the walls!¡Qué lindo color en las paredes! (keh LEENdoh kohLOHR ehn lahspahREHdthehs)

30 yellow amarillo (ahmahREEyoh)

31 light claro (KLAHroh)

32 light yellow amarillo claro (ahmahREEyoh KLAHroh)

33 I like the light yellow color of the table.Me gusta el color amarillo claro de lamesa. (meh GOOStah ehl kohLOHRahmahREEyoh KLAHroh deh lah MEHsah)


28





Can I show you the house?¿Puedo mostrarle la casa?

English Spanish

1 Can I show you the house? ¿Puedo mostrarle la casa? (PWEHdthoh mohsTRAHRleh lah KAHsah)

2 to show mostrar (mohsTRAHR)

3 Notice how we changed "to bring" (traer) to "to bring you" (traerle) by adding -le to the end ofthe word. Keep this pattern in mind when you attempt the next challenge.

4 to show you mostrarle (mohsTRAHRleh)

5 show you the house mostrarle la casa (mohsTRAHRleh lah KAHsah)

6 Can I show you...? ¿Puedo mostrarle...? (PWEHdthoh mohsTRAHRleh)

7

There is no comparison to Latin America when it comes to hospitality. Latin American peopleenjoy giving time and attention to their guests. And, the entire host family will be proud ofshowing you around their house to make you feel at home. So, be ready to enjoy hospitality andalso keep you ears wide open as Latin Americans also like to share their thoughts and feelingswith their guests!

8 living room sala de estar (SAHlah deh ehsTAHR)

9It is very common to hear people refer to la sala de estar as just "sala" or even "el living." "Spanglish" is very common in Latin America, and this is not the only borrowed word you are likelyto hear.

10 Can I show you the living room?¿Le puedo mostrar la sala de estar? (leh PWEHdthoh mohsTRAHR lah SAHlahdeh ehsTAHR)

11

Did you say ¿Puedo mostrarle la sala de estar? That's correct! However, there is morethan one way to say this. When asking a question with verbs that end with -le, -te, or -me, youhave the option of moving this personal pronoun ending to the front of the question. So you cansay, ¿Puedo mostrarle la sala de estar? or ¿Le puedo mostrar la sala de estar? Bothsentences have the same meaning!

12 kitchen cocina (kohSEEnah)

13 I can show you the kitchen.Puedo mostrarle la cocina. (PWEHdthoh mohsTRAHRleh lahkohSEEnah)

14 Keep in mind how we changed "to explain" (explicar) to "to explain to me" (explicarme) whenattempting this next slide.

15 to show me mostrarme (mohsTRAHRmeh)

16 you can puedes (PWEHdthehs)


29







30





English Spanish

17 Can you show me...? ¿Puedes mostrarme...? (¿PWEHdthehs mohsTRAHRmeh...?)

18 garden jardín (hahrDTHEEN)

19 Can you show me the garden?¿Puedes mostrarme el jardín? (PWEHdthehs mohsTRAHRmeh ehlhahrDTHEEN)

20 to show you mostrarte (mohsTRAHRteh)

21 I want to show you... Quiero mostrarte... (KYEHroh mohsTRAHRteh)

22 For the next slide, try to use the informal person marker -te at the beginning of the sentence.

23 I want to show you the house. Te quiero mostrar la casa. (teh KYEHroh mohsTRAHR lah KAHsah)

24 Now try the same thing with this negative sentence.

25 I can't show you the kitchen.No te puedo mostrar la cocina. (noh teh PWEHdthoh mohsTRAHR lahkohSEEnah)

26Did you say, *Te no puedo mostrar la cocina. or something similar? With negativesentences, the negation always comes at the very beginning. So, the correct answer is, No tepuedo mostrar la cocina. Of course you could also say, No puedo mostrarte la cocina. In either case, the negative element always comes first.

27 Come in. I want to show you the kitchen.Pase. Quiero mostrarle la cocina. (PAHseh KYEHroh mohsTRAHRleh lahkohSEEnah )


31





I love that red lamp. Me encanta esa lámpara roja.English Spanish

1 I love that red lamp.Me encanta esa lámpara roja. (meh ehnKAHNtah EHsah LAHMpahrahRROHhah)

2 to love (to enchant)

encantar (ehnkahnTAHR)

3 I love (It is enchanting to me.)

Me encanta. (meh ehnKAHNtah)

4 lamp lámpara (LAHMpahrah)

5 red lamp lámpara roja (LAHMpahrah RROHhah)

6 that red lamp esa lámpara roja (EHsah LAHMpahrah RROHhah)

7 Did you remember to change ese to esa and rojo to roja in order to agree with the gender oflámpara?

8 over there allá (ahYAH)

9 I love that red lamp over there. (I love that red lamp from there.)

Me encanta esa lámpara roja de allá. (meh ehnKAHNtah EHsah LAHMpahrahRROHhah deh ahYAH)

10 we love nos encanta (nohs ehnKAHNtah )

11 dining room comedor (kohmehDTHOHR)

12 your dining room su comedor (soo kohmehDTHOHR)

13 We love your dining room. Nos encanta su comedor. (nohs ehnKAHNtah soo kohmehDTHOHR)

14 We love your house! It's very beautiful.¡Nos encanta su casa! Es muy hermosa.(nohs ehnKAHNtah soo KAHsah ehs mweeehrMOHsah)

15 on top of sobre (SOHbreh)

16 on the table (on top of the table)

sobre la mesa (SOHbreh lah MEHsah)



32





English Spanish

17

"On" can be translated different ways in Spanish: sobre, en, and encima de. For example, "lasflores en la mesa," "las flores sobre la mesa" and "las flores encima de la mesa" canall be translated as "the flowers on the table." However, there are slight differences. En means"on," as in "on the wall" or "on the table"; sobre can only be used to mean "on top of"; andencima de can mean either "on top of" or "above.

18 flower flor (flohr)

19 the yellow flowers that are on the tablelas flores amarillas que están sobre lamesa (lahs FLOHrehs ahmahREEyahs kehehsTAHN SOHbreh lah MEHsah)

20 I love the yellow flowers that are on the table!

¡Me encantan las flores amarillas queestán sobre la mesa! (meh ehnKAHNtahn lahs FLOHrehsahmahREEyahs keh ehsTAHN SOHbreh lahMEHsah)

21Remember me gusta (I like) and the plural form me gustan? Well, encantar is another one ofthose verbs that looks like it agrees with the object, as in, Me encantan las flores. However, atrue English translation would be, "The flowers are enchanting to me." So we use the plural formof encantar in this case because it actually agrees with las flores.

22 The keys are on top of the table.Las llaves están sobre la mesa. (lahs YAHbehs ehsTAHN SOHbreh lahMEHsah)

23 next to al lado de (ahl LAHdthoh deh)

24 door puerta (PWEHRtah)

25 next to the door al lado de la puerta (ahl LAHdthoh deh lah PWEHRtah)

26 painting cuadro (KWAHdthroh)

27 You have already learned that pintura can mean painting. Cuadro is another word that can beused for painting.

28 the painting that is next to the tableel cuadro que está al lado de la mesa (ehl KWAHdthroh keh ehsTAH ahlLAHdthoh deh lah MEHsah)

29 I love the painting that's next to the door!¡Me encanta el cuadro que está al ladode la puerta! (meh ehnKAHNtah ehl KWAHdthroh kehehsTAH ahl LAHdthoh deh lah PWEHRtah)

30 They are next to the wood table.Están al lado de la mesa de madera. (ehsTAHN ahl LAHdthoh deh lah MEHsahdeh mahDTHEHrah)

31 carpet alfombra (ahlFOHMbrah)


33





32 I like the blue carpet. Me gusta la alfombra azul. (meh GOOStah lah ahlFOHMbrah ahSOOL)

33 under debajo de (dehBAHhoh deh)



34





English Spanish

34 desk escritorio (ehskreeTOHryoh)

35 I like the green carpet that's under the desk.

Me gusta la alfombra verde que estádebajo del escritorio. (meh GOOStah lah ahlFOHMbrahBEHRdtheh keh ehsTAH dehBAHhoh dehlehskreeTOHryoh)

36 They are under the desk over there.Están debajo del escritorio de allá. (ehsTAHN dehBAHhoh dehlehskreeTOHryoh deh ahYAH)


35





The rooms are on the second floor.Los cuartos están en el segundo piso.

English Spanish

1 The rooms are on the second floor.Los cuartos están en el segundo piso. (lohs KWAHRtohs ehsTAHN ehn ehlsehGOONdoh PEEsoh)

2 room cuarto (KWAHRtoh)

3 Cuarto literally means "room." However, it is also often used to mean bedroom.

4 For this next slide, remember, if the subject is plural the verb must also be plural. Do youremember the plural form of estar?

5 the rooms are los cuartos están (lohs KWAHRtohs ehsTAHN)

6 second (2nd) segundo (2°) (sehGOONdoh )

7 on the second floor en el segundo piso (ehn ehl sehGOONdoh PEEsoh)

8 the dining room and the kitchen el comedor y la cocina (ehl kohmehDTHOHR ee lah kohSEEnah)

9 first floor planta baja (PLAHNtah BAHhah)

10 The dining room and the kitchen are on thefirst floor.

El comedor y la cocina están en laplanta baja. (ehl kohmehDTHOHR ee lah kohSEEnahehsTAHN ehn lah PLAHNtah BAHhah)

11 over here por aquí (pohr ahkEE)

12 Is the bathroom over here? ¿El baño está por aquí? (ehl BAHnyoh ehsTAH pohr ahKEE)

13 Is there a bathroom on the second floor?¿Hay un baño en el segundo piso? (ay oon BAHnyoh ehn ehl sehGOONdohPEEsoh)

14 hallway pasillo (pahSEEyoh)

15Another very common word for pasillo (hallway) is corredor (corridor). However, pasillo is alsoused to mean aisle, as in the rows between the seats on an airplane. Corredor can not be usedin this sense.

16 Where is the hallway? ¿Dónde está el pasillo? (DOHNdeh ehsTAH ehl pahSEEyoh)

17 It's over here. Está por aquí. (ehsTAH pohr ahKEE)

18 they give dan (dahn)


36







37





English Spanish

19 they give (way) to the hallway dan al pasillo (dahn ahl pahSEEyoh)

20 Did you remember that a and el combine to become al? Great job!

21 Through the green doors is the hallway. (The green doors give (way) to the hallway.)

Las puertas verdes dan al pasillo. (lahs PWEHRtahs BEHRdthehs dahn ahlpahSEEyoh)

22 patio patio (PAHtyoh)

23 Through these doors is the patio. Estas puertas dan al patio. (EHStahs PWEHRtahs dahn ahl PAHtyoh)

24 Down this hallway is the kitchen.Este pasillo da a la cocina. (EHSteh pahSEEyoh dah ah lahkohSEEnah)


38





Chapter 3: Small Talk Pequeña Charla

Chapter 3: Small Talk

Conversational GoalsAccept an InvitationPolitely Decline an InvitationShare Likes and/or DislikesTalk About HobbiesTalk About Professions

Grammar GoalsBe Introduced to the Present Perfect TenseUsing HaberBe Introduced to the Subjunctive MoodLearn to Use the Present Tense for FutureActionsPractice Future Tense Using Ir a


Marcos is going to celebrate his birthday thisweekend.

Marcos va a festejar su cumpleaños estefin de semana. (MAHRkohs bah ah fehstehHAHR sookoomplehAHnyohs EHSteh feen dehsehMAHnah)

Would you like to come? ¿Te gustaría venir? (teh goostahREEah behNEER)

My favorite team is playing this weekend.Juega mi equipo favorito este fin desemana. (HWEHgah mee ehKEEpoh fahbohREEtohEHSteh feen deh sehMAHnah)

Do you know if he is going to watch the match?¿Sabes si va a mirar el partido? (SAHbehs see bah ah meeRAHR ehlpahrTEEdthoh)

Of course! It's his favorite team too.¡Por supuesto! Es su equipo favoritotambién. (pohr sooPWEHStoh ehs soo ehKEEpohfahbohREEtoh tahmBYEHN)

I don't know. My wife got a job and she's worked alot this week.

No sé. Mi esposa consiguió trabajo y hatrabajado mucho esta semana. (noh seh mee ehsPOHsah kohnseeGYOHtrahBAHhoh ee ah trahbahHAHdthohMOOchoh EHStah sehMAHnah)

Deberías decirle que venga entonces.


39





You should tell her to come then. (dehbehREEahs dehSEERleh keh BEHNgahehnTOHNsehs)

I'd like to but she doesn't like sports. She prefersto go dancing.

Me gustaría pero a ella no le gustan losdeportes. Prefiere ir a bailar. (meh goostahREEah PEHroh ah EHyah nohleh GOOStahn lohs dehPOHRtehsprehFYEHreh eer ah bayLAHR)

I understand. No problem. Maybe next time.Entiendo. No hay problema. ¡Quizás lapróxima! (ehnTYEHNdoh noh ay prohBLEHmahkeeSAHS lah PROHkseemah)


40






Marcos va a festejar su cumpleaños este fin desemana.

English Spanish

1 Marcos is going to celebrate his birthday thisweekend.

Marcos va a festejar su cumpleañoseste fin de semana. (MAHRkohs bah ah fehstehHAHR sookoomplehAHnyohs EHSteh feen dehsehMAHnah)

2 to celebrate festejar (fehstehHAHR)

3 He is going to celebrate. Él va a festejar. (ehl bah ah fehstehHAHR)

4 his su (soo)

5You already learned that su means both “your” in a formal context and “her.” Remember howSpanish uses the same form of the verb for “he / she / it and you (formal)"? You also use thesame possessive pronoun for “his / her / its and your (formal).” Pretty easy, huh?!

6 birthday cumpleaños (koomplehAHnyohs)

7 Cumpleaños is actually a compound word. Cumple comes from the verb cumplir (tocomplete) and años means years. Interesting isn't it!

8 his birthday su cumpleaños (soo koomplehAHnyohs)

9 He is going to celebrate his birthday.Él va a festejar su cumpleaños. (ehl bah ah fehstehHAHR sookoomplehAHnyohs)

10 weekend (end of week)

fin de semana (feen deh sehMAHnah)

11 this weekend este fin de semana (EHSteh feen deh sehMAHnah)

12

Did you say *esta fin de semana? You were almost correct! Fin de semana is a nounphrase made up of two nouns fin (end) and semana (week). In situations like this, the adjectivechanges according to the first noun (fin, in this case). Since fin is a masculine noun (you say elfin), then the adjective has to be modified accordingly. Therefore, the correct response is estefin de semana.

13 You are going to go. Vas a ir. (bahs ah eer)

14 party fiesta (FYEHStah)

15 Are you going to go to the party? ¿Vas a ir a la fiesta? (bahs ah eer ah lah FYEHStah)


41





16 Of course! ¡Por supuesto! (pohr sooPWEHStoh)



42





English Spanish

17 night noche (NOHcheh)

18 tonight (this night)

esta noche (EHStah NOHcheh)

19 Pablo's party la fiesta de Pablo (lah FYEHStah deh PAHbloh)

20 Are you going to go to Pablo's party tonight?¿Vas a ir a la fiesta de Pablo estanoche? (bahs ah eer ah lah FYEHStah dehPAHbloh EHStah NOHcheh)

21 to come venir (behNEER)

22 Do you want to come? ¿Quieres venir? (¿KYEHrehs behNEER?)

23 Of course! Do you want to come with me?¡Por supuesto! ¿Quieres venir conmigo?(pohr sooPWEHStoh KYEHrehs behNEERkohnMEEgoh)

24 costume disfraz (deesFRAHS)

25 costume party fiesta de disfraces (FYEHStah deh deesFRAHsehs)

26 You likely said, *fiesta de disfraz. However in Spanish, this phrase is actually plural. So thecorrect answer is, fiesta de disfraces, or literally, "party of costumes."

27 Do you want to come to the costume partywith me?

¿Quieres venir a la fiesta de disfracesconmigo? (KYEHrehs behNEER ah lah FYEHStah dehdeesFRAHsehs kohnMEEgoh)

28 dinner party cena (SEHnah)

29There's not much difference between "dinner" and "dinner party" in Spanish. You will hear peopleuse the word cena interchangeably. If you think you won't be able to know the difference, don'tworry! The context will always help you figure it out!

30 next weekend próximo fin de semana (PROHkseemoh feen deh sehMAHnah)

31 Did you remember to change próximo according to the first noun, fin?

32 Do you want to come with me the nextweekend?

¿Quieres venir conmigo el próximo finde semana? (KYEHrehs behNEER kohnMEEgoh ehlPROHkseemoh feen deh sehMAHnah)

33 Marcos' dinner party la cena de Marcos (lah SEHnah deh MAHRkohs)

34 Do you want to come with me to Marcos'dinner party next weekend?

¿Quieres venir conmigo a la cena deMarcos el próximo fin de semana? (KYEHrehs behNEER kohnMEEgoh ah lah


43





dinner party next weekend? SEHnah deh MAHRkohs ehl PROHkseemohfeen deh sehMAHnah)



44





English Spanish

35 I can't go. No puedo ir. (noh PWEHdthoh eer)

36 I can't go to his birthday.No puedo ir a su cumpleaños. (noh PWEHdthoh eer ah sookoomplehAHnyohs)


45





My favorite team plays that week.Juega mi equipo favorito esa semana.

English Spanish

1 My favorite team plays that week.Juega mi equipo favorito esa semana. (HWEHgah mee ehKEEpoh fahbohREEtohEHsah sehMAHnah)

2 to play jugar (hooGAHR)

3 (it) plays juega (HWEHgah )

4 team equipo (ehKEEpoh)

5 my team plays mi equipo juega (mee ehKEEpoh fahbohREEtoh)

6 favorite favorito (fahbohREEtoh)

7 my favorite team mi equipo favorito (mee ehKEEpoh fahbohREEtoh)

8 my favorite team plays juega mi equipo favorito (HWEHgah mee ehKEEpoh fahbohREEtoh)

9 week semana (sehMAHnah)

10 You may remember that the Spanish word for "weekend" is "fin de semana," which literallymeans, "end of week."

11 plays that week juega esa semana (HWEHgah EHsah sehMAHnah)

12

Juega mi equipo favorito esa semana, can also be translated, "My favorite team is playingthat week." Many times in English we use the present progressive form ("is playing") to talk aboutsomething that will take place in the future. However, this doesn't work in Spanish. Instead youuse either the regular present tense, juega (plays), or the future tense, va a jugar (is going toplay). So, you can say either Juega mi equipo favorito esa semana or Mi equipo favoritova a jugar esa semana.

13

Did you know that many countries in Latin America have their own national sport? In 1933, thecharreadas (similar to rodeos) were defined as Mexico's national sport. Argentina's nationalsport is pato: a sport played with a six-handle ball on horseback. It was defined as a nationalsport in 1953. You may have also heard about the tejo, Colombia's national sport, that consistsof throwing metal discs to strike the targets (made of gunpowder and called mechas).

14 soccer fútbol (FOOTbohl)

15 soccer team equipo de fútbol (ehKEEpoh deh FOOTbohl)



46





English Spanish

16 my favorite soccer teammi equipo de fútbol favorito (mee ehKEEpoh deh FOOTbohlfahbohREEtoh)

17 that day ese día (EHseh DEEah)

18 My favorite soccer team plays that day.Juega mi equipo de fútbol favorito esedía. (HWEHgah mee ehKEEpoh deh FOOTbohlfahbohREEtoh EHseh DEEah)

19 I can't go to your birthday. My favorite soccerteam plays that day.

No puedo ir a su cumpleaños. Juega miequipo de fútbol favorito ese día. (noh PWEHdthoh eer ah sookoomplehAHnyohs HWEHgah meeehKEEpoh deh FOOTbohl fahbohREEtohEHseh DEEah)

20In English, we use the plural pronoun "they" to refer to teams, as in, "they play." This is not thecase in Spanish. "Team" is treated as a singular noun, "the team." Keep this in mind for this nextchallenge.

21 When do they play? ¿Cuándo juega? (KWAHNdoh HWEHgah)

22 basketball básquet (BAHSkeht)

23 basketball team equipo de básquet (ehKEEpoh deh BAHSkeht)

24 your favorite basketball teamsu equipo de básquet favorito (soo ehKEEpoh deh BAHSkehtfahbohREEtoh)

25 When does your favorite basketball teamplay?

¿Cuándo juega su equipo de básquetfavorito? (KWAHNdoh HWEHgah soo ehKEEpoh dehBAHSkeht fahbohREEtoh)

26 sport deporte (dehPOHRteh)

27 Do you like sports? ¿Te gustan los deportes? (teh GOOStahn lohs dehPOHRtehs)

28 Which? ¿Cuál? (kwahl)

29 What is your favorite sport? (Which is your favorite sport?)

¿Cuál es tu deporte favorito? (kwahl ehs too dehPOHRtehfahbohREEtoh)

30You will find that many times Spanish uses cuál (which) when English would use "what" (qué). Generally speaking, when there is a limited group from which you can chose the reply, i.e., sports,colors, etc., in Spanish, we use cuál.

31 you play juegas (HWEHgahs)


47





32 Remember how we changed hablar (to speak) to the informal "you speak" (hablas)? So howwould you say "you play" in an informal situation?

33 Do you play any sports? ¿Juegas algún deporte? (HWEHgahs ahlGOON dehPOHRteh)


48





You should tell her to come then.Debería decirle que venga entonces.

English Spanish

1You should tell her to come then. (You should tell her that (she should) comethen.)

Debería decirle que venga entonces. (dehbehREEah dehSEERleh keh BEHNgahehnTOHNsehs)

2 (you) should debería (dehbehREEah)

3 to tell (her) (to say to (her))

decirle (dehSEERleh)

4Remember that you use the same form of the verb for he/ she/ it and you (formal). This alsoapplies to attached personal pronoun endings. So, decirle means “to tell him / her / you(formal)."

5 (you) should tell her debería decirle (dehbehREEah dehSEERleh)

6 (she should) come que venga (keh BEHNgah)

7

Venga (come) is the subjunctive form of the verb venir (to come). Recall our WEIRDO NUTacronym which we use to help us remember when to use the subjunctive mood. Remember, thesubjunctive mood is a form of the verb used in Spanish to convey Wishes, ImpersonalExpressions, Emotions, Requests, Doubts/ Desires, Opinions, Negative Commands, Uncertainty,or Tentativeness. For example, “Have a nice day” (Que tenga un buen día) uses thesubjunctive form of tener, tenga. Generally, when you have que directly before the verb you willuse the subjunctive form.

8 You should tell her to come. (You should tell her that (she should) come.)

Debería decirle que venga. (dehbehREEah dehSEERleh keh BEHNgah)

9 You should tell her then. Debería decirle entonces. (dehbehREEah dehSEERleh ehnTOHNsehs)

10 (I) should debería (dehbehREEah)

11 Should I tell him to come with me?¿Debería decirle que venga conmigo? (dehbehREEah dehSEERleh keh BEHNgahkohnMEEgoh)

12 to watch mirar (meeRAHR)

13 (she should) watch que mire (keh MEEreh)

14 You should tell her to watch. (You should tell her that (she should) watch.)

Debería decirle que mire. (dehbehREEah dehSEERleh keh MEEreh)

15 match partido (pahrTEEdthoh)



49





English Spanish

16 with you con usted (kohn oosTEHDTH)

17 You should tell him to watch the match withyou.

Debería decirle que mire el partido conusted. (dehbehREEah dehSEERleh keh MEErehehl pahrTEEdthoh kohn oosTEHDTH)

18 Did you remember that her/ him/ it/ you (formal) all use the same indirect object pronoun le?

19 You shouldn't. No debería. (noh dehbehREEah)

20 to ask for pedir (pehDTHEER)

21 to ask (him) for (to ask for (from him))

pedirle (pehDTHEERleh)

22

This structure may seem somewhat strange to you. In English, we can think of "to ask for" asboth "to ask someone for something" or "to ask for something from someone." It would dependon the context of the sentence which structure would work best. However, you already know thatle is the Spanish indirect object pronoun. This means that we cannot adopt the structure "to asksomeone for something," as in such a structure "someone" is the direct object. Therefore, wehave to use the structure "to ask for something from someone," even though in English, thissounds strange in the context of the following slides.

23 to ask him to speak with you (to ask for (him) to speak with you)

pedirle hablar con usted (pehDTHEERleh ahBLAHR kohnoosTEHDTH)

24For this next challenge, keep in mind that we use the subjunctive mood to convey a request orsuggestion, such as when we say "Shouldn't you..." Remember how we formed the subjunctivemood of mirar, que mire?

25 (if he could) speak que hable (keh AHbleh)

26 Shouldn't you ask him to speak with you?¿No debería pedirle que hable conusted? (noh dehbehREEah pehDTHEERleh kehAHbleh kohn oosTEHDTH)

27 (that she should) call que llame (keh YAHmeh)

28 You shouldn't tell her to call.No debería decirle que llame. (noh dehbehREEah dehSEERleh kehYAHmeh)

29 you should deberías (dehbehREEahs)

30 your friend tu amigo (too ahMEEgoh)

31 You should tell your friend.Deberías decirle a tu amigo. (dehbehREEahs dehSEERleh ah tooahMEEgoh)


50







51





English Spanish

32 You should tell your friend to come to watchthe match!

¡Deberías decirle a tu amigo que vengaa mirar el partido! (dehbehREEahs dehSEERleh ah tooahMEEgoh keh BEHNgah ah meeRAHR ehlpahrTEEdthoh)


52





She has worked a lot. Ella ha trabajado mucho.English Spanish

1 She has worked a lot. Ella ha trabajado mucho. (EHyah ah trahbahHAHdthoh MOOchoh)

2 to work trabajar (trahbahHAHR)

3 to have worked haber trabajado (ahBEHR trahbahHAHdthoh)

4 (she) has worked ha trabajado (ah trahbahHAHdthoh)

5 this week esta semana (EHStah sehMAHnah)

6 My husband has worked a lot this week.Mi esposo ha trabajado mucho estasemana. (mee ehsPOHsoh ah trahbahHAHdthohMOOchoh EHStah sehMAHnah)

7 to get conseguir (kohnsehGEER)

8 he got consiguió (kohnseeGYOH)

9 He got a job. Consiguió trabajo. (kohnseeGYOH trahBAHhoh)

10 Did you notice that Spanish doesn't use the indefinite article un (a) before trabajo (job)?

11 My husband got a job and has worked a lotthis week.

Mi esposo consiguió trabajo y hatrabajado mucho esta semana. (mee ehsPOHsoh kohnseeGYOHtrahBAHhoh ee ah trahbahHAHdthohMOOchoh EHStah sehMAHnah)

12 teacher maestro (mahEHStroh)

13 My wife is a teacher. Mi esposa es maestra. (mee ehsPOHsah ehs mahEHStrah)

14 morning mañana (mahNYAHnah)

15 this morning esta mañana (EHStah mahNYAHnah)

16 My wife is a teacher and she has worked a lotthis morning.

Mi esposa es maestra y ha trabajadomucho esta mañana. (mee ehsPOHsah ehs mahEHStrah ee ahtrahbahHAHdthoh MOOchoh EHStahmahNYAHnah)



53





English Spanish

17 secretary secretaria (sehkrehTAHryah)

18 She is my secretary. Ella es mi secretaria. (EHyah ehs mee sehkrehTAHryah)

19 to arrive llegar (yehGAHR)

20 (She) has arrived. Ha llegado. (ah yehGAHdthoh)

21 office oficina (ohfeeSEEnah)

22 She hasn't arrived at the office.No ha llegado a la oficina. (noh ah yehGAHdthoh ah lahohfeeSEEnah)

23 yet aún (ahOON)

24 You may also hear people use the word todavía instead of aún. Both words mean "yet."

25 She hasn't arrived at the office yet.Aún no ha llegado a la oficina. (ahOON noh ah yehGAHdthoh ah lahohfeeSEEnah)

26 Did you say No ha llegado a la oficina aún? That's also correct! In Spanish, the word "yet"can be used at the beginning or the end of the sentence.

27 My secretary hasn't arrived at the office yet.

Mi secretaria no ha llegado a la oficinaaún. (mee sehkrehTAHryah noh ahyehGAHdthoh ah lah ohfeeSEEnahahOON)

28 engineer ingeniero (eenhehNYEHroh)

29 My brother is an engineer. Mi hermano es ingeniero. (mee ehrMAHnoh ehs eenhehNYEHroh)

30 (he) has had ha tenido (ah tehNEEdthoh)

31

Did you notice the pattern? Trabajar (to work) became ha trabajado (has worked), llegar (toarrive) became ha llegado (has arrived), and tener (to have) changed to ha tenido (has had). So it's simple, for verbs preceded by "he/she/it has" and "you (formal) have," you remove the -aror -er verb ending and replace it with -ado (for -ar) and -ido (for -er). Don't forget to add ha (has/ have) to the beginning!

32 My brother is an engineer and he has had alot of work this week.

Mi hermano es ingeniero y ha tenidomucho trabajo esta semana. (mee ehrMAHnoh ehs eenhehNYEHroh eeah tehNEEdthoh MOOchoh trahBAHhohEHStah sehMAHnah)


54





She prefers to go dancing. Prefiere ir a bailar.English Spanish

1 She prefers to go dancing. Prefiere ir a bailar. (prehFYEHreh eer ah bayLAHR)

2 to prefer preferir (prehfehREER)

3 (she) prefers prefiere (prehFYEHreh )

4 to dance bailar (bayLAHR)

5 She prefers to dance. Prefiere bailar. (prehFYEHreh bayLAHR)

6 to go dancing (to go to dance)

ir a bailar (eer ah bayLAHR)

7

Since you learned that the Spanish equivalent to -ing verbs is formed by adding -ando, you mayhave said, *ir a bailando. However, verbs that end in -ing are usually used for actions that arehappening at that moment, like "I'm walking." However, in sentences like this one, the "dancing"is not actually happening at that moment in time. So to say, *ir a bailando would be incorrectsince you are actually speaking of something that may happen in the future.

8

For this next slide remember that while the structure for sentences with gustar appears to besimilar as other verb phrases, they are actually very different. A literal translation of the structurereveals that, Me gusta tu casa, is actually, "Your house is liked by me" or "Your house is likableto me." Also, remember he/she/it and you (formal) all use the same personal pronoun, le. Ready?

9 (she) likes le gusta (leh gOOstah)

10 She doesn't like it. No le gusta. (noh leh GOOStah)

11 to sing cantar (kahnTAHR)

12 She doesn't like dancing. She prefers to sing.No le gusta bailar. Prefiere cantar. (noh leh GOOStah bayLAHR prehFYEHrehkahnTAHR)

13

Latin American cultures possess a wide variety of music that represents each of the countries. Some of the most popular rhythms are cumbia in Colombia and tango in Argentina. Othertraditional sounds are candombe (Uruguay), ranchera (Mexico), cuecas (Chile), and boleros(in countries such as Cuba, Puerto Rico and Mexico). One of the main characteristics of theserhythms is their diversity and mixture of styles.

14 movie película (pehLEEkoolah)

15 to watch a movie mirar una película (meeRAHR OOnah pehLEEkoolah)



55





English Spanish

16 you prefer prefieres (prehFYEHrehs)

17 Do you prefer to watch a movie?¿Prefieres mirar una película? (prehFYEHrehs meeRAHR OOnahpehLEEkoolah)

18 to do hacer (ahSEHR)

19 What do you prefer to do? ¿Qué prefieres hacer? (keh prehFYEHrehs ahSEHR)

20 Do you want to go? ¿Quieres ir? (KYEHrehs eer)

21 or o (oh)

22 Do you want to go dancing or do you prefer towatch a movie?

¿Quieres ir a bailar o prefieres miraruna película? (KYEHrehs eer ah bayLAHR ohprehFYEHrehs meeRAHR OOnahpehLEEkoolah)

23 I prefer prefiero (prehFYEHroh)

24 I prefer to watch a movie.Prefiero mirar una película. (prehFYEHroh meeRAHR OOnahpehLEEkoolah)

25 to her a ella (ah EHyah)

26You can also include this type of expression, that is, a with the personal pronoun, in sentenceswith gustar. This is usually done for emphasis. However, remember that you are really saying, "To her it is not likeable" "To me it is likeable" etc. Ready?!

27 She doesn't like it. A ella no le gusta. (ah EHyah noh leh GOOStah)

28 to me a mí (ah mee)

29 I do like it. A mí me gusta. (ah mee meh GOOStah)


56





Maybe the next time! ¡Quizás la próxima vez!English Spanish

1 Maybe the next time! ¡Quizás la próxima vez! (keeSAHS lah PROHkseemah behs)

2 Maybe. Quizás. (keeSAHS)

3 Maybe the next time! (Maybe the next!)

¡Quizás la próxima! (keeSAHS lah PROHkseemah)

4 time vez (behs)

5 the next time la próxima vez (lah PROHkseemah behs)

6 will be (for permanent states of being) será (sehRAH )

7 Next time! (It will be next time.)

¡La próxima vez será! (lah PROHkseemah behs sehRAH)

8 problem problema (prohBLEHmah)

9 No problem. (There is no problem.)

No hay problema. (noh ay prohBLEHmah)

10 No problem! Next time.¡No hay problema! La próxima vez será.(noh ay prohBLEHmah lah PROHkseemahbehs sehRAH)

11 I understand. Maybe next time!Entiendo. ¡Quizás la próxima vez! (ehnTYEHNdoh keeSAHS lahPROHkseemah behs)

12 pity lástima (LAHSteemah)

13 What a pity! ¡Qué lástima! (keh LAHSteemah)

14 What a pity! I can't go. Maybe next time!¡Qué lástima! No puedo ir. ¡Quizás lapróxima! (keh LAHSteemah noh PWEHdthoh eerkeeSAHS lah PROHkseemah)


57





Chapter 4: Dating Citas, Saliendo Con Alguien

Chapter 4: Dating

Conversational GoalsExtend an InvitationInquire About Someone's HabitsStrike Up a Conversation

Grammar GoalsForm the Imperfect Subjunctive MoodLearn the Past Tense of the Irregular Verb IrLearn the Simple Past Tense Form forRegular -ar VerbsPractice the Present Perfect Tense UsingHaberReinforce the Use of Double Negatives


Hi. Your name is Rosa, right?Hola. Te llamas Rosa, ¿verdad? (OHlah teh YAHmahs RROHsahbehrDTHAHDTH)

Yes. I saw you yesterday with my cousin Carlos,right?

Sí, te vi ayer con mi primo Carlos,¿verdad? (see teh bee ahYEHR kohn mee PREEmohKAHRlohs behrDTHAHDTH )

I don't remember your name, sorry.No me acuerdo de tu nombre, perdón. (noh meh ahKWEHRdthoh deh too NOHMbrehpehrDTHOHN)

Yes, I'm a friend of your cousin. My name is Juan.Sí, soy amigo de tu primo. Me llamo Juan. (see soy ahMEEgoh deh too PREEmoh mehYAHmoh hwahn)

It's nice to meet you, Juan. Es un placer conocerte, Juan. (ehs oon plahSEHR kohnohSEHRteh hwahn)

Likewise. Listen, have you heard anthing aboutAna's party this Friday?

Igualmente. Oye, ¿has oído algo sobre lafiesta de Ana este viernes? (eewahlMENteh OHyeh ahs ohEEdthohAHLgoh SOHbreh lah FYEHStah deh AHnahEHSteh BYEHRnehs)

Of course. She just invited me. ¡Claro! Acabó de invitarme. (KLAHroh ahkahBOH deh eenbeeTAHRmeh)

¡Qué bien! Me encantaría que me dejaras


58





Thats good! I would love it if you would let meaccompany you.

acompañarte. (keh byehn meh ehnkahntahREEah keh mehdehHAHrahs ahkohmpahNYAHRteh)

It's better if we meet there. Mejor nos encontramos allí. (mehHOHR nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs ahYEE )


59





Right? ¿Verdad?English Spanish

1 Remember you previously learned how to form tag questions, i.e., Ella se parece mucho a mí,¿no? Now we will learn another type of tag question. Ready?!

2 Right? (Truth?)

¿Verdad? (behrDTHAHDTH)

3 Hi. Your name is Rosa, right?Hola. Te llamas Rosa, ¿verdad? (OHlah teh YAHmahs RROHsahbehrDTHAHDTH)

4 Ana's cousin el primo de Ana (ehl PREEmoh deh AHnah)

5 You're Ana's cousin, right?Eres el primo de Ana, ¿verdad? (EHrehs ehl PREEmoh deh AHnahbehrDTHAHDTH)

6 last name apellido (ahpehYEEdthoh)

7 Your last name is Saucedo - Gámez, right?Tu apellido es Saucedo - Gámez,¿verdad? (too ahpehYEEdthoh ehs sahwSEHdthoh -GAHmehs behrDTHAHDTH)

8In Latin America, it is very common for people to have two last names. The first last name is thepaternal surname and the second is the maternal surname. So if you have the name CieloFlores - Baldemar, Flores is the paternal name and Baldemar is the maternal surname.

9 What is your last name? (Which is your last name?)

¿Cuál es tu apellido? (kwahl ehs too ahpehYEEdthoh)

10 True? ¿Cierto? (SYEHRtoh)

11 ¿Cierto? is another way you can form a tag question in Spanish. Cierto and verdad areinterchangeable in most cases.

12 Your last name is Garza, right? (Your last name is Garza, true?)

Tu apellido es Garza, ¿cierto? (too ahpehYEEdthoh ehs GAHRsahSYEHRtoh)

13 There is another way to ask someone's last name in Spanish. You may hear ¿Cómo teapellidas? which literally means, "How do you surname yourself?"


60





Sorry, I don't remember your name.Perdón, no me acuerdo de tu nombre.

English Spanish

1 Sorry, I don't remember your name.Perdón, no me acuerdo de tu nombre. (pehrDTHOHN noh meh ahKWEHRdthohdeh too NOHMbreh)

2 to remember acordarse de (ahkohrDTHAHRseh deh)

3Remember the reflexive verbs llamarse, me llamo and sentirse, me siento? Well,acordarse is another reflexive verb. Remember, reflexive verbs mean the action of the subjectis being carried out on the subject itself. The personal pronouns se / me or te must always beincluded with reflexive verbs.

4 I remember. Me acuerdo. (meh ahKWEHRdthoh)

5You might have noticed that we dropped the de from acordarse de (to remember) on theprevious slide. This is because when we use acordarse de, it must be followed by what wasremembered. If we simply want to say I remember, it should not be used.

6 name nombre (NOHMbreh)

7 I remember your name. Me acuerdo de tu nombre. (meh ahKWEHRdthoh deh too NOHMbreh)

8 I don't remember. No me acuerdo. (noh meh ahKWEHRdthoh)

9 Sorry. (Pardon.)

Perdón. (pehrDTHOHN)

10 You already know Disculpe and Lo siento, can also mean, “I'm sorry.” Any one of these can beused in this situation.

11 Sorry, I don't remember. Perdón, no me acuerdo. (pehrDTHOHN noh meh ahKWEHRdthoh)

12 you remember te acuerdas (teh ahKWEHRdthahs)

13 You don't remember? ¿No te acuerdas? (noh teh ahKWEHRdthahs)

14 (he) remembers se acuerda (seh ahKWEHRdthah)

15 She doesn't remember your last name.Ella no se acuerda de tu apellido. (EHyah noh seh ahKWEHRdthah deh tooahpehYEEdthoh)

16 to forget olvidarse (ohlbeeDTHAHRseh)

17 I forgot. Se me olvidó. (seh meh ohlbeeDTHOH)



61





English Spanish

18 boyfriend novio (NOHbyoh)

19 your boyfriend's name el nombre de tu novio (ehl NOHMbreh deh too NOHbyoh)

20 I forgot your boyfriend's name.Se me olvidó el nombre de tu novio. (seh meh ohlbeeDTHOH ehl NOHMbrehdeh too NOHbyoh)


62





I saw you yesterday with my cousin.Te vi ayer con mi primo.

English Spanish

1 I saw you yesterday with my cousin. Te vi ayer con mi primo. (teh bee ahYEHR kohn mee PREEmoh)

2 Do you remember the verbs conocer (to know), conocerte (to know you) and mostrar (toshow), mostrarte (to show you)? Attempt this next challenge with this in mind.

3 to see you verte (BEHRteh)

4 I see you te veo (teh BEHoh)

5 I saw vi (bee)

6 I saw you. Te vi. (teh bee)

7 yesterday ayer (ahYEHR)

8 I saw you yesterday. Te vi ayer. (teh bee ahYEHR)

9 I saw you yesterday with Rosa. Te vi ayer con Rosa. (teh bee ahYEHR kohn RROHsah)

10 other otro (OHtroh)

11 the other day el otro día (ehl OHtroh DEEah)

12 I saw you the other day. Te vi el otro día. (teh bee ehl OHtroh DEEah)

13 to go out salir (sahLEER)

14 you went out saliste (sahLEESteh)

15 Did you go out? ¿Saliste? (sahLEESteh)

16 last night anoche (ahNOHcheh)

17 Did you go out last night? ¿Saliste anoche? (sahLEESteh ahNOHcheh)



63





English Spanish

18 you went fuiste (FWEESteh)

19 Did you go? ¿Fuiste? (FWEESteh)

20 Did you go dancing with your girlfriend?¿Fuiste a bailar con tu novia? (FWEESteh ah bayLAHR kohn tooNOHbyah)

21 night club discoteca (deeskohTEHkah)

22 husband marido (mahREEdthoh)

23 You may recall that esposo also means husband. Esposo and marido are synonyms and canbe used interchangeably.

24 Did you go to the night club with yourhusband last night?

¿Fuiste a la discoteca con tu maridoanoche? (FWEESteh ah lah deeskohTEHkah kohntoo mahREEdthoh ahNOHcheh)

25In some countries, like Mexico, a colloquial term to say my wife is mi vieja. This is similar to theterm, 'my old lady,' that is sometimes used in the US. You may also hear, mi señora. Remember, señora is also used as a synonym for woman. These are very colloquial ways ofsaying wife, but it is good to be aware of them when traveling abroad.

26 I went fui (fwee)

27 the other night la otra noche (lah OHtrah NOHcheh)

28 Did you get the gender agreement for both 'the' (la) and 'other' (otra)?

29 I went the other night. Fui la otra noche. (fwee lah OHtrah NOHcheh)

30 I went to the night club with my cousins lastnight.

Anoche fui a la discoteca con misprimos. (ahNOHcheh fwee ah lah deeskohTEHkahkohn mees PREEmohs)


64





Have you heard anything about Anna's party thisFriday?

¿Has oído algo sobre la fiesta de Ana de esteviernes?

English Spanish

1 Have you heard anything about Anna's partythis Friday?

¿Has oído algo sobre la fiesta de Anade este viernes? (ahs ohEEdthoh AHLgoh SOHbreh lahFYEHStah deh AHnah deh EHStehBYEHRnehs)

2 to hear oír (ohEER)

3 you have heard has oído (ahs ohEEdthoh)

4Remember how we changed llegar (to arrive) to ha llegado (has / have arrived) and tener (tohave) to ha tenido (has / have had) by adding -ado for the -ar verbs and -ido for verbs endingin -er. Well, verbs that end in -ir follow the same pattern as those that end in -er. Easy enough!

5 Have you heard? ¿Has oído? (ahs ohEEdthoh)

6 about sobre (SOHbreh)

7The word sobre has more than one meaning and a synonym. Sobre can mean 'on top of,''about,' and 'envelope,' depending on the context. Another word for 'about' in this context isacerca de.

8 have you heard about has oído sobre (ahs ohEEdthoh SOHbreh)

9 have you heard something about has oído algo sobre (ahs ohEEdthoh AHLgoh SOHbreh)

10 Ana's party la fiesta de Ana (lah FYEHStah deh AHnah)

11 Friday viernes (BYEHRnehs)

12 Days of the week, unlike English, are not capitalized in Spanish.

13 Ana's party this Friday (the party of Ana of this Friday)

la fiesta de Ana de este viernes (lah FYEHStah deh AHnah deh EHStehBYEHRnehs)

14Did you notice that we used de before este viernes? When you want to say something aboutan event on a particular day in Spanish it is very common to use "de" as in, "la fiesta de esteviernes" (the party this Friday) and "la cena del próximo lunes" (the dinner party nextMonday).

15 Did you notice that we used algo (something) to mean 'anything?' For sentences such as thisthere is no equivalent to the English word, 'anything.' You simply use, algo.

16 (you) have heard ha oído


65





16 (you) have heard (ah ohEEdthoh)



66





English Spanish

17 Have you heard anything about the party thisFriday?

¿Ha oído algo sobre la fiesta de esteviernes? (ah ohEEdthoh AHLgoh SOHbreh lahFYEHStah deh EHSteh BYEHRnehs)

18 I have heard he oído (eh ohEEdthoh)

19 I have heard a lot about this night club.He oído mucho sobre esta discoteca. (eh ohEEdthoh MOOchoh SOHbreh EHStahdeeskohTEHkah)

20 I haven't heard anything. No he oído nada. (noh eh ohEEdthoh NAHdthah)

21

Recall that there is no Spanish equivalent for 'anything' when used to mean 'nothing' or'something.' Although, our American 2nd grade teachers frowned upon double negatives, i.e., 'Idon't want nothing' and 'He doesn't want no food,' this is actually the only way to construct suchsentences in Spanish. So instead of saying, "I haven't heard anything" in Spanish you actuallysay, "I haven't heard nothing."

22 I haven't heard anything about the party.No he oído nada sobre la fiesta. (noh eh ohEEdthoh NAHdthah SOHbrehlah FYEHStah)

23 we have heard hemos oído (EHmohs ohEEdthoh)

24 We have heard something about the party.Hemos oído algo sobre la fiesta. (EHmohs ohEEdthoh AHLgoh SOHbreh lahFYEHStah)

25 I have heard that this Friday is your birthday!¡He oído que este viernes es tucumpleaños! (eh ohEEdthoh keh EHSteh BYEHRnehsehs too koomplehAHnyohs )

26 Thursday jueves (HWEHbehs)

27 dance baile (BAYleh)

28 We haven't heard anything about the dancethis Thursday.

No hemos oído nada sobre el baile deeste jueves. (noh EHmohs ohEEdthoh NAHdthahSOHbreh ehl BAYleh deh EHStehHWEHbehs)

29 Did you remember to use de before este and say de este jueves?

30 Saturday sábado (SAHbahdthoh)

31 I haven't heard anything about the parties thisSaturday.

No he oído nada sobre las fiestas deeste sábado. (noh eh ohEEdthoh NAHdthah SOHbrehlahs FYEHStahs deh EHStehSAHbahdthoh)


67






68





She just invited me. Ella acaba de invitarme.English Spanish

1 She just invited me. Ella acaba de invitarme. (EHyah ahKAHbah deh eenbeeTAHRmeh)

2 to invite invitar (eenbeeTAHR)

3 to invite me invitarme (eenbeeTAHRmeh)

4 to finish acabar (ahkahBAHR )

5 just finished acabar de (ahkahBAHR deh)

6 she just finished... ella acaba de... (EHyah ahKAHbah deh)

7 Apenas and recién can also be used to mean just. For example, you can say, Acaba deinvitarme, Apenas me invitó or Recién me invitó. They all mean, "She just invited me."

8 Remember, you can also say Ella me acaba de invitar.

9 My boyfriend just invited me dancing tonight.

Mi novio acaba de invitarme a bailaresta noche. (mee NOHbyoh ahKAHbah deheenbeeTAHRmeh ah bayLAHR EHStahNOHcheh)

10 I just finished acabo de (ahKAHboh deh)

11 I just finished speaking with Maria. Acabo de hablar con María. (ahKAHboh deh ahBLAHR kohn mahREEah)

12 Do you recall how we formed estamos (we are) from estar (to be) and bajamos (we get off)from bajar (to get off)? Now apply this pattern to acabar de!

13 we just finished acabamos de (ahkahBAHmohs deh)

14 We just finished eating. Acabamos de comer. (ahkahBAHmohs deh kohMEHR)

15 (he / she / you 'formal') invited invitó (eenbeeTOH)

16 She invited me last night. Ella me invitó anoche. (EHyah meh eenbeeTOH ahNOHcheh)

17 Last night, he invited me dancing.Anoche, él me invitó a bailar. (ahNOHcheh ehl meh eenbeeTOH ahbayLAHR)



69





English Spanish

18 (he / she / you 'formal') finished acabó (ahkahBOH)

19Did you recognize the pattern? To form the simple past of regular -ar verbs for he / she / it andyou (formal), all you do is drop the -ar ending and add -ó. So, invitar becomes invitó andacabar changes to acabó.

20 late tarde (TAHRdtheh)

21 The party finished very late.La fiesta acabó muy tarde. (lah FYEHStah ahkahBOH mweeTAHRdtheh)

22 early temprano (tehmPRAHnoh)

23 The dinner party finished very early.La cena acabó muy temprano. (lah SEHnah ahkahBOH mweetehmPRAHnoh)

24 to tell decir (dehSEER)

25 to tell you decirte (dehSEERteh)

26 I just finished telling you! ¡Acabo de decirte! (ahKAHboh deh dehSEERteh)


70





I would love it if you let me accompany you.Me encantaría que me dejaras acompañarte.

English Spanish

1 I would love it if you let me accompany you.Me encantaría que me dejarasacompañarte. (meh ehnkahntahREEah keh mehdehHAHrahs ahkohmpahNYAHRteh)

2 to accompany acompañar (ahkohmpahNYAHR)

3 to accompany you acompañarte (ahkohmpahNYAHRteh)

4 to let dejar (dehHAHR)

5 to let me dejarme (dehHAHRmeh)

6 you (would) let me me dejaras (meh dehHAHrahs)

7

The verb dejaras, is the past subjunctive form of dejar. It is also sometimes referred to as theimperfect subjunctive. The past subjunctive form is used instead of the regular presentsubjunctive because the main verb, encantar, is in the conditional form, me encantaría. Itmay sound difficult now but just remember, whenever the main verb of the sentence isconditional, i.e., would love (encantaría), etc, the secondary verb must be in the pastsubjunctive form. Don't worry you will get plenty of practice with Mango!

8

Recall how we formed the conditional form of the verb gustar (to like) by adding the -ía ending,gustaría (would like)? In English, we show conditionality by using the word would, as in, "I wouldlike to go," (Me gustaría ir). The conditional form can be, but is not always, followed by asecondary clause. For example, I would like to go but I have to work (Me gustaría ir perotengo que trabajar). Forming the conditional form is easy in Spanish. Generally, all you do isadd the ending -ía to the verb. Now let's try this with encantar!

9 I would love me encantaría (meh ehnkahntahREEah)

10 I would love it if you (would) let meme encantaría que me dejaras (meh ehnkahntahREEah keh mehdehHAHrahs)

11You may have said, "*me encantaría si me dejaras." However, in this case since we are usingthe subjunctive form of the verb we use que, literally "that" instead of si (if). Remember,generally when you have que directly before the verb you will use the subjunctive form.

12 if you (would) let me accompany youque me dejaras acompañarte (keh meh dehHAHrahsahkohmpahNYAHRteh)

13 I would like to accompany you.Me gustaría acompañarte. (meh goostahREEahahkohmpahNYAHRteh)

14 Can you accompany me to the night club?¿Puedes acompañarme a la discoteca? (PWEHdthehs ahkohmpahNYAHRmeh ah


71





lah deeskohTEHkah)

15 Of course! ¡Claro! (KLAHroh)



72





English Spanish

16 You likely recall learning ¡Por supuesto! to say, "Of course!" ¡Por supuesto! and ¡Claro! aresynonymous and can be used interchangeably.

17 I would like to buy you something to drink.Me gustaría comprarte algo paratomar. (meh goostahREEah kohmPRAHRtehAHLgoh PAHrah tohMAHR)

18 Would you let me? ¿Me dejarías? (meh dehhahREEahs)

19 Would you let me buy you something todrink?

¿Me dejarías comprarte algo paratomar? (meh dehhahREEahs kohmPRAHRtehAHLgoh PAHrah tohMAHR)

20 movie theater cine (SEEneh)

21 Would you like to accompany me to themovie theater?

¿Te gustaría acompañarme al cine? (teh goostahREEah ahkohmpahNYAHRmehahl SEEneh)

22 you (could) accompany me me acompañaras (meh ahkohmpahNYAHrahs)

23Me acompañaras is in the past subjunctive form. Changing regular -ar verbs for you (informal)is really easy! All you do is add -as to the end. So, dejar becomes dejaras and acompañar isacompañaras. Easy right?

24 I would like it if you accompany me to themovie theater.

Me gustaría que me acompañaras alcine. (meh goostahREEah keh mehahkohmpahNYAHrahs ahl SEEneh)

25 Of course! I would love it if you accompanyme to the party.

¡Claro! Me encantaría que meacompañaras a la fiesta. (KLAHroh meh ehnkahntahREEah keh mehahkohmpahNYAHrahs ah lah FYEHStah)


73





Better we meet each other there.Mejor nos encontramos allí.

English Spanish

1 Better we meet each other there. (Better we find each other there.)

Mejor nos encontramos allí. (mehHOHR nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohsahYEE )

2 to meet each other (to find each other)

encontrarnos (ehnkohnTRAHRnohs)

3Did you recognize that encontrarnos is a reflexive verb? Very Good! It comes from the verbencontrarse. Don't forget that with reflexive verbs the action is being carried out on the subjectitself and the pronouns se, te, me, or (in this case nos) have to move to the front when the rootverb is changed.

4 For this next challenge, remember how we changed estar (to be) to estamos (we are) andbajar (to get off) to bajamos (we get off). Ready?

5 we find encontramos (ehnkohnTRAHmohs)

6Now let's put the two together to say, "we find each other." Remember the verb ending -amosand also remember the reflexive pronoun nos now moves to the front of the verb. Let's give it ashot!

7 we meet each other (we find each other)

nos encontramos (nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs)

8 better mejor (mehHOHR)

9 We will meet each other there. Allí nos encontramos. (ahYEE nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs)

10 Tomorrow we will meet each other. Mañana nos encontramos. (mahNYAHnah nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs)

11 Monday lunes (LOOnehs)

12 Monday we will meet each other there.El lunes nos encontramos allí. (ehl LOOnehs nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohsahYEE)

13

Did you notice we used the definite article, el, in front of the day of the week in Spanish? InEnglish we usually say, "I will see you Monday." However, in Spanish you must always use 'the'before the day of the week. So, you would say, "Te veré el lunes," literally, "I will see you theMonday." All the days of the week are masculine. So, just remember to always add el before theday of the week.

14 Sunday domingo (dohMEENgoh)

15 We will meet each other Sunday.Nos encontramos el domingo. (nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs ehldohMEENgoh)

16 Did you remember to use el in front of the day of the week? Good job!Mejor nos encontramos allí esta noche.


74





17 Better we meet each other there tonight. (mehHOHR nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohsahYEE EHStah NOHcheh)



75





English Spanish

18 today hoy (oy)

19 We will meet each other at the party today.Hoy nos encontramos en la fiesta. (oy nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs ehn lahFYEHStah)

20 Tuesday martes (MAHRtehs)

21 Tuesday we will meet each other there at theparty.

El martes nos encontramos allí en lafiesta. (ehl MAHRtehs nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohsahYEE ehn lah FYEHStah)

22 Better we meet each other there thisTuesday.

Mejor nos encontramos allí este martes.(mehHOHR nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohsahYEE EHSteh MAHRtehs)


76





to love amarEnglish Spanish

1You may run into someone special on your travels and before you know it you will want to expressto them how you feel. This next section will teach you how to use key phrases commonly usedbetween couples in Latin America. Ready?

2 to love amar (ahMAHR)

3 to love you amarte (ahMAHRteh)

4 I love amo (AHmoh)

5 Remember to move the pronoun -te to the front of the verb.

6 I love you! ¡Te amo! (teh AHmoh)

7 I love you so much! ¡Te amo mucho! (teh AHmoh MOOchoh)

8Saying I love you to someone is very common in Latin America, whether it be with your boyfriend,husband, someone in your family, or even a friend. People in Latin American countries aregenerally very affectionate and not embarrassed to express themselves.

9 you love amas (AHmahs)

10 Do you love me? ¿Me amas? (meh AHmahs)

11 I love you too. También te amo. (tahmBYEHN teh AHmoh)

12 Did you say Te amo también (I love you too)? This is also okay.

13 love amor (ahMOHR)

14Amor is the noun meaning love in general. The amorcito diminutive comes from this noun. Many times you will hear people call their loved ones, mi amor (my love) or as we have learnedbefore, mi amorcito.

15 heart corazón (kohrahSOHN)

16There are many terms of endearment in Spanish, corazón (heart) can be used in this way. Manytimes you will hear corazón or corazoncito between husbands and wives, boyfriends andgirlfriends, and between parents and children. Using endearing terms to show affection in LatinAmerica is very common.

17 with all my heart con todo mi corazón (kohn TOHdthoh mee kohrahSOHN)



77





English Spanish

18 I love you with all my heart!¡Te amo con todo mi corazón! (teh AHmoh kohn TOHdthoh meekohrahSOHN)

19 to miss extrañar (ehkstrahNYAHR)

20 to miss you extrañarte (ehkstrahNYAHRteh)

21 I miss extraño (ehksTRAHnyoh)

22 I miss you. Te extraño. (teh ehksTRAHnyoh)

23 you miss extrañas (ehksTRAHnyahs)

24 Do you miss me? ¿Me extrañas? (meh ehksTRAHnyahs)

25 Me too. (I too.)

Yo también. (yoh tahmBYEHN)


78





Chapter 5: Eating and Cooking Chapter 5: Eating and Cooking

Conversational GoalsAsk What a Dish is Made OfExpress That You Do Not Like SometingLearn Local and Cultural FoodsRefer to Food Preparation ProcessesSay You Like Certain Foods

Grammar GoalsLearn the Formal and Informal ImperativeFormsLearn the Many Uses of QuéPractice Imperative Verbs with Direct ObjectCliticsPractice the Subjunctive FormReinforce the Use of Clitics


The food smells delicious! What are you cooking?¡Qué rica huele la comida! ¿Qué estácocinando? (keh RREEkah WEHleh lah kohMEEdthah kehehsTAH kohseeNAHNdoh)

I'm cooking chicken soup for dinner tonight.

Estoy cocinando sopa de pollo para lacena de esta noche. (ehsTOY kohseeNAHNdoh SOHpah dehPOHyoh PAHrah lah SEHnah deh EHStahNOHcheh)

Yum! How is it made? ¡Mmm! ¿Cómo está hecha? (mmm KOHmoh ehsTAH EHchah)

I don't know how to cook very well. Can you teachme?

No sé cocinar muy bien. ¿Usted me puedeenseñar? (noh seh kohseeNAHR mwee byehnoosTEHDTH meh PWEHdtheh ehnsehNYAHR)

Sure! Take out two onions, two carrots, and a chilipepper from the refrigerator.

¡Claro! Saca dos cebollas, dos zanahoriasy un chile del refrigerador. (KLAHroh SAHkah dohs sehBOHyahs dohssahnahOHryahs ee oon CHEEleh dehlrrehfreehehrahDTHOHR)

Then, cut them into little pieces and throw them inthe boiling water.

Luego, córtalos en pedacitos y échalos alagua que está hirviendo. (LWEHgoh KOHRtahlohs ehnpehdthahSEEtohs ee EHchahlohs ahl AHwahkeh ehsTAH eerBYEHNdoh)

Bueno,¿usted quiere que haga algo más?


79





Okay, do you want me to do anything else? (BWEHnoh oosTEHDTH KYEHreh keh AHgahAHLgoh mahs)

Yes, add a dash of salt and pepper and ateaspoon of garlic.

Sí, añade una pizca de sal y pimienta yuna cucharita de ajo. (see ahNYAHdtheh OOnah PEESkah deh sahlee peeMYEHNtah ee OOnah koochahREEtahdeh AHhoh)


80





The food smells delicious!¡Qué rica huele la comida!

English Spanish

1 The food smells delicious! ¡Qué rica huele la comida! (keh RREEkah WEHleh lah kohMEEdthah)

2 to smell oler (ohLEHR)

3 smells huele (WEHleh)

4 delicious (rich)

rica (RREEkah)

5

In Spanish, it is more common to say that the food smells, looks, or tastes rich. Unlike English,we tend to say delicious in those circumstances, but most Spanish speakers will say rica. Deliciosa (delicious) is also used, but rica tends to be more common. In this course we will useboth rica and deliciosa to mean delicious. So, when you hear delicious, you will know that youcan use either one.

6 It smells delicious! ¡Huele rica! (WEHleh RREEkah)

7

Que can be used in many ways in Spanish. When used in questions it means, "what?" When itappears at the beginning of an expression like, ¡Qué rica,! it means "how," as in, "Howdelicious!" When que without an accent mark is in the middle of a phrase or sentence joiningtogether two clauses it means "that," as in, "The food that she cooks is delicious!" (¡La comidaque cocina es deliciosa!).

8 How delicious! ¡Qué rica! (keh RREEkah)

9 food comida (kohMEEdthah)

10 What delicious food! ¡Qué rica comida! (keh RREEkah kohMEEdthah)

11Like many other people around the world, Latin American families use food to show love andappreciation. Meal time is usually a time for families to socialize and spend time together. Ifguests come over it is very common for the hostess to cook a meal for that person.

12 It's delicious! ¡Está rica! (ehsTAH RREEkah)

13 The food is delicious! ¡La comida está rica! (lah kohMEEdthah ehsTAH RREEkah)

14 From this point on we are going to practice using deliciosa, instead of rica, to mean delicious. Just remember they both mean delicious and rica is more commonly used.

15 delicious deliciosa (dehleeSYOHsah)

16 The food smells delicious.La comida huele deliciosa. (lah kohMEEdthah WEHlehdehleeSYOHsah)


81







82





English Spanish

17 weird rara (RRAHrah)

18 The food smells weird. ¡La comida huele rara! (lah kohMEEdthah WEHleh RRAHrah)

19 to cook cocinar (kohseeNAHR)

20 I cook. Cocino. (kohSEEnoh)

21 I cook delicious food!¡Cocino comida deliciosa! (kohSEEnoh kohMEEdthahdehleeSYOHsah)

22 to taste saber (sahBEHR)

23 The verb saber has two meanings. It can mean "to know" or "to taste." You just have to listen tothe context to figure out which saber is being used.

24 tastes sabe (SAHbeh)

25 The food tastes delicious!¡La comida sabe deliciosa! (lah kohMEEdthah SAHbehdehleeSYOHsah)

26 tasty sabrosa (sahBROHsah)

27 The food is tasty. ¡La comida está sabrosa! (lah kohMEEdthah ehsTAH sahBROHsah)


83





I'm cooking chicken soup for dinner tonight.Estoy cocinando sopa de pollo para la cena de estanoche.

English Spanish

1 I'm cooking chicken soup for dinner tonight.


2 cooking cocinando (kohseeNAHNdoh)

3 soup sopa (SOHpah)

4 I'm cooking soup. Estoy cocinando sopa. (ehsTOY kohseeNAHNdoh SOHpah)

5 chicken soup sopa de pollo (SOHpah deh POHyoh)

6Some countries have different ways of saying chicken and chicken soup. For example, "chickensoup" in Mexico is commonly called caldo de pollo, but in Peru and other South Americancountries, both pollo and gallina (hen) are used to mean chicken, so you may hear sopa degallina.

7 I'm cooking chicken soup.Estoy cocinando sopa de pollo. (ehsTOY kohseeNAHNdoh SOHpah dehPOHyoh)

8 dinner cena (SEHnah)

9 I'm cooking dinner. Estoy cocinando la cena. (ehsTOY kohseeNAHNdoh lah SEHnah)

10 for dinner tonightpara la cena de esta noche (PAHrah lah SEHnah deh EHStahNOHcheh)

11Did you get it right and put de before esta noche? Remember, when you want to saysomething about an event on a particular day in Spanish you use de before the specific day ortime.

12 She is cooking chicken soup.Ella está cocinando sopa de pollo. (EHyah ehsTAH kohseeNAHNdoh SOHpahdeh POHyoh)

13 to bake hornear (ohrnehAHR)

14 She's baking. Ella está horneando. (EHyah ehsTAH ohrnehAHNdoh)

15 cake pastel (pahsTEHL)

16 In addition to pastel, torta is used in some countries to mean cake.


84







85





English Spanish

17 chocolate cake pastel de chocolate (pahsTEHL deh chohkohLAHteh)

18 I'm baking a chocolate cake for dinnertonight.

Estoy horneando un pastel de chocolatepara la cena de esta noche. (ehsTOY ohrnehAHNdoh oon pahsTEHLdeh chohkohLAHteh PAHrah lah SEHnahdeh EHStah NOHcheh)

19 to prepare preparar (prehpahRAHR)

20 It is common to hear native Spanish speakers use the word preparar (to prepare) and hacer (tomake) instead of "to cook" (cocinar). It is useful to be familiar with all of these terms.

21 I'm preparing estoy preparando (ehsTOY prehpahRAHNdoh)

22 I'm preparing a chocolate cake.Estoy preparando un pastel dechocolate. (ehsTOY prehpahRAHNdoh oon pahsTEHLdeh chohkohLAHteh)

23 to make hacer (ahSEHR)

24 Did you remember that we introduced hacer as "to do"? Good job! It also means "to make."

25 she is making ella está haciendo (EHyah ehsTAH ahSYEHNdoh)

26 She is making a cake.Ella está haciendo un pastel. (EHyah ehsTAH ahSYEHNdoh oonpahsTEHL)

27 breakfast desayuno (dehsahYOOnoh)

28 Remember that mañana means both "tomorrow" and "morning." Keep this in mind for the nextchallenge.

29 I'm making chicken soup for breakfast thismorning.

Estoy haciendo sopa de pollo para eldesayuno de esta mañana. (ehsTOY ahSYEHNdoh SOHpah dehPOHyoh PAHrah ehl dehsahYOOnoh dehEHStah mahNYAHnah)

30Did you find it strange that we said Estoy haciendo sopa de pollo para el desayuno deesta mañana (I'm making chicken soup for breakfast this morning)? It's common in many LatinAmerican countries to eat what we would would consider to be dinner food in the morning. Manytimes you simply warm up the previous night's dinner for breakfast!

31 dessert postre (POHStreh)

32 Are you making a chocolate cake for dessert?¿Estás haciendo un pastel de chocolatepara el postre? (ehsTAHS ahSYEHNdoh oon pahsTEHL dehchohkohLAHteh PAHrah ehl POHStreh)

33 to eat dinner cenar


86





33 to eat dinner (sehNAHR)



87





English Spanish

34 Unlike English, in Spanish we have a verb for meal times. For example, dinner is cena and theact of eating dinner is cenar.

35 We eat dinner. Cenamos. (sehNAHmohs)

36 What are we eating for dinner tonight? ¿Qué cenamos esta noche? (keh sehNAHmohs EHStah NOHcheh)

37

You may have said, "*¿Qué estamos cenando para la cena de esta noche?" However,just like we saw with Juega mi equipo favorito esta semana (My favorite team is playing thisweek), the act of eating dinner is not happening in that moment but rather will take place in thenear future. In Spanish, we simply use the present tense, cenamos (we are eating dinner) orliterally, "we eat dinner." Also, para (for) is not necessary in Spanish. We simply say cenamos tomean both, "we eat dinner" and "we are eating for dinner." Let's practice!

38 lunch almuerzo (ahlMWEHRsoh)

39Latin American families have two lunch times. One before dinner (usually a normal meal) andone after dinner that normally consists of coffee and bread or something light, depending on thecountry. There is also an evening snack called a merienda that comes between lunch anddinner.

40 to eat lunch almorzar (ahlmohrSAHR)

41In some countries, and especially with Spanish speakers living in the United States, there existsanother word for lunch, lonche and the act of eating lunch is lonchar. It is borrowed fromEnglish.

42 We eat lunch. Almorzamos. (ahlmohrSAHmohs)

43 Today, we are eating lunch with my family.Hoy, almorzamos con mi familia. (oy ahlmohrSAHmohs kohn meefahMEElyah)

44 Today we are eating chicken soup for lunch.Hoy almorzamos sopa de pollo. (oy ahlmohrSAHmohs SOHpah dehPOHyoh)

45 to eat breakfast desayunar (dehsahyooNAHR)

46 What do you want to eat for breakfast? ¿Qué quieres desayunar? (keh KYEHrehs dehsahyooNAHR)


88





Yum! How is it made? ¡Mmm! ¿Cómo está hecha?English Spanish

1 Yum! How is it made? ¡Mmm! ¿Cómo está hecha? (mmm KOHmoh ehsTAH EHchah)

2 to be made estar hecha (ehsTAHR EHchah)

3 is made está hecha (ehsTAH EHchah)

4 Yum! ¡Mmm! (mmm)

5 paella paella (pahEHyah)

6Paella is a dish from Spain that is common in many Latin American countries, especially thosethat are on the coast because it's made with seafood. It is a seafood rice dish in a tomato-likesauce. ¡Qué rica paella! (What delicious paella!).

7 How is the paella made? ¿Cómo está hecha la paella? (KOHmoh ehsTAH EHchah lah pahEHyah)

8 seafood mariscos (mahREESkohs)

9 rice arroz (ahRROHS)

10Mariscos (seafood) can be used both in the singular and in the plural. When we are speaking ofone type of seafood, like octopus, we would use the singular, as in El pulpo es una clase demarisco (Octopus is a kind of seafood). But when we are talking about more than one type weuse the plural Me gustan todos los mariscos (I like all seafood).

11 The paella is made with seafood and rice.La paella está hecha con mariscos yarroz. (lah pahEHyah ehsTAH EHchah kohnmahREESkohs ee ahRROHS)

12 The paella is made with tomato sauce, riceand seafood.

La paella está hecha con salsa detomate, arroz y mariscos. (lah pahEHyah ehsTAH EHchah kohnSAHLsah deh tohMAHteh ahRROHS eemahREESkohs)

13 I like seafood. Me gustan los mariscos. (meh GOOStahn lohs mahREESkohs)

14 The paella is made with seafood. Do you likethem?

La paella está hecha con mariscos. ¿Tegustan? (lah pahEHyah ehsTAH EHchah kohnmahREESkohs teh GOOStahn)

15 at all (for nothing)

para nada (PAHrah NAHdthah)

16 I don't like seafood at all!¡No me gustan los mariscos para nada!(noh meh GOOStahn lohs mahREESkohsPAHrah NAHdthah)


89







90





English Spanish

17 Do you like the paella? ¿Te gusta la paella? (teh GOOStah lah pahEHyah)

18 sausage salchicha (sahlCHEEchah)

19 I like the paella with sausages.Me gusta la paella con salchichas. (meh GOOStah lah pahEHyah kohnsahlCHEEchahs)

20Remember, when we use the expression Me gusta (I like) and it is followed by que, the nextverb will be in the subjunctive form. Since we are using this expression we are going to need touse the subjunctive. Do you remember the general rule for forming the subjunctive? Try to applythis to the verb estar for the next slide.

21 it is [subjunctive] esté (ehsTEH)

22 She doesn't like that her paella is made withsausages.

A ella no le gusta que su paella estéhecha con salchicha. (ah EHyah noh leh GOOStah keh soopahEHyah ehsTEH EHchah kohnsahlCHEEchah)


91





Take out two onions, two carrots, and a chili pepperfrom the refrigerator.

Saca dos cebollas, dos zanahorias y un chile delrefrigerador.

English Spanish

1 Take out two onions, two carrots, and a chilipepper from the refrigerator.

Saca dos cebollas, dos zanahorias y unchile del refrigerador. (SAHkah dohs sehBOHyahs dohssahnahOHryahs ee oon CHEEleh dehlrrehfreehehrahDTHOHR)

2 to take out sacar (sahKAHR)

3 take out [imperative] saca (SAHkah)

4It is very easy to construct the informal command form of verbs in Spanish. All you do is removethe -r from the end. So, instead of saying sacar, the informal command form would be saca. Simple!

5 onion cebolla (sehBOHyah)

6 Take out two onions. Saca dos cebollas. (SAHkah dohs sehBOHyahs)

7 carrot zanahoria (sahnahOHryah)

8 Take out a carrot. Saca una zanahoria. (SAHkah OOnah sahnahOHryah)

9 chili pepper chile (CHEEleh)

10In most Latin American countries, chile means pepper, as in jalepeño pepper, green pepper, etc. But in Peru and other countries in the Andean region of South America, every kind of pepper iscalled ají.

11 two chili peppers and a carrot dos chiles y una zanahoria (dohs CHEElehs ee OOnah sahnahOHryah)

12 Take out two chili peppers and a carrot.Saca dos chiles y una zanahoria. (SAHkah dohs CHEElehs ee OOnahsahnahOHryah)

13 refrigerator refrigerador (rehfreehehrahDTHOHR)

14 from the refrigerator del refrigerador (dehl rrehfreehehrahDTHOHR)

15 Take out two chili peppers from therefrigerator.

Saca dos chiles del refrigerador. (SAHkah dohs CHEElehs dehlrrehfreehehrahDTHOHR)

16 drawer cajón


92





16 drawer (kahHOHN)



93





English Spanish

17 fork tenedor (tehnehDTHOHR)

18 Take out a fork from the drawer.Saca un tenedor del cajón. (SAHkah oon tehnehDTHOHR dehlkahHOHN)

19 spoon cuchara (kooCHAHrah)

20 Take out a spoon. Saca una cuchara. (SAHkah OOnah kooCHAHrah)

21 to return devolver (dehbohlBEHR)

22 return [imperative] devuelve (dehBWEHLbeh)

23 Put the spoon back. (Return the spoon.)

Devuelve la cuchara. (dehBWEHLbeh lah kooCHAHrah)

24

Another note worth mentioning is that on account of the English influence on Spanish, there is avery anglicized way of saying "to put something back." Instead of devolver, it is very common tohear poner para atrás. It is not grammatically correct in Spanish, but it is common to hear. For example, Pon la cuchara para atrás, (usually pronounced like "Pon la cuchara pa'tras," ) is more frequently heard than the grammatically correct Devuelve la cuchara.

25 knife cuchillo (kooCHEEyoh)

26 Put the knife back in the drawer. (Put the knife back to the drawer.)

Devuelve el cuchillo al cajón. (dehBWEHLbeh ehl kooCHEEyoh ahlkahHOHN)

27 place lugar (looGAHR)

28 their su (soo)

29 their place su lugar (soo looGAHR)

30 Put the spoon and the knife back in theirplace.

Devuelve la cuchara y el cuchillo a sulugar. (dehBWEHLbeh lah kooCHAHrah ee ehlkooCHEEyoh ah soo looGAHR)


94





Then, cut them in little pieces and throw them intothe boiling water.

Luego, córtalos en pedacitos y échalos al agua queestá hirviendo.

English Spanish

1Then, cut them in little pieces and throw theminto the boiling water. (Later, cut them in little pieces and throw themto the water that is boiling.)

Luego, córtalos en pedacitos y échalosal agua que está hirviendo. (LWEHgoh KOHRtahlohs ehnpehdthahSEEtohs ee EHchahlohs ahlAHwah keh ehsTAH eerBYEHNdoh)

2 to cut cortar (kohrTAHR)

3 cut [imperative] corta (KOHRtah)

4 cut them córtalos (KOHRtahlohs)

5

Did you notice the pattern? Recall that we saw an example of a pronoun attaching to the end ofthe verb once before with decirle (to tell her). With córtalos (cut them) we see anotherexample of an attached pronoun, los (them). However, this time we are using a command formof the verb. So, we started with cortar (to cut), then made the informal command form corta(cut), and then attached the pronoun (los). Easy, right?!

6 piece pedazo (pehDTHAHsoh)

7Remember how we formed diminutives by adding endings like -ita, -ito, -cita and -cito to theend of nouns? Take the word pedazo (piece) and make it diminutive, so that it will mean "littlepiece."

8 little pieces pedacitos (pehdthahSEEtohs)

9Pedacitos is the diminutive of the word pedazo (piece). The reason pedacitos is used here isbecause we want "little" pieces, and that is what the word means. Diminutives are very commonlyused in Spanish.

10 Then, cut them in little pieces. (Later, cut them in little pieces.)

Luego, córtalos en pedacitos. (LWEHgoh KOHRtahlohs ehnpehdthahSEEtohs)

11 to throw echar (ehCHAHR)

12 There is more than one way to say "to throw" in Spanish. Echar, tirar, and botar each conveythis meaning.

13 throw them [imperative] échalos (EHchahlohs)

14 Then, throw them into the water. (Later, throw them to the water.)

Luego, échalos al agua. (LWEHgoh EHchahlohs ahl AHwah)

15 to boil hervir (ehrBEER)


95





16 boiling hirviendo (eerBYEHNdoh)



96





English Spanish

17 is boiling está hirviendo (ehsTAH eerBYEHNdoh)

18 boiling water (water that is boiling)

agua que está hirviendo (AHwah keh ehsTAH eerBYEHNdoh)

19 Then, throw them into the boiling water.Luego, échalos al agua que estáhirviendo. (LWEHgoh EHchahlohs ahl AHwah kehehsTAH eerBYEHNdoh)

20 first (1st) primero (1°) (preeMEHroh)

21 First cut them in little pieces and throw theminto the boiling water.

Primero, córtalos en pedacitos yéchalos al agua que está hirviendo. (preeMEHroh KOHRtahlohs ehnpehdthahSEEtohs ee EHchahlohs ahlAHwah keh ehsTAH eerBYEHNdoh)

22 cut [imperative] corte (KOHRteh)

23

It's very easy to form the formal command with Spanish. We begin with a word like cortar. Seeing that it ends in -ar, we simply drop the -r and end up with corta, which is our informalcommand form. In a formal command, instead of dropping the -r we drop the -ar and add and -eto end up with corte. The -ir and -er verbs end with an -a in their respective formal commands.The rule is just like the subjunctive.

24 Cut the chili peppers into little pieces.Corte los chiles en pedacitos. (KOHRteh lohs CHEElehs ehnpehdthahSEEtohs)

25 Now let's practice making the formal command with the attached pronoun. Remember, swap the-ar ending for -e and add the pronoun to the end. Ready?!

26 throw them échelos (EHchehlohs)

27 Throw them in the water. Échelos al agua. (EHchehlohs ahl AHwah)

28 potato papa (PAHpah)

29 The word for potato in Latin America is papa, but in Spain it is patata.

30 to stir revolver (rrehbohlBEHR)

31 stir [imperative] revuelve (rrehBWEHLbeh)

32 Stir the potatoes. Revuelve las papas. (rrehBWEHLbeh lahs PAHpahs)

33 stir [imperative] revuelva (rrehBWEHLbah)



97





English Spanish

34 Stir them. Revuélvalas. (rrehBWEHLbahlahs)

35 to grind moler (mohLEHR)

36 grind [imperative] muele (MWEHleh)

37 First, grind the chili peppers. Primero, muele los chiles. (preeMEHroh MWEHleh lohs CHEElehs)

38 Grind the chili peppers and throw them intothe water.

Muele los chiles y échalos al agua. (MWEHleh lohs CHEElehs ee EHchahlohsahl AHwah)

39 pot olla (OHyah)

40 Grind them and throw them in the pot.Muélelos y échalos a la olla. (MWEHlehlohs ee EHchahlohs ah lahOHyah)

41 to mash machacar (mahchahKAHR)

42 mash [imperative] machaca (mahCHAHkah)

43 In order to complete this next challenge, you need to realize that when we say "them" we arereferring to "las papas." So make sure to get the gender right.

44 Mash them. Machácalas. (mahCHAHkahlahs)

45 Take out the potatoes from the pot and mashthem.

Saca las papas de la olla y machácalas.(SAHkah lahs PAHpahs deh lah OHyah eemahCHAHkahlahs)


98





Ok. Do you want me to do anything else?Bueno. ¿Usted quiere que haga algo más?

English Spanish

1Ok. Do you want me to do anything else? (Good. Do you want that I do somethingmore?)

Bueno. ¿Usted quiere que haga algomás? (BWEHnoh oosTEHDTH KYEHreh kehAHgah AHLgoh mahs)

2Recall our WEIRDO NUT model when forming the subjunctive for this next lesson. If the verb isabout "Desire" (the "D" in our acronym), like querer, and is followed by que, then we need thesubjunctive. This next presentation is in the subjunctive form.

3 do [subjunctive] haga (AHgah)

4 Do you want me to do something? ¿Usted quiere que haga algo? (oosTEHDTH KYEHreh keh AHgah AHLgoh)

5 Bueno means "good," but in this type of context it can also mean "okay" or "alright."

6 What do you want me to do? (What do you want that I do?)

¿Qué quieres que haga? (keh KYEHrehs keh AHgah)

7 Do you want something else? ¿Quieres algo más? (KYEHrehs AHLgoh mahs)

8 Do you want anything else from therefrigerator?

¿Quiere algo más del refrigerador? (KYEHreh AHLgoh mahs dehlrrehfreehehrahDTHOHR)

9 This next presentation is in the subjunctive form of the verb.

10 you do hagas (AHgahs)

11 I don't want you to do that. No quiero que hagas eso. (noh KYEHroh keh AHgahs EHsoh)

12 go [subjunctive] vaya (BAHyah)

13Recall how to use the command form of ir to give directions: Vaya a la derecha (Go to theright). Well, the subjunctive uses the same form as the formal command. So when you see thatthe verb ir needs to be put in the formal subjunctive, always use vaya.

14 Do you want her to go? ¿Usted quiere que ella vaya? (oosTEHDTH KYEHreh keh EHyah BAHyah)

15 This next presentation is in the subjunctive form.

16 you go [subjunctive] vayas (BAHyahs)

17 I want you to go to the kitchen. Quiero que vayas a la cocina. (KYEHroh keh BAHyahs ah lah kohSEEnah)

18 for something por algo (pohr AHLgoh)



99





English Spanish

19 I want you to go to the kitchen for somethingelse.

Quiero que vayas a la cocina por algomás. (KYEHroh keh BAHyahs ah lah kohSEEnahpohr AHLgoh mahs)


100





Add a dash of salt and pepper and a teaspoon ofgarlic.

Añade una pizca de sal y pimienta y una cucharitade ajo.

English Spanish

1 Add a dash of salt and pepper and ateaspoon of garlic.

Añade una pizca de sal y pimienta yuna cucharita de ajo. (ahNYAHdtheh OOnah PEESkah deh sahlee peeMYEHNtah ee OOnahkoochahREEtah deh AHhoh)

2 to add añadir (ahnyahDTHEER)

3 For this next challenge remember, to make the informal command form of a verb in Spanish, allyou do is remove the final -r and if the verb ends in an -i change this to an -e. Ready?!

4 add [imperative] añade (ahNYAHdtheh)

5 Agregar is a synonym of añadir; you can use them both interchangeably.

6 dash pizca (PEESkah)

7 Add a dash. Añade una pizca. (ahNYAHdtheh OOnah PEESkah)

8 Add a dash of salt. Añade una pizca de sal. (ahNYAHdtheh OOnah PEESkah deh sahl)

9 pepper pimienta (peeMYEHNtah)

10 Add a dash of salt and pepper.Añade una pizca de sal y pimienta. (ahNYAHdtheh OOnah PEESkah deh sahlee peeMYEHNtah )

11 garlic ajo (AHhoh)

12 teaspoon cucharita (koochahREEtah)

13Recall that "spoon" is cuchara, from the phrase devuelve la cuchara (put the spoon back)? The word "teaspoon" in Spanish is just the diminutive form of spoon. It literally means "littlespoon." Interesting, right?

14 a teaspoon of garlic una cucharita de ajo (OOnah koochahREEtah deh AHhoh)

15 after después (dehsPWEHS)

16In English we use the word "then" when we want to indicate something that happened or willhappen after something else, i.e., "First cut them in little pieces. Then add a pinch of salt." InSpanish, you need to use después (after) for these types of sentences. Generally when givinginstructions luego y después can be used interchangeably.


101







102





English Spanish

17 Then, add a dash of salt and pepper and ateaspoon of garlic.

Después, añade una pizca de sal ypimienta y una cucharita de ajo. (dehsPWEHS ahNYAHdtheh OOnahPEESkah deh sahl ee peeMYEHNtah eeOOnah koochahREEtah deh AHhoh)

18 cup taza (TAHsah)

19 a cup of sugar una taza de azúcar (OOnah TAHsah deh ahSOOkahr )

20 Add a cup of sugar.Añade una taza de azúcar. (ahNYAHdtheh OOnah TAHsah dehahSOOkahr )

21 First, cut them in little pieces. Then add a cupof sugar.

Primero, córtalos en pedacitos.Después, añade una taza de azúcar. (preeMEHroh KOHRtahlohs ehnpehdthahSEEtohs dehsPWEHSahNYAHdtheh OOnah TAHsah dehahSOOkahr )

22 flour harina (ahREEnah)

23 add añada (ahNYAHdthah)

24 Add a cup of flour and two teaspoons ofsugar.

Añada una taza de harina y doscucharitas de azúcar. (ahNYAHdthah OOnah TAHsah dehahREEnah ee dohs koochahREEtahs dehahSOOkahr )

25 corn maíz (mahEES)

26 There is also another word for corn, choclo. It is actually a word from Quechua, the indigenouspopulation of the Andes, who are the living descendants of the Inca Empire.

27 Can you add a cup of corn to the pot?¿Puedes añadir una taza de maíz a laolla? (PWEHdthehs ahnyahDTHEER OOnahTAHsah deh mahEES ah lah OHyah)

28 cornmeal harina de maíz (ahREEnah deh mahEES)

29 Add a cup of cornmeal.Añada una taza de harina de maíz. (ahNYAHdthah OOnah TAHsah dehahREEnah deh mahEES)

30 Stir the cornmeal with two teaspoons ofsugar.

Revuelve la harina de maíz con doscucharitas de azúcar. (rrehBWEHLbeh lah ahREEnah dehmahEES kohn dohs koochahREEtahs dehahSOOkahr )


103






104





Can you teach me? ¿Usted me puede enseñar?English Spanish

1 Can you teach me?¿Usted me puede enseñar? (oosTEHDTH meh PWEHdthehehnsehNYAHR)

2 to teach enseñar (ehnsehNYAHR)

3 The verb enseñar can also be translated as "to show."

4 to teach me enseñarme (ehnsehNYAHRmeh)

5This line can be said two ways. Remember, we have the option of putting the pronoun ( me, te,le,or se) either in front of the verb, or it can be attached to the end. For example, instead ofsaying, ¿Usted me puede enseñar? You can say ¿Usted puede enseñarme?

6 to teach you enseñarte (ehnsehNYAHRteh)

7 I want to teach you to cook.Quiero enseñarte a cocinar. (KYEHroh ehnsehNYAHRteh ahkohseeNAHR)

8 Can you teach me to cook?¿Me puede enseñar a cocinar? (meh PWEHdtheh ehnsehNYAHR ahkohseeNAHR)

9 I don't know how to cook. (I don't know to cook.)

No sé cocinar. (noh seh kohseeNAHR)

10In Spanish, you don't need to use cómo (how) along with saber (to know) when followed byanother verb, as this combination implies knowing "how" to do something. For example, you say,"No sé cómo" (I don't know how) but, "No sé cocinar" (I don't know how to cook - literally, "*Idon't know to cook.")

11 I don't know how to cook. Can you teach me?No sé cocinar. ¿Me puedes enseñar? (noh seh kohseeNAHR meh PWEHdthehsehnsehNYAHR)

12 to use usar (ooSAHR)

13 oven horno (OHRnoh)

14 Recall the verb "to bake" (hornear). Now we are teaching the noun "oven" (horno). Can you seethat the verb comes from the noun here? This will help you remember both vocabulary words.

15 to use the oven usar el horno (ooSAHR ehl OHRnoh)

16 You want me to teach you to use the oven?¿Quieres que te enseñe a usar el horno?(KYEHrehs keh teh ehnSEHnyeh ahooSAHR ehl OHRnoh)

17 microwave microondas (meekrohOHNdahs)



105





English Spanish

18 No, I prefer the microwave. No, prefiero el microondas. (noh prehFYEHroh ehl meekrohOHNdahs)

19 stove estufa (ehsTOOfah)

20 Can you teach me to use the stove?¿Me puedes enseñar a usar la estufa? (meh PWEHdthehs ehnsehNYAHR ahooSAHR lah ehsTOOfah)


106





Chapter 6: Weather and Landscapes El Tiempo y los Paisajes

Chapter 6: Weather and Landscapes

Conversational GoalsDescribe The LandDescribe The WeatherUse Proper Measurement for Temperature

Grammar GoalsBe Introduced to Haber As Another "To Be"Learn New Translations for Subir and BajoLearn the Future TenseReinforce the Subjuntive MoodUse Hacer to Refer to the Weather


Let's go for a walk and enjoy the landscape.¡Vamos a pasear y disfrutar del paisaje! (BAHmohs ah pahsehAHR ee deesfrooTAHRdehl paySAHheh)

Where do you want go for walk? ¿Adónde quieres ir a pasear? (ahDTHOHNdeh KYEHrehs eer ah pahsehAHR)

To the beach close to the mountains.A la playa cerca de las montañas. (ah lah PLAHyah SEHRkah deh lahsmohnTAHnyahs)

Is it hot today? ¿Hace calor hoy? (AHseh kahLOHR oy)

Yes, and it's sunny too. Sí y hace sol también. (see ee AHseh sohl tahmBYEHN)

What is the temperature now? ¿Cuál es la temperatura ahora? (kwahl ehs lah tehmpehrahTOOrah ahOHrah)

Thirty two degrees. Treinta y dos grados. (TREYNtah ee dohs GRAHdthohs)

Let's go then. Vámonos entonces. (BAHmohnohs ehnTOHNsehs)


107





Let's go for a walk and enjoy the landscape!¡Vamos a pasear y disfrutar del paisaje!

English Spanish

1 Let's go for a walk and enjoy the landscape!¡Vamos a pasear y disfrutar delpaisaje! (BAHmohs ah pahsehAHR eedeesfrooTAHR dehl paySAHheh)

2 to go for a walk ir a pasear (eer ah pahsehAHR)

3 Let's go. (We go.)

Vamos. (BAHmohs)

4 Let's go for a walk! ¡Vamos a pasear! (BAHmohs ah pahsehAHR)

5 landscape paisaje (paySAHheh)

6 to enjoy disfrutar (deesfrooTAHR)

7 enjoy the landscape (to enjoy of the landscape)

disfrutar del paisaje (deesfrooTAHR dehl paySAHheh)

8Did you notice that disfrutar was followed by de? To enjoy is disfrutar. However, when it isfollowed by the thing to be enjoyed or, the direct object, you have to add the preposition de. So,you are really saying "to enjoy of," as in, "to enjoy of the landscape" (disfrutar del paisaje).

9 Let's go enjoy the landscape! (We go to enjoy of the landscape.)

¡Vamos a disfrutar del paisaje! (BAHmohs ah deesfrooTAHR dehlpaySAHheh)

10 What a beautiful landscape! ¡Qué hermoso paisaje! (keh ehrMOHsoh paySAHheh)

11 a walk un paseo (oon pahSEHoh)

12 you enjoyed disfrutaste (deesfrooTAHSteh)

13 Did you enjoy the walk? ¿Disfrutaste del paseo? (deesfrooTAHSteh dehl pahSEHoh)

14 ruins ruinas (RRWEEnahs)

15

There are many ancient ruins for visitors to see in Latin America. In Mexico, for example, you cango to the great Chichen Itza, located in the Yucatan Peninsula. In Peru, you can hike the IncaTrail and visit Machu Picchu. You may also be interested in the Lost City (Ciudad Perdida) inColombia. This city is said to have housed a population somewhere between 2,000 to 8,000people! So you will have plenty of chances to learn all about ancient civilizations.



108





English Spanish

16 Let's go to the ruins! ¡Vamos a las ruinas! (BAHmohs ah lahs RRWEEnahs)

17 through por (pohr)

18 Let's go for a walk through the ruins.Vamos a pasear por las ruinas. (BAHmohs ah pahsehAHR pohr lahsRRWEEnahs)

19 Did you enjoy your walk through the ruins?¿Disfrutaste de tu paseo por las ruinas?(deesfrooTAHSteh deh too pahSEHohpohr lahs RRWEEnahs)

20 Let's go see. Vamos a ver. (BAHmohs ah behr)

21 pyramid pirámide (peeRAHmeedtheh)

22

Did you know that Latin America has more pyramids than the rest of the world combined? Thebest known Latin American pyramids include the Castillo at Chichén Itzá in the Yucatan, theGreat Pyramid in the Aztec capital of Tenochtitlan, the Pyramid at Cholula, the Inca's greattemple at Cuzco in Peru, and the Pyramid of the Sun and the Pyramid of the Moon atTeotihuacán in central Mexico. The Great Pyramid of Cholula in Puebla, Mexico is the largestpyramid by volume in the world!

23 Let's go see the pyramids!¡Vamos a ver las pirámides! (BAHmohs ah behr lahspeeRAHmeedthehs)


109





It's hot. Hace calor.English Spanish

1 It's hot. (It makes heat.)

Hace calor. (AHseh kahLOHR )

2 heat calor (kahLOHR)

3 In English, we use the verb "to be" to refer to the weather, e.g., "It's hot," "It's raining," etc. However in Spanish, when referring to the weather we use the verb hacer (to make).

4 it makes hace (AHseh)

5 What heat! ¡Qué calor! (keh kahLOHR)

6 cold frío (FREEoh)

7 It's cold today. Hace frío hoy. (AHseh FREEoh oy)

8 it made hizo (EEsoh)

9 Yesterday, it was cold. (Yesterday, it made cold.)

Ayer hizo frío. (ahYEHR EEsoh FREEoh)

10 past pasado (pahSAHdthoh)

11 last week (the past week)

la semana pasada (lah sehMAHnah pahSAHdthah)

12 Last week it was cold.La semana pasada hizo frío. (lah sehMAHnah pahSAHdthah EEsohFREEoh)

13 It was hotter today than yesterday. Hizo más calor hoy que ayer. (EEsoh mahs kahLOHR oy keh ahYEHR)

14 it will make hará (ahRAH)

15 Tomorrow, it will be hot. Mañana hará calor. (mahNYAHnah ahRAH kahLOHR)

16 next week la próxima semana (lah PROHkseemah sehMAHnah)

17 You may also hear, "la semana que viene," (the week that is coming) or "la semana queentra" (the week that is entering) to mean, "next week." All three ways are correct.



110





English Spanish

18Just like in English, Spanish also has two ways to describe a future event. You can use the futuretense, i.e., Hará calor mañana (It will be hot tomorrow), literally, "It will make heat tomorrow," orthe simple future tense, Va a hacer calor mañana (It is going to be hot tomorrow), literally, "Itis going to make heat tomorrow."

19 Next week, it is going to be hot.La próxima semana va a hacer calor. (lah PROHkseemah sehMAHnah bah ahahSEHR kahLOHR)

20 Is it going to be cold tomorrow? ¿Va a hacer frío mañana? (bah ah ahSEHR FREEoh mahNYAHnah)

21 Will it be cold tomorrow? ¿Hará frío mañana? (ahRAH FREEoh mahNYAHnah)

22 sun sol (sohl)

23 Today it's sunny. (Today it makes sun.)

Hoy hace sol. (oy AHseh sohl)

24 sunny soleado (sohlehAHdthoh)

25 Using hacer is not the only way to convey, "It's sunny, cold, etc." You can also use estar. Ready?

26 It's sunny. Está soleado. (ehsTAH sohlehAHdthoh)

27 cloud nube (NOObeh)

28 There are many clouds! ¡Hay muchas nubes! (ay MOOchahs NOObehs)

29 Can you see the sun? There aren't manyclouds.

¿Puedes ver el sol? No hay muchasnubes. (PWEHdthehs behr ehl sohl noh ayMOOchahs NOObehs)

30 cloudy nublado (nooBLAHdthoh)

31 It's very cloudy today. Está muy nublado hoy. (ehsTAH mwee nooBLAHdthoh oy)

32 You can't see the sun. It's very cloudy.No puedes ver el sol. Está muynublado. (noh PWEHdthehs behr ehl sohl ehsTAHmwee nooBLAHdthoh)


111





What is the weather forecast for today?¿Cuál es el pronóstico del tiempo para hoy?

English Spanish

1 What is the weather forecast for today?¿Cuál es el pronóstico del tiempo parahoy? (kwahl ehs ehl prohNOHSteekoh dehlTYEHMpoh PAHrah oy)

2 weather tiempo (TYEHMpoh)

3 prognosis pronóstico (prohNOHSteekoh)

4 weather forecast (prognosis of the weather)

pronóstico del tiempo (prohNOHSteekoh dehl TYEHMpoh)

5 What is the weather forecast? (Which is the forecast of the weather ?)

¿Cuál es el pronóstico del tiempo? (kwahl ehs ehl prohNOHSteekoh dehlTYEHMpoh)

6 the weather forecast for todayel pronóstico del tiempo para hoy (ehl prohNOHSteekoh dehl TYEHMpohPAHrah oy)

7 How is the weather? ¿Cómo está el tiempo? (KOHmoh ehsTAH ehl TYEHMpoh)

8 What is the weather forecast for thisweekend?

¿Cuál es el pronóstico del tiempo paraeste fin de semana? (kwahl ehs ehl prohNOHSteekoh dehlTYEHMpoh PAHrah EHSteh feen dehsehMAHnah)

9 to rain llover (yohBEHR)

10You are probably familiar with the English idiomatic expression, "It's raining cats and dogs!" Thereis a similar expression in Spanish. We say, "¡Llueven sapos de panza!" which more or lesstranslates to, "It's raining toads on their bellies!" meaning, the rain drops are so big they look liketoad bellies!

11 It's going to rain. Va a llover. (bah ah yohBEHR)

12 It's very cloudy. Is it going to rain?Está muy nublado. ¿Va a llover? (ehsTAH mwee nooBLAHdthoh bah ahyohBEHR)

13 the forecast says el pronóstico dice (ehl prohNOHSteekoh DEEseh)

14 The forecast says that it is going to rain.El pronóstico dice que va a llover. (ehl prohNOHSteekoh DEEseh keh bah ahyohBEHR)

15 to forecast pronosticar (prohnohsteeKAHR)


112





16 (they) forecast pronostican (prohnohsTEEkahn)



113





English Spanish

17 rain lluvia (YOObyah)

18 They forecast rain. Pronostican lluvia. (prohnohsTEEkahn YOObyah)

19 bad weather mal tiempo (mahl TYEHMpoh)

20

Do you recall learning that singular masculine nouns drop the -o when they precede the nounthey modify? Recall the examples, un buen día vs. un día bueno, and un buen hombre vs.un hombre bueno. This same rule applies to the adjective mal/ malo. We could place thisadjective after the noun it modifies and say tiempo malo (bad weather), in which case you cansee we add the -o back to the end of the word.

21 Do they forecast bad weather for thisweekend?

¿Pronostican mal tiempo para este finde semana? (prohnohsTEEkahn mahl TYEHMpohPAHrah EHSteh feen deh sehMAHnah)

22 good weather buen tiempo (bwehn TYEHMpoh)

23 the entire week (all the week)

toda la semana (TOHdthah lah sehMAHnah)

24 No, they forecast good weather for the entireweek.

No, pronostican buen tiempo para todala semana. (noh prohnohsTEEkahn bwehn TYEHMpohPAHrah TOHdthah lah sehMAHnah)


114





There is going to be a storm today.Va a haber una tormenta hoy.

English Spanish

1 There is going to be a storm today. Va a haber una tormenta hoy. (bah ah ahBEHR OOnah tohrMEHNtah oy)

2 storm tormenta (tohrMEHNtah)

3 to be haber (ahBEHR)

4

You previously learned that haber means “to have” when used as part of the present perfecttense, e.g., to have worked (haber trabajado), etc. But haber, just like many other words youhave seen already, has multiple meanings. You have also already learned two other ways to say“to be” in Spanish, ser and estar. Well, if you remember the word hay (there is/are), keep inmind that it is actually a form of haber. So, whenever you want to use "there is/are," you will usehaber. Let's practice!

5 there is going to be va a haber (bah ah ahBEHR)

6 Is there going to be bad weather tomorrow?¿Va a haber mal tiempo mañana? (bah ah ahBEHR mahl TYEHMpohmahNYAHnah)

7 hurricane huracán (oorahKAHN)

8 Hurricanes strike at different places in Latin America, and depending on where they strike, theycan be called hurricanes (huracanes), typhoons (tifones), or cyclones (ciclones).

9 There's going to be a hurricane! ¡Va a haber un huracán! (bah ah ahBEHR oon oorahKAHN)

10

In America, the hurricane season lasts from June to November and affects the north Atlantic andnortheast Pacific oceans. The most threatened areas are the Caribbean, Mexico, CentralAmerica, and the east and Gulf coasts of the United States. Therefore, if you are planning totravel to these areas during the hurricane season be sure to keep track of weather to make sureyou are properly prepared!

11 It rained. Llovió. (yohBYOH)

12 Yesterday, it rained. Ayer llovió. (ahYEHR yohBYOH)

13 Did it rain a lot? ¿Llovió mucho? (yohBYOH MOOchoh)

14 hail granizo (grahNEEsoh)

15 It's going to hail. (Hail is going to fall.)

Va a caer granizo. (bah ah kahEHR grahNEEsoh)



115





English Spanish

16 it fell cayó (kahYOH)

17 It hailed yesterday. (Hail fell yesterday.)

Cayó granizo ayer. (kahYOH grahNEEsoh ahYEHR)

18 to snow nevar (nehBAHR)

19 Is it going to snow today? ¿Va a nevar hoy? (bah ah nehBAHR oy)

20 I think that it's going to snow. Creo que va a nevar. (KREHoh keh bah ah nehBAHR)

21 snow nieve (NYEHbeh)

22 Do you like the snow? ¿Te gusta la nieve? (teh GOOStah lah NYEHbeh)

23 The snow is beautiful but very cold.La nieve es hermosa pero muy fría. (lah NYEHbeh ehs ehrMOHsah PEHrohmwee FREEah)

24 sleet aguanieve (ahwahNYEHbeh)

25 Tuesday, it's going to sleet. (The Tuesday, it's going to fall sleet.)

El martes va a caer aguanieve. (ehl MAHRtehs bah ah kahEHRahwahNYEHbeh)

26 Did it sleet a lot? ¿Cayó mucha aguanieve? (kahYOH MOOchah ahwahNYEHbeh)


116





Do you want to go for a walk through the mountainsclose to the beach?

¿Quieres ir a pasear por las montañas cerca de laplaya?

English Spanish

1 Do you want to go for a walk through themountains close to the beach?

¿Quieres ir a pasear por las montañascerca de la playa? (KYEHrehs eer ah pahsehAHR pohr lahsmohnTAHnyahs SEHRkah deh lahPLAHyah)

2 mountains montañas (mohnTAHnyahs)

3 Did you know that Aconcagua is the highest peak in the western hemisphere? It is located inMendoza, Argentina, and its peak reaches 6,962 m (22,841 ft.)

4 through the mountains por las montañas (pohr lahs mohnTAHnyahs)

5 You want to go for a walk through themountains?

¿Quieres ir a pasear por las montañas? (KYEHrehs eer ah pahsehAHR pohr lahsmohnTAHnyahs)

6 beach playa (PLAHyah)

7 close to the beach (close of the beach)

cerca de la playa (SEHRkah deh lah PLAHyah)

8 forest bosque (BOHSkeh)

9 Let's go for a walk through the forest.Vamos a pasear por el bosque. (BAHmohs ah pahsehAHR pohr ehlBOHSkeh)

10 I'm going to go for a walk through the forest. (I'm going to give a walk through the forest.)

Voy a dar un paseo por el bosque. (boy ah dahr oon pahSEHoh pohr ehlBOHSkeh)

11 Both ir a pasear and dar un paseo mean, "to go for a walk." Although, dar un paseo isusually used to mean "to give a walk around," generally they can be used interchangeably.

12 desert desierto (dehSYEHRtoh)

13There are many deserts in Latin America. The Atacama Desert in northern Chile is the driestplace on Earth! And, the Patagonia Desert, located primarily in Argentina with small parts inChile, is the largest desert in America.

14 It's hot in the desert. Hace calor en el desierto. (AHseh kahLOHR ehn ehl dehSYEHRtoh)

15 You don't want to go for a walk in the desert.It's very hot!

No quieres ir a pasear en el desierto.¡Hace mucho calor! (noh KYEHrehs eer ah pahsehAHR ehn ehl


117





dehSYEHRtoh AHseh MOOchoh kahLOHR)

16 city ciudad (syooDTHAHDTH)



118





English Spanish

17 It's colder in my city than in the desert.

Hace más frío en mi ciudad que en eldesierto. (AHseh mahs FREEoh ehn meesyooDTHAHDTH keh ehn ehldehSYEHRtoh)

18 Lost City Ciudad Perdida (syooDTHAHDTH pehrDTHEEdthah)

19La Ciudad Perdida is located in Sierra Nevada, Colombia. It is believed to have been foundedaround 800 A.D. The only entrance to the city is through the dense jungle at the top ofapproximately 1,200 stone steps!

20 Let's go see the ruins of the Lost City!¡Vamos a ver las ruinas de la CiudadPerdida! (BAHmohs ah behr lahs RRWEEnahs dehlah syooDTHAHDTH pehrDTHEEdthah)


119





What is the temperature today?¿Cuál es la temperatura hoy?

English Spanish

1 What is the temperature today? (Which is the temperature today?)

¿Cuál es la temperatura hoy? (kwahl ehs lah tehmpehrahTOOrah oy)

2 temperature temperatura (tehmpehrahTOOrah)

3 What is the temperature? (Which is the temperature?)

¿Cuál es la temperatura? (kwahl ehs lah tehmpehrahTOOrah)

4 What will the temperature be tomorrow?¿Cuál será la temperatura mañana? (kwahl sehRAH lah tehmpehrahTOOrahmahNYAHnah)

5 was fue (fweh)

6

You have already learned that era is the past tense form of ser. And this is correct. However,Spanish actually has two simple past tense forms: the preterite and the imperfect. Fue is thepreterite form of ser used to refer to the 3rd person: he/ she/ it, and the 2nd person formal: you. This preterite form is used to refer to actions in the past that were performed a specific number oftimes or that are seen as completed. For example, "The game (that we played yesterday) wasfun," (El juego [que jugamos ayer] fue divertido). The imperfect form, on the other hand,is used to talk about actions that occurred repeatedly or over a long period of time in the past. For example, "The game (that we played as children) was fun," (El juego [que jugabamos deniños] era divertido). Since, in this lesson we are referring to the weather of a specific day,yesterday for example, we will use the preterite past tense form. This is because yesterday is ofcourse completed and yesterday's weather therefore cannot be something that occurred over along period of time. This may seem complicated now, but don't worry, you will get plenty ofpractice with Mango!

7 What was the temperature yesterday?¿Cuál fue la temperatura ayer? (kwahl fweh lah tehmpehrahTOOrahahYEHR)

8 The temperature will be high tomorrow.La temperatura será alta mañana. (lah tehmpehrahTOOrah sehRAH AHLtahmahNYAHnah)

9 The temperature was higher today thanyesterday.

La temperatura fue más alta hoy queayer. (lah tehmpehrahTOOrah fweh mahsAHLtah oy keh ahYEHR)

10 low bajo (BAHhoh)

11 Bajo can mean both "short" and "low." Remember, the verb bajar (to get off)? Well, Yo bajoaquí, isn't, "I'm short here," or "I'm low here," but rather, "I get off here."

12 The temperature was lower yesterday thantoday.

La tempertatura fue más baja ayer quehoy. (lah tehmpehrahTOOrah fweh mahsBAHhah ahYEHR keh oy)


120





The temperature is going to reach thirty degreesSunday.

La temperatura va a alcanzar los treinta grados eldomingo.

English Spanish

1 The temperature is going to reach thirtydegrees Sunday.

La temperatura va a alcanzar los treintagrados el domingo. (lah tehmpehrahTOOrah bah ahahlkahnSAHR lohs TREYNtah GRAHdthohsehl dohMEENgoh)

2Did you know that the United States is the only country in the world that officially uses Fahrenheitto measure the temperature? It is! Everyplace else uses Celsius. Thirty-two degrees Celsius isequal to about 90 degrees Fahrenheit. You can find conversion calculators online to help you getused to the different system.

3 degrees grados (GRAHdthohs)

4 thirty degrees treinta grados (TREYNtah GRAHdthohs)

5 to reach alcanzar (ahlkahnSAHR)

6 It's going to reach thirty degrees.Va a alcanzar los trienta grados. (bah ah ahlkahnSAHR lohs TREYNtahGRAHdthohs)

7 Remember that in Spanish, you need to use the article in front of the day of the week, and thatdays of the week are not capitalized.

8 The temperature is not going to reach twentydegrees today!

¡La temperatura no va a alcanzar losveinte grados hoy! (lah tehmpehrahTOOrah noh bah ahahlkahnSAHR lohs BEYNteh GRAHdthohsoy)

9 will reach alcanzará (ahlkahnsahRAH)

10 Future tense is easy in Spanish! For regular verbs all you do is take the root form, like alcanzar,and add á to the end: alcanzará. So ser (to be) becomes será (will be).

11 The temperature will reach thirty degrees.La temperatura alcanzará los treintagrados. (lah tehmpehrahTOOrah ahlkahnsahRAHlohs TREYNtah GRAHdthohs)

12 The weather forecast says that thetemperature will reach ten degrees today.

El pronóstico del tiempo dice que latemperatura alcanzará los diez gradoshoy. (ehl prohNOHSteekoh dehl TYEHMpohDEEseh keh lah tehmpehrahTOOrahahlkahnsahRAH lohs dyehs GRAHdthohsoy)


121





13 to go up subir (sooBEER)

14 You may recall that we learned subir as "to get on." Subir has multiple meanings in Spanishjust like bajar. Subir also means, "to go up."

15 The temperature is going to go up Tuesday.La temperatura va a subir el martes. (lah tehmpehrahTOOrah bah ah sooBEERehl MAHRtehs)



122





English Spanish

16 The forecast says that the temperature isgoing to go up on Tuesday.

El pronóstico dice que la temperaturava a subir el martes. (ehl prohNOHSteekoh DEEseh keh lahtehmpehrahTOOrah bah ah sooBEER ehlMAHRtehs)

17 to go down bajar (bahHAHR)

18 Tomorrow the temperature is going to godown.

Mañana la temperatura va a bajar. (mahNYAHnah lah tehmpehrahTOOrahbah ah bahHAHR)

19 It's going to go down five degrees. Va a bajar cinco grados. (bah ah bahHAHR SEENkoh GRAHdthohs)

20 They forecast that the temperature is goingto go down ten degrees.

Pronostican que la temperatura va abajar diez grados. (prohnohsTEEkahn keh lahtehmpehrahTOOrah bah ah bahHAHRdyehs GRAHdthohs)


123





Let's take our coats in case it gets cooler.Vamos a llevar nuestros abrigos por si refresca.

English Spanish

1 Let's take our coats in case it gets cooler.Vamos a llevar nuestros abrigos por sirefresca. (BAHmohs ah yehBAHR NWEHStrohsahBREEgohs pohr see rrehFREHSkah)

2 to take llevar (yehBAHR)

3 let's take vamos a llevar (BAHmohs ah yehBAHR)

4 our nuestro (NWEHStroh)

5 our coats nuestros abrigos (NWEHStrohs ahBREEgohs)

6 Let's take our coats.Vamos a llevar nuestros abrigos. (BAHmohs ah yehBAHR NWEHStrohsahBREEgohs)

7 to get cooler refrescar (rehfrehsKAHR)

8 it gets cooler refresca (rehFREHSkah)

9 in case por si (pohr see)

10 in case it gets cooler por si refresca (pohr see rrehFREHSkah)

11 Is it going to get cooler? ¿Va a refrescar? (bah ah rrehfrehsKAHR)

12 Let's take water. Vamos a llevar agua. (BAHmohs ah yehBAHR AHwah)

13 we take llevamos (yehBAHmohs)

14 What should we take? (What do we take?)

¿Qué llevamos? (keh yehBAHmohs)

15 park parque (PAHRkeh)

16 The Galápagos Islands National Park is a must see if traveling to Ecuador!

17 It's hot in the park. Hace calor en el parque. (AHseh kahLOHR ehn ehl PAHRkeh)



124





English Spanish

18 Let's take water in case it's hot in the park.Vamos a llevar agua por si hace caloren el parque. (BAHmohs ah yehBAHR AHwah pohr seeAHseh kahLOHR ehn ehl PAHRkeh)

19 umbrella paraguas (pahRAHwahs)

20They forecast rain. Should we take theumbrella? (They forecast rain. Do we take the umbrella?)

Pronostican lluvia. ¿Llevamos elparaguas? (prohnohsTEEkahn YOObyah yehBAHmohsehl pahRAHwahs)

21 It rains. Llueve. (YWEHbeh)

22 Does it rain a lot? ¿Llueve mucho? (YWEHbeh MOOchoh)

23 in case it rains por si llueve (pohr see YWEHbeh)

24 Let's take the umbrella in case it rainstonight.

Vamos a llevar el paraguas por si llueveesta noche. (BAHmohs ah yehBAHR ehl pahRAHwahspohr see YWEHbeh EHStah NOHcheh)

25 waterfall catarata (kahtahRAHtah)

26 Salto Ángel (Angel Falls) in the jungle of Venezuela, is the world's highest waterfall. It is 3,212feet high and the plunge is 2,648 feet! ¡Qué hermoso!

27 Are you going to the waterfalls? ¿Vas a las cataratas? (bahs ah lahs kahtahRAHtahs)

28 camera cámara (KAHmahrah)

29 take [imperative] lleva (YEHbah)

30 Take the camera. Lleva la cámara. (YEHbah lah KAHmahrah)

31 Are you going to go to the waterfalls? Takethe camera!

¿Vas a ir a las cataratas? ¡Lleva lacámara! (bahs ah eer ah lahs kahtahRAHtahsYEHbah lah KAHmahrah)

32 It snows. Nieva. (NYEHbah)

33 in case it snows por si nieva (pohr see NYEHbah)

34 Do you want my coat? ¿Quieres mi abrigo? (KYEHrehs mee ahBREEgoh)



125





English Spanish

35 Do you want to take my coat in case it snows?¿Quieres llevar mi abrigo por si nieva? (KYEHrehs yehBAHR mee ahBREEgoh pohrsee NYEHbah)

36 Do you want my coat in case it gets cooler?¿Quieres mi abrigo por si refresca? (KYEHrehs mee ahBREEgoh pohr seerrehFREHSkah)


126





Let's go then, before it rains!¡Vámonos entonces, antes de que llueva!

English Spanish

1 Let's go then, before it rains!¡Vámonos entonces, antes de quellueva! (BAHmohnohs ehnTOHNsehs AHNtehs dehkeh YWEHbah)

2 Let's go! [imperative] ¡Vámonos! (BAHmohnohs)

3Vámonos is the command form, "Let's go!" It's different than saying vamos. Although vamosis sometimes used to mean "let's go," it really means, "we go / are going," as in, Vamos a laplaya (We go / are going to the beach). Vámonos a la playa can only be translated, "Let's goto the beach."

4 Let's go then! ¡Vámonos entonces! (BAHmohnohs ehnTOHNsehs)

5 before antes (AHNtehs)

6 let's go before (let's go before of that)

vámonos antes de que (BAHmohnohs AHNtehs deh keh)

7 it rains [subjunctive] llueva (YWEHbah)

8Think back to our WEIRDO NUT model for the subjunctive mood: wishes, impersonal expressions,emotions, requests, doubts, opinions, negative commands, uncertainty, or tentativeness. Beforeit rains (antes de que llueva), indicates tentativeness. Therefore we use the subjunctive formof the verb to rain (llueva). Also, another clue is that it comes immediately after que.

9 before it rains antes de que llueva (AHNtehs deh keh YWEHbah)

10 (he/ she/ it) falls [subjunctive] caiga (KAYgah)

11 Let's go before it hails! (Let's go before hail falls!)

¡Vámonos antes de que caiga granizo! (BAHmohnohs AHNtehs deh keh KAYgahgrahNEEsoh)

12Do you remember the general rule for forming the subjunctive in Spanish? Generally if the verbends in "-ar" you drop this ending and add an "-e." And, if the verb ends in "-er" or "-ir," you willdrop this and add an "-a." Keep this in mind for the next challenge.

13 (it) snows [subjunctive] nieve (NYEHbeh)

14 Let's go before it snows! ¡Vámonos antes de que nieve! (BAHmohnohs AHNtehs deh keh NYEHbeh)

15 Let's go before it sleets!

¡Vámonos antes de que caigaaguanieve! (BAHmohnohs AHNtehs deh keh KAYgahahwahNYEHbehvAHmohnohs AHntehs dehkeh kAHeegah ahgooahneeEHveh)


127





Chapter 7: Shopping Ir de Compras

Chapter 7: Shopping

Conversational GoalsInquire About Store HoursSay the Names of Different Types of StoresUnderstand Sizing in Spanish

Grammar GoalsPractice More Reflexive VerbsPractice Using the Personal Pronoun Clitics,Me and TePratice Forming Verbs in Second PersonSimple Past TenseUse the Impersonal Pronoun Clitic LoUse the Preposition A for Time


I have to go shopping. Tengo que ir de compras. (TEHNgoh keh eer deh KOHMprahs)

What do you need to buy? ¿Qué necesitas comprar? (keh nehsehSEEtahs kohmPRAHR)

I'm out of milk and I also need new shoes.

Me quedé sin leche y también necesitozapatos nuevos. (meh kehDTHEH seen LEHcheh eetahmBYEHN nehsehSEEtoh sahPAHtohsNWEHbohs)

What size shoe do you wear? ¿Qué número calzas? (keh NOOmehroh KAHLsahs)

I think the number here is forty.Creo que el número aquí es cuarenta. (KREHoh keh ehl NOOmehroh ahKEE ehskwahREHNtah)

What shoe store do you recommend?¿Qué zapatería me recomiendas? (keh sahpahtehREEah mehrrehkohMYEHNdahs)

Let's go to the shoe store on San Martín street.Vamos a la zapatería que está en la calleSan Martín. (BAHmohs ah lah sahpahtehREEah kehehsTAH ehn lah KAHyeh sahn mahrTEEN)

What time does it close? ¿A qué hora cierra? (ah keh OHrah SYEHrrah)


128





Mmm… I don’t know, but the stores here closelate.

Mmm...no sé. Pero aquí las tiendas cierrantarde. (mmm noh seh PEHroh ahKEE lahsTYEHNdahs SYEHrrahn TAHRdtheh)


129





I have to go shopping. Tengo que ir de compras.English Spanish

1 I have to go shopping. Tengo que ir de compras. (TEHNgoh keh eer deh KOHMprahs)

2 to go shopping ir de compras (eer deh KOHMprahs)

3 I have to... tengo que... (TEHNgoh keh)

4 mall centro comercial (SEHNtroh kohmehrSYAHL)

5In many Latin American countries, people use the English word "shopping" to refer to both thebuilding and the action of going shopping. So, you will probably hear people say Me voy deshopping or Me voy al shopping. Did you notice the preposition change? Therefore, deshopping means de compras and al shopping means al centro comercial.

6 to the mall al centro comercial (ahl SEHNtroh kohmehrSYAHL)

7 I have to go to the mall.Tengo que ir al centro comercial. (TEHNgoh keh eer ahl SEHNtrohkohmehrSYAHL)

8 dress vestido (behsTEEdthoh)

9 I have to buy a dress.Tengo que comprar un vestido. (TEHNgoh keh kohmPRAHR oonbehsTEEdthoh)

10 for the party para la fiesta (PAHrah lah FYEHStah)

11 for the party tonightpara la fiesta de esta noche (PAHrah lah FYEHStah deh EHStahNOHcheh)

12 I have to buy a dress for the party tonight.

Tengo que comprar un vestido para lafiesta de esta noche. (TEHNgoh keh kohmPRAHR oonbehsTEEdthoh PAHrah lah FYEHStah dehEHStah NOHcheh)

13 shoe store zapatería (sahpahtehREEah)

14 I have to go to the shoe store.Tengo que ir a la zapatería. (TEHNgoh keh eer ah lahsahpahtehREEah)

15 to leave irse (EERseh)



130





English Spanish

16You previously learned about reflexive verbs. Recall that with reflexive verbs the subject isperforming the action on itself. Remember the reflexive verb llamarse literally, "to call oneself?" Well, irse is the reflexive form of ir (to go) and literally means, "to go oneself." With reflexiveverbs you must always include the pronoun me, te, or se.

17 I leave irme (EERmeh)

18 I have to leave. Tengo que irme. (TEHNgoh keh EERmeh)

19Do you recall the two ways to say, "Can I show you the living room?" (¿Puedo mostrarle la salade estar? and ¿Le puedo mostrar la sala de estar?)? In Spanish you can leave thepronoun attached to the end of the verb or move it to the front of the sentence. Now try movingthe pronoun from irme to the front.

20 I have to leave. Me tengo que ir. (meh TEHNgoh keh eer)

21 I'm leaving. Me voy. (meh boy)

22 I go voy (boy)

23Voy literally means "I go." But, it is also used to mean, "I'm coming." For example, if someone iscalling your name or knocking at your door, you should yell out, ¡Voy! to let them know you areon your way.

24 I'm going shopping. Voy de compras. (boy deh KOHMprahs)

25 It is also common to hear, Me voy de compras.

26 I'm going to the mall. Voy al centro comercial. (boy ahl SEHNtroh kohmehrSYAHL)

27 you go vas (bahs)

28 Are you going to the shoe store? ¿Vas a la zapatería? (bahs ah lah sahpahtehREEah)

29 shopping with me de compras conmigo (deh KOHMprahs kohnMEEgoh)

30 Are you going shopping with me? ¿Vas de compras conmigo? (bahs deh KOHMprahs kohnMEEgoh)


131





I ran out of milk! ¡Me quedé sin leche!English Spanish

1 I ran out of milk! (I stayed without milk. )

¡Me quedé sin leche! (meh kehDTHEH seen LEHcheh)

2 to stay quedarse (kehDTHAHRseh)

3 I stay quedarme (kehDTHAHRmeh)

4 I stayed me quedé (meh kehDTHEH)

5 I ran out of (I stayed without)

me quedé sin (meh kehDTHEH seen)

6 milk leche (LEHcheh)

7 without milk sin leche (seen LEHcheh)

8 I didn't run out of milk! ¡No me quedé sin leche! (noh meh kehDTHEH seen LEHcheh )

9 stationery hoja (OHhah)

10 In Spanish, the word hoja can mean both "sheet" of paper (stationery) or "leaf" from a tree. Don't worry, the context will help you grasp the correct meaning!

11 I ran out of stationery. Me quedé sin hojas. (meh kehDTHEH seen OHhahs)

12 stationery store papelería (pahpehlehREEah)

13 I'm going to the stationery store. Voy a la papelería. (boy ah lah pahpehlehREEah)

14 I ran out of stationery. I'm going to thestationery store.

Me quedé sin hojas. Voy a la papelería. (meh kehDTHEH seen OHhahs boy ah lahpahpehlehREEah)

15 Are you going to the stationery store? Will youbuy me stationery?

¿Vas a la papelería? ¿Me comprashojas? (bahs ah lah pahpehlehREEah mehKOHMprahs OHhahs)

16 carton cartón (kahrTOHN)

17 milk carton cartón de leche (kahrTOHN deh LEHcheh)



132





English Spanish

18 The milk carton is in the refrigerator.El cartón de leche está en elrefrigerador. (ehl kahrTOHN deh LEHcheh ehsTAH ehnehl rrehfreehehrahDTHOHR)

19 I didn't run out of milk! The carton is in therefrigerator.

¡No me quedé sin leche! El cartón estáen el refrigerador. (noh meh kehDTHEH seen LEHcheh ehlkahrTOHN ehsTAH ehn ehlrrehfreehehrahDTHOHR)

20 Oh! ¡Ay! (ay)

21 Oh no! ¡Ay no! (ay noh)

22 cereal cereales (sehrehAHlehs)

23 Oh no! I ran out of cereal!¡Ay no! Me quedé sin cereales. (ay noh meh kehDTHEH seensehrehAHlehs)

24 box caja (KAHhah)

25 box of cereal caja de cereales (KAHhah deh sehrehAHlehs)

26 Can you buy a box of cereal?¿Puedes comprar una caja de cereales?(PWEHdthehs kohmPRAHR OOnah KAHhahdeh sehrehAHlehs)

27 I ran out of cereal. Can you buy a box?Me quedé sin cereales. ¿Puedescomprar una caja? (meh kehDTHEH seen sehrehAHlehsPWEHdthehs kohmPRAHR OOnah KAHhah)

28 market mercado (mehrKAHdthoh)

29 I have to go to the market. Tengo que ir al mercado. (TEHNgoh keh eer ahl mehrKAHdthoh)

30 Are you going to the market? ¿Vas al mercado? (bahs ahl mehrKAHdthoh)

31 Can you go to the market? ¿Puedes ir al mercado? (PWEHdthehs eer ahl mehrKAHdthoh)

32 Can you go to the market? I ran out of milkand cereal.

¿Puedes ir al mercado? Me quedé sinleche y cereales. (PWEHdthehs eer ahl mehrKAHdthoh mehkehDTHEH seen LEHcheh ee sehrehAHlehs)

33 kilo kilo (KEEloh)

Did you know that most, if not all, countries in Latin America use the metric system? Therefore,


133





34Did you know that most, if not all, countries in Latin America use the metric system? Therefore,they use kilos instead of pounds (libras). The word kilo comes from the Greek word "thousand"(that is, a thousand grams). One kilo equals 2.20 pounds.



134





English Spanish

35 I ran out of sugar. Can you buy a kilo, please?

Me quedé sin azúcar. ¿Puedes comprarun kilo, por favor? (meh kehDTHEH seen ahSOOkahrPWEHdthehs kohmPRAHR oon KEEloh pohrfahBOHR)

36 liter litro (LEEtroh)

37 I need a liter of milk for the cake.Necesito un litro de leche para elpastel. (nehsehSEEtoh oon LEEtroh deh LEHchehPAHrah ehl pahsTEHL)

38 also también (tahmBYEHN)

39 I ran out of sugar and I also need a liter ofmilk.

Me quedé sin azúcar y tambiénnecesito un litro de leche. (meh kehDTHEH seen ahSOOkahr eetahmBYEHN nehsehSEEtoh oon LEEtrohdeh LEHcheh)

40 I didn't run out of milk. There's a liter here!No me quedé sin leche. ¡Aquí hay unlitro! (noh meh kehDTHEH seen LEHcheh ahKEEay oon LEEtroh)


135





What store do you recommend?¿Qué tienda me recomiendas?

English Spanish

1 What store do you recommend? ¿Qué tienda me recomiendas? (keh TYEHNdah meh rrehkohMYEHNdahs)

2 to recommend recomendar (rrehkohmehnDAHR)

3 you recommend recomiendas (rrehkohMYEHNdahs)

4 you recommend to me me recomiendas (meh rrehkohMYEHNdahs)

5 What do you recommend to me? ¿Qué me recomiendas? (keh meh rrehkohMYEHNdahs)

6 What store? ¿Qué tienda? (keh TYEHNdah)

7 Can you recommend a store to me, please?¿Me puedes recomendar una tienda,por favor? (meh PWEHdthehs rrehkohmehnDAHROOnah TYEHNdah pohr fahBOHR)

8 I need to buy a dress.Necesito comprar un vestido. (nehsehSEEtoh kohmPRAHR oonbehsTEEdthoh)

9 What a beautiful dress! ¡Qué hermoso vestido! (keh ehrMOHsoh behsTEEdthoh)

10 I need to buy a dress. What clothing store doyou recommend to me?

Necesito comprar un vestido. ¿Quétienda de ropa me recomiendas? (nehsehSEEtoh kohmPRAHR oonbehsTEEdthoh keh TYEHNdah dehRROHpah meh rrehkohMYEHNdahs)

11 I recommend recomiendo (rrehkohMYEHNdoh)

12 I recommend to you te recomiendo (teh rrehkohMYEHNdoh)

13 the store that is on San Juan Avenuela tienda que está en la avenida SanJuan (lah TYEHNdah keh ehsTAH ehn lahahbehNEEdthah sahn hwahn)

14 I recommend to you the store that is on SanJuan Avenue.

Te recomiendo la tienda que está en laavenida San Juan. (teh rrehkohMYEHNdoh lah TYEHNdah kehehsTAH ehn lah ahbehNEEdthah sahnhwahn )

15 I want to buy shoes. Quiero comprar zapatos. (KYEHroh kohmPRAHR sahPAHtohs)


136





16 new nuevo (NWEHboh)



137





English Spanish

17 new shoes zapatos nuevos (sahPAHtohs NWEHbohs)

18 I need new shoes. Necesito zapatos nuevos. (nehsehSEEtoh sahPAHtohs NWEHbohs)

19 I recommend that shoe store to you.Te recomiendo esa zapatería. (teh rrehkohMYEHNdoh EHsahsahpahtehREEah)

20 We formed repetirlo (to repeat it) from repetir (to repeat), and aprendiéndolo (learning it)from aprendiendo (learning). Now try applying this pattern to recomendar. Ready?

21 to recommend it recomendarlo (rrehkohmehnDAHRloh)

22 he recommends él recomienda (ehl rrehkohMYEHNdah)

23 He recommends it. Él lo recomienda. (ehl loh rrehkohMYEHNdah)

24Did you notice how the pronoun lo moved from the end of the verb to the front? When the verbchanges form to agree with the subject, the attached pronoun detaches and moves in front of theverb. This is why recomendarlo (to recommend it) becomes Él lo recomienda (Herecommends it).

25 For this next slide assume that "it" refers to la tienda de ropa.

26 He recommends it. Él la recomienda. (ehl lah rrehkohMYEHNdah)

27 For this next challenge, recall how we changed invitar (to invite) to invitó (he/she invited) andacabar (to finish) to acabó (he/she finished).

28 he recommended él recomendó (ehl rrehkohmehnDOH)

29 She recommended it. Ella lo recomendó. (EHyah loh rrehkohmehnDOH)

30 he recommended to you él te recomendó (ehl teh rrehkohmehnDOH)

31In Spanish, él te recomendó can mean either "he recommended to you" (as in, "Herecommended that store to you"), or "he recommended you" (as in, "He recommended you forthe job"). As you already know, the context will help you get it right!

32 He recommended it to you. Él te lo recomendó. (ehl teh loh rrehkohmehnDOH)

33 For this next challenge assume that "it" refers to la tienda.

34 She recommended it to me. Ella me la recomendó. (EHyah meh lah rrehkohmehnDOH)



138





English Spanish

35 She recommended it to you. Ella te lo recomendó. (EHyah teh loh rrehkohmehnDOH)

36 What store did he recommend to you? ¿Qué tienda te recomendó? (keh TYEHNdah teh rrehkohmehnDOH)

37 He recommended that shoe store to me.Él me recomendó esa zapatería. (ehl meh rrehkohmehnDOH EHsahsahpahtehREEah)

38 He recommended to me the shoe store thatis on San Juan Avenue.

Él me recomendó la zapatería que estáen la avenida San Juan. (ehl meh rrehkohmehnDOH lahsahpahtehREEah keh ehsTAH ehn lahahbehNEEdthah sahn hwahn)

39 pretty shoes zapatos bonitos (sahPAHtohs bohNEEtohs)

40 That shoe store has pretty shoes.Esa zapatería tiene zapatos bonitos. (EHsah sahpahtehREEah TYEHnehsahPAHtohs bohNEEtohs)

41 I recommend it to you. Te lo recomiendo. (teh loh rrehkohMYEHNdoh)

42 That shoe store has pretty shoes. Irecommend it to you.

Esa zapatería tiene zapatos bonitos. Tela recomiendo. (EHsah sahpahtehREEah TYEHnehsahPAHtohs bohNEEtohs teh lahrrehkohMYEHNdoh)


139





That store sells inexpensive suits.Esa tienda vende trajes económicos.

English Spanish

1 That store sells inexpensive suits.Esa tienda vende trajes económicos. (EHsah TYEHNdah BEHNdeh TRAHhehsehkohNOHmeekohs)

2 to sell vender (behnDEHR)

3 it sells vende (BEHNdeh)

4 that store sells esa tienda vende (EHsah TYEHNdah BEHNdeh )

5 suit traje (TRAHheh)

6 inexpensive económico (ehkohNOHmeekoh)

7 inexpensive suits trajes económicos (TRAHhehs ehkohNOHmeekohs)

8 I'm going to buy a new suit.Voy a comprar un traje nuevo. (boy ah kohmPRAHR oon TRAHhehNWEHboh)

9 What does that store sell? ¿Qué vende esa tienda? (keh BEHNdeh EHsah TYEHNdah)

10 inexpensive dresses vestidos económicos (behsTEEdthohs ehkohNOHmeekohs)

11 The store that is on San Juan Avenue sellsinexpensive dresses.

La tienda que está en la avenida SanJuan vende vestidos económicos. (lah TYEHNdah keh ehsTAH ehn lahahbehNEEdthah sahn hwahn BEHNdehbehsTEEdthohs ehkohNOHmeekohs)

12 evening dress (dress of party)

vestido de fiesta (behsTEEdthoh deh FYEHStah)

13 Excuse me, do you sell evening dresses?Disculpe, ¿vende vestidos de fiesta? (deesKOOLpeh BEHNdeh behsTEEdthohsdeh FYEHStah)

14 expensive caro (KAHroh)

15 Those shoes are expensive! ¡Esos zapatos son caros! (EHsohs sahPAHtohs sohn KAHrohs)

16 Don't go to that store. No vayas a esa tienda. (noh BAHyahs ah EHsah TYEHNdah)



140





English Spanish

17 Do you recall the pattern for making the plural form of verbs? It's easy! You only have to replacethe "-r" with an "-n"! Keep this in mind for the next slide!

18 they sell ellos venden (EHyohs BEHNdehn)

19 The shoes that they sell are expensive.Los zapatos que venden son caros. (lohs sahPAHtohs keh BEHNdehn sohnKAHrohs)

20 Don't go to that store. The shoes that theysell are expensive.

No vayas a esa tienda. Los zapatos quevenden son caros. (noh BAHyahs ah EHsah TYEHNdah lohssahPAHtohs keh BEHNdehn sohnKAHrohs)

21 I don't recommend that shoe store to you.No te recomiendo esa zapatería. (noh teh rrehkohMYEHNdoh EHsahsahpahtehREEah)

22 I don't recommend that shoe store to you.They sell expensive shoes.

No te recomiendo esa zapatería.Venden zapatos caros. (noh teh rrehkohMYEHNdoh EHsahsahpahtehREEah BEHNdehn sahPAHtohsKAHrohs)


141





What time does it close? ¿A qué hora cierra?English Spanish

1 What time does it close? (To what hour does it close?)

¿A qué hora cierra? (ah keh OHrah SYEHrrah)

2 to close cerrar (sehRRAHR)

3 it closes cierra (SYEHrrah)

4 hour hora (OHrah)

5 What time? (To what hour?)

¿A qué hora? (ah keh OHrah)

6 music música (MOOseekah)

7 Do you remember the Spanish phrase tienda de ropa (clothing store)? Can you follow thesame pattern and figure out what the Spanish word for the next slide is?

8 music store tienda de música (TYEHNdah deh MOOseekah)

9 What time does the music store close?¿A qué hora cierra la tienda de música?(ah keh OHrah SYEHrrah lah TYEHNdahdeh MOOseekah)

10You will find that many businesses display their hours of operation in military time, i.e., a 24 hourformat. However, this is not very common when people speak. Here we will practice the way yousay time in a conversation.

11 p.m. de la tarde (deh lah TAHRdtheh)

12 Remember that in Spanish the preposition a is used in the question ¿A qué hora? literally, "Towhat time?" You use this same structure when saying the time.

13 At seven p.m. (7:00 p.m.). A las siete de la tarde (7:00 p.m.). (ah lahs SYEHteh deh lah TAHRdtheh)

14 Did you notice that you need to include the article the with the hour? Literally you are saying, "Tothe seven of the afternoon."

15 The music store closes at seven p.m. (7:00p.m.).

La tienda de música cierra a las sietede la tarde (7:00 p.m.). (lah TYEHNdah deh MOOseekah SYEHrrahah lahs SYEHteh deh lah TAHRdtheh)

16 to open abrir (ahBREER)

17 (he / she / it) opens abre (AHbreh)



142





English Spanish

18 What time does it open? ¿A qué hora abre? (ah keh OHrah AHbreh)

19 What time does the mall open?¿A qué hora abre el centro comercial? (ah keh OHrah AHbreh ehl SEHNtrohkohmehrSYAHL)

20 a.m. de la mañana (deh lah mahNYAHnah)

21 At eight a.m. (8:00 a.m.). A las ocho de la mañana (8:00 a.m.). (ah lahs OHchoh deh lah mahNYAHnah)

22 It opens at nine a.m. (9:00 a.m.).Abre a las nueve de la mañana (9:00a.m.). (AHbreh ah lahs NWEHbeh deh lahmahNYAHnah)

23 At one a.m. (1:00 a.m.). A la una de la mañana (1:00 a.m.). (ah lah OOnah deh lah mahNYAHnah)

24

Did you say *a las uno de la mañana? That's almost correct. This is the only exception to theuse of las when giving the time. Because the number one is singular you use la. Also, whentalking about time it is always understood that hora is part of the phrase, as in, a la una (hora)de la mañana. Therefore, since hora is feminine, you will use the feminine form of uno: una,and say, a la una de la mañana (at one a.m).

25

If you go to Latin America, you will probably be surprised to see public places opened until verylate. In some countries, people have dinner at 9 or 10 pm. Therefore, restaurants open and closevery late at night, and so do pubs, discos, and shopping malls. In other cases, especially incountries where the weather can get really hot, stores in general close at noon and open whenthe sun starts to go down.

26 The mall closes at one a.m. (1:00 a.m.)El centro comercial cierra a la una de lamañana. (1:00 a.m.) (ehl SEHNtroh kohmehrSYAHL SYEHrrahah lah OOnah deh lah mahNYAHnah)

27 What time is it? ¿Qué hora es? (keh OHrah ehs)

28 Excuse me, what time is it? Disculpe, ¿qué hora es? (deesKOOLpeh keh OHrah ehs)

29 It's six (6:00). Son las seis (6:00). (sohn lahs seys)

30You may have said *Es las seis? Good try! But, not quite. Remember the verb has to agreewith the noun in gender and number. This is why you use the plural form of ser, and say, Son lasseis (It's six).

31 It's eight p.m. (8:00 p.m.). Son las ocho de la noche (8:00 p.m.). (sohn lahs OHchoh deh lah NOHcheh)

32 Did you say *A las ocho de la tarde? That's almost correct! In Spanish tarde refers to bothafternoon and evening. Noche (night) is used after seven pm.

33 It's one (1:00). Es la una (1:00). (ehs lah OOnah)


143







144





English Spanish

34 The number one is singular, therefore you will need to use es instead of son. Don't worry! This isthe only case you will use es for time!


145





I think that the pharmacy closes around eight(8:00).

Creo que la farmacia cierra alrededor de las ocho(8:00).

English Spanish

1 I think that the pharmacy closes around eight(8:00).

Creo que la farmacia cierra alrededorde las ocho (8:00). (KREHoh keh lah fahrMAHsyah SYEHrrahahlrrehdthehDTHOHR deh lahs OHchoh)

2 pharmacy farmacia (fahrMAHsyah)

3 the pharmacy closes la farmacia cierra (lah fahrMAHsyah SYEHrrah)

4 I think that it closes... creo que cierra... (KREHoh keh SYEHrrah)

5 I think that the pharmacy closes at eight(8:00).

Creo que la farmacia cierra a las ocho(8:00). (KREHoh keh lah fahrMAHsyah SYEHrrahah lahs OHchoh)

6 around alrededor de (ahlrrehdthehDTHOHR deh)

7 Around eight (8:00). Alrededor de las ocho (8:00). (ahlrrehdthehDTHOHR deh lahs OHchoh)

8 The mall closes around ten (10:00).El centro comercial cierra alrededor delas diez (10:00). (ehl SEHNtroh kohmehrSYAHL SYEHrrahahlrrehdthehDTHOHR deh lahs dyehs)

9 I'm leaving around eight (8:00).Me voy alrededor de las ocho (8:00). (meh boy ahlrrehdthehDTHOHR deh lahsOHchoh)

10 Let's go around four (4:00).Vamos alrededor de las cuatro (4:00). (BAHmohs ahlrrehdthehDTHOHR deh lahsKWAHtroh)

11 sharp (on point)

en punto (ehn POONtoh)

12 The store opens at nine sharp (9:00).La tienda abre a las nueve en punto(9:00). (lah TYEHNdah AHbreh ah lahs NWEHbehehn POONtoh)

13 from one to three p.m. de una a tres de la tarde (deh OOnah ah trehs deh lah TAHRdtheh )

14 The stationery store closes from one to threep.m.

La papelería cierra de una a tres de latarde. (lah pahpehlehREEah SYEHrrah deh


146





OOnah ah trehs deh lah TAHRdtheh )

15 open abierto (ahBYEHRtoh)

16 Excuse me, is it open? Disculpe, ¿está abierto? (deesKOOLpeh ehsTAH ahBYEHRtoh)



147





English Spanish

17 I don't think that the pharmacy is open.No creo que la farmacia esté abierta. (noh KREHoh keh lah fahrMAHsyahehsTEH ahBYEHRtah)

18Remember that in Spanish, when you negate the verb creer you have to use the second verb inthe subjunctive form. Therefore, you will say No creo que la farmacia esté abierta (I don'tthink the pharmacy is open) but Creo que la farmacia está abierta (I think the pharmacy isopen).

19 closed cerrado (sehRRAHdthoh)

20 It's nine sharp. I think that the pharmacy isclosed.

Son las nueve en punto. Creo que lafarmacia está cerrada. (sohn lahs NWEHbeh ehn POONtohKREHoh keh lah fahrMAHsyah ehsTAHsehRRAHdthah)

21 The shoe store is closed. It opens around ten.

La zapatería está cerrada. Abrealrededor de las diez. (lah sahpahtehREEah ehsTAHsehRRAHdthah AHbrehahlrrehdthehDTHOHR deh lahs dyehs )

22 closes [subjunctive] cierre (SYEHrreh)

23 I don't think that it closes late. No creo que cierre tarde. (noh KREHoh keh SYEHrreh TAHRdtheh)

24 before ten p.m.antes de las diez de la noche. (AHNtehs deh lahs dyehs deh lahNOHcheh)

25 I don't think that the mall closes before tenp.m.

No creo que el centro comercial cierreantes de las diez de la noche. (noh KREHoh keh ehl SEHNtrohkohmehrSYAHL SYEHrreh AHNtehs dehlahs dyehs deh lah NOHcheh )

26 I bet you remember how to form the subjunctive form of verbs ending with "-ir"! All you do is dropthe "-ir" ending and add an "-a." Ready?

27 open [subjunctive] abra (AHbrah)

28 I don't think that the store opens today.No creo que la tienda abra hoy. (noh KREHoh keh lah TYEHNdah AHbrahoy)


148





These pants are big on me!¡Este pantalón me queda grande!

English Spanish

1 These pants are big on me! (These pants fit me big!)

¡Este pantalón me queda grande! (EHSteh pahntahLOHN meh KEHdthahGRAHNdeh)

2 to fit quedar (kehDTHAHR)

3 You likely recall that quedar also means "to stay." Quedar can mean "to stay" or "to fit"depending on the context of the conversation.

4 it fits queda (KEHdthah)

5 It fits me. Me queda. (meh KEHdthah)

6 big grande (GRAHNdeh)

7 It fits me big! ¡Me queda grande! (meh KEHdthah GRAHNdeh)

8 pants pantalón (pahntahLOHN )

9 these pants este pantalón (EHSteh pahntahLOHN)

10 You may have said, Estos pantalones. Well, this is also correct. In Spanish, the word pants canbe plural or singular. So, you can say either Este pantalón or Estos pantalones.

11 These pants aren't big on me. (These pants don't fit me big.)

Este pantalón no me queda grande. (EHSteh pahntahLOHN noh meh KEHdthahGRAHNdeh)

12 small chico (CHEEkoh)

13 Do you recall the word pequeño (small)? Chico also means "small" and is used rather thanpequeño to say that something doesn't fit you because it's too small.

14 It's small on me. Me queda chico. (meh KEHdthah CHEEkoh)

15 Oh no! These pants are small on me!¡Ay no! ¡Este pantalón me queda chico!(ay noh EHSteh pahntahLOHN mehKEHdthah CHEEkoh)

16 size talla (TAHyah)

17 What size are you? ¿Qué talla es usted? (keh TAHyah ehs oosTEHDTH)



149





English Spanish

18 I'm size small. Yo soy talla chica. (yoh soy TAHyah CHEEkah)

19 I want this tee shirt in size small.Quiero esta camiseta en talla chica. (KYEHroh EHStah kahmeeSEHtah ehnTAHyah CHEEkah)

20 medium mediana (mehDTHYAHnah)

21 I’m not size small. I’m size medium.No soy talla chica. Soy talla mediana. (noh soy TAHyah CHEEkah soy TAHyahmehDTHYAHnah)

22 Do you have this dress in a size medium?¿Tiene este vestido en talla mediana? (TYEHneh EHSteh behsTEEdthoh ehnTAHyah mehDTHYAHnah)

23 Do you have this dress in a size medium? Thisis small on me.

¿Tiene este vestido en talla mediana?Este me queda chico. (TYEHneh EHSteh behsTEEdthoh ehnTAHyah mehDTHYAHnah EHSteh mehKEHdthah CHEEkoh)

24 It fits me well. Me queda bien. (meh KEHdthah byehn)

25

Did you say *Esta talla me queda bueno? That's almost correct! Bueno is an adjective, andbien is an adverb. Therefore, use bueno or buena if you are describing a noun as in, Suespañol es muy bueno (Your Spanish is very good) where bueno describes thenoun español. Bien, on the other hand, describes a verb as in, Esta talla me queda bien(This size fits me well), where bien is telling you something about the verb and not the noun.

26 This size fits me well. Esta talla me queda bien. (EHStah TAHyah meh KEHdthah byehn)

27 The size small doesn't fit me well. Do youhave a size medium?

La talla chica no me queda bien. ¿Tienetalla mediana? (lah TAHyah CHEEkah noh meh KEHdthahbyehn TYEHneh TAHyah mehDTHYAHnah )

28 large grande (GRAHNdeh)

29 Did you notice that we use the word grande to mean both "big" and "large"? There is nodistinction in Spanish.

30 I think that this size doesn't fit me well. Doyou have size large?

Creo que esta talla no me queda bien.¿Tiene talla grande? (KREHoh keh EHStah TAHyah noh mehKEHdthah byehn TYEHneh TAHyahGRAHNdeh)

31 extra extra (EHKStrah)

32 extra large extra grande (EHKStrah GRAHNdeh)

Tenemos talla grande y extra grande.


150





33 We have size large and extra large. (tehNEHmohs TAHyah GRAHNdeh eeEHKStrah GRAHNdeh)



151





English Spanish

34For this next slide, remember that Spanish has two simple past tense forms: the imperfect, era,used to talk about things in the past that occurred over a long period of time; and the preterite,fue, used to refer to events that happened only a specific number of times in the past.

35 I was size large. Yo era talla grande. (yoh EHrah TAHyah GRAHNdeh)

36 I was size large. Now I'm size extra large!Yo era talla grande. ¡Ahora soy tallaextra grande! (yoh EHrah TAHyah GRAHNdeh ahOHrahsoy TAHyah EHKStrah GRAHNdeh)


152





What size shoe do you wear? ¿Qué número calza?English Spanish

1 What size shoe do you wear? (What number do you wear?)

¿Qué número calza? (keh NOOmehroh KAHLsah)

2 to wear (footwear) calzar (kahlSAHR)

3 you wear (footwear) calza (KAHLsah)

4 number número (NOOmehroh)

5 What number? ¿Qué número? (keh NOOmehroh)

6Shoes sizes are always measured in numbers. Therefore in Spanish, when we refer to shoe sizeswe always say número (number) instead of talla (size). For this lesson we will be referring toshoe sizes. Therefore, when we use "size" in English remember to use número.

7 What size do you want? (What number do you want?)

¿Qué número quiere? (keh NOOmehroh KYEHreh)

8 I wear shoe size calzo (KAHLsoh)

9 I wear shoe size forty. Calzo cuarenta. (KAHLsoh kwahREHNtah)

10

If you are planning to shop for shoes, remember to check out an international shoe sizeconversion chart. Sizing is different in different countries in Latin America. Some countries likeArgentina use the European sizing system where shoes range in size from 35 to 48.5! And othercountries like Mexico use a system based on the length of the foot in centimeters and the sizesrange from 2 to 12.5. Quite a difference, huh?

11 I think that this size is small on me.Creo que este número me queda chico. (KREHoh keh EHSteh NOOmehroh mehKEHdthah CHEEkoh)

12 Do you have one size bigger? (Do you have one number more?)

¿Tiene un número más? (TYEHneh oon NOOmehroh mahs)

13 Since Spanish uses número instead of talla to refer to shoe sizes, to ask for a size smaller orbigger you literally ask for a number more or less.

14 less menos (MEHnohs)

15 Do you have one size smaller? (Do you have one number less?)

¿Tiene un número menos? (TYEHneh oon NOOmehroh MEHnohs)

16 (they) fit quedan (KEHdthahn)



153





English Spanish

17 They are big on me. (They fit me big.)

Me quedan grandes. (meh KEHdthahn GRAHNdehs)

18 These shoes are big on me. Do you have onesize smaller?

Estos zapatos me quedan grandes.¿Tiene un número menos? (EHStohs sahPAHtohs meh KEHdthahnGRAHNdehs TYEHneh oon NOOmehrohMEHnohs)

19 fit [subjunctive] quede (KEHdtheh)

20 I don't think that this size fits me well.No creo que este número me quedebien. (noh KREHoh keh EHSteh NOOmehrohmeh KEHdtheh byehn)

21 boots botas (BOHtahs)

22 What beautiful boots! ¡Qué hermosas botas! (keh ehrMOHsahs BOHtahs )

23 (they) fit [subjunctive] queden (KEHdthehn)

24 I don't think that these boots fit me well.No creo que estas botas me quedenbien. (noh KREHoh keh EHStahs BOHtahs mehKEHdthehn byehn)


154





Chapter 8: Banking and Post Office En el Banco y la Oficina de Correos

Chapter 8: Banking and Post Office

Conversational GoalsInvite Someone to Join You for an ActivityUse Basic Banking and Financial TermsUse the Post Office

Grammar GoalsAnswer Questions Using PorqueFrame Questions with Por Qué and ParaQuéPractice Conditional Sentences with SiUse Acá and Aquí for "Here"


I have to run some errands today. Would you liketo come?

Tengo que hacer unos mandados hoy. ¿Tegustaría venir? (TEHNgoh keh ahSEHR OOnohsmahnDAHdthohs oy teh goostahREEahbehNEER)

Where are you going? ¿Adónde vas? (ahDTHOHNdeh bahs)

To the bank and the post office.Al banco y la oficina de correos. (ahl BAHNkoh ee lah ohfeeSEEnah dehkohRREHohs)

Yes, I'll go with you. I have some letters to send tothe United States.

Sí, voy contigo. Tengo unas cartas paramandar a los Estados Unidos. (see boy kohnTEEgoh TEHNgoh OOnahsKAHRtahs PAHrah mahnDAHR ah lohsehsTAHdthohs ooNEEdthohs)

Thats good! I have a package for your mom that Ineed to send.

¡Qué bien! Tengo un paquete para tumamá que necesito mandar. (¡keh byehn! TEHNgoh oon pahKEHtehPAHrah too mahMAH keh nehsehSEEtohmahnDAHR)

Why are you going to the bank? ¿Por qué vas al banco? (¿pohr keh bahs ahl BAHNkoh?)

To exchange the dollars for pesos.Para cambiar los dólares por pesos. (PAHrah kahmBYAHR lohs DOHlahrehs pohrPEHsohs)


155





What is the exchange rate here?¿Cuál es la tasa de cambio acá? (¿kwahl ehs lah TAHsah deh KAHMbyohahKAH?)


156





I have to run some errands.Tengo que hacer unos mandados.

English Spanish

1 I have to run some errands. (I have to do some errands.)

Tengo que hacer unos mandados. (TEHNgoh keh ahSEHR OOnohsmahnDAHdthohs)

2 errands mandados (mahnDAHdthohs)

3 some unos (OOnohs)

4 some errands unos mandados (OOnohs mahnDAHdthohs)

5 to run some errands (to do some errands)

hacer unos mandados (ahSEHR OOnohs mahnDAHdthohs)

6 I have to go to run some errands.Tengo que ir a hacer unos mandados. (TEHNgoh keh eer ah ahSEHR OOnohsmahnDAHdthohs)

7 downtown centro (SEHNtroh)

8 to go downtown ir al centro (eer ahl SEHNtroh)

9 I have to go downtown to run some errands.Tengo que ir al centro a hacer unosmandados. (TEHNgoh keh eer ahl SEHNtroh ahahSEHR OOnohs mahnDAHdthohs)

10 I have to go downtown to run some errands.Do you want to come?

Tengo que ir al centro a hacer unosmandados. ¿Quieres venir? (TEHNgoh keh eer ahl SEHNtroh ahahSEHR OOnohs mahnDAHdthohs.¿KYEHrehs behNEER?)

11 Do you want to come run some errands withme?

¿Quieres venir a hacer unos mandadosconmigo? (¿KYEHrehs behNEER ah ahSEHR OOnohsmahnDAHdthohs kohnMEEgoh?)

12 you have tienes (TYEHnehs)

13 you don't have to no tienes que (noh TYEHnehs keh)

14 For this next challenge remember how we changed recomendar (to recommend) torecomendarlo (to recommend it). Ready?!

15 to do it hacerlo (ahSEHRloh)

16 You don't have to do it. No tienes que hacerlo. (noh TYEHnehs keh ahSEHRloh)


157





17 You don't have to run the errands. I can go.No tienes que hacer los mandados. Yopuedo ir. (noh TYEHnehs keh ahSEHR lohsmahnDAHdthohs yoh PWEHdthoh eer)



158





English Spanish

18 Can I go with you? ¿Puedo ir contigo? (¿PWEHdthoh eer kohnTEEgoh?)

19 If you have to run some errands, can I go withyou?

Si tienes que hacer unos mandados,¿puedo ir contigo? (see TYEHnehs keh ahSEHR OOnohsmahnDAHdthohs PWEHdthoh eerkohnTEEgoh)


159





I have some letters to send to France.Tengo unas cartas para mandar a Francia.

English Spanish

1 I have some letters to send to France.Tengo unas cartas para mandar aFrancia. (TEHNgoh OOnahs KAHRtahs PAHrahmahnDAHR ah FRAHNsyah)

2When addressing letters and packages for Latin American countries, you should be aware that thestreet name always comes first followed by the number of the house. For example, Calle SanMartín 1234. Also, be aware that C.P. stands for código postal (zip code).

3 to send mandar (mahnDAHR)

4 letter carta (KAHRtah)

5Do you remember when you were taught, listo para ordenar (ready to order) and algo paratomar (something to drink)? Para is a preposition that usually indicates purpose or destination,rather than simply as a translation for "for." Keep this in mind for the next challenge.

6 letters to send cartas para mandar (KAHRtahs PAHrah mahnDAHR)

7 some letters unas cartas (OOnahs KAHRtahs)

8 I have some letters. Tengo unas cartas. (TEHNgoh OOnahs KAHRtahs)

9 I have some letters to send.Tengo unas cartas para mandar. (TEHNgoh OOnahs KAHRtahs PAHrahmahnDAHR)

10 France Francia (FRAHNsyah)

11 to France a Francia (ah FRAHNsyah)

12 I have to send a letter to the United States.Tengo que mandar una carta a losEstados Unidos. (TEHNgoh keh mahnDAHR OOnah KAHRtahah lohs ehsTAHdthohs ooNEEdthohs)

13 package paquete (pahKEHteh)

14 a package to send un paquete para mandar (oon pahKEHteh PAHrah mahnDAHR)

15 Italy Italia (eeTAHlyah)

16 I have a package to send to Italy.Tengo un paquete para mandar a Italia.(TEHNgoh oon pahKEHteh PAHrahmahnDAHR ah eeTAHlyah)

¿Cuánto cuesta mandar este paquete a


160





17 How much does it cost to send this packageto Italy?

Italia? (¿KWAHNtoh KWEHStah mahnDAHREHSteh pahKEHteh ah eeTAHlyah?)



161





English Spanish

18

Just like in the US, postal rates will vary depending on the country you are sending the letter orpackage from and its destination. The postal service can sometimes take quite a bit longer, anddepending on the origin and destination country, mail delivery is not always as reliable as youmay be accustomed to in the US. When sending important letters and/or packages outside ofthe US, it is always a good idea to purchase extra insurance just in case something happens toyour package.

19 to send enviar (ehnBYAHR)

20 There are two ways to say "to send" in Spanish. The verbs mandar and enviar can be usedinterchangeably.

21 I would like to send this postcard to Mexico.Me gustaría enviar esta postal aMéxico. (meh goostahREEah ehnBYAHR EHStahpohsTAHL ah MEHheekoh)

22 stamp estampilla (ehstahmPEEyah)

23 How much does the stamp cost?¿Cuánto cuesta la estampilla? (¿KWAHNtoh KWEHStah lahehstahmPEEyah?)

24 I have to send this postcard. How much doesthe stamp cost?

Tengo que enviar esta postal. ¿Cuántocuesta la estampilla? (TEHNgoh keh ehnBYAHR EHStahpohsTAHL. ¿KWAHNtoh KWEHStah lahehstahmPEEyah?)

25 to charge cobrar (kohBRAHR)

26 they charge ellos cobran (EHyohs KOHbrahn)

27 How much do they charge? ¿Cuánto cobran? (¿KWAHNtoh KOHbrahn?)

28 How much do they charge to send apackage?

¿Cuánto cobran para enviar unpaquete? (¿KWAHNtoh KOHbrahn PAHrah ehnBYAHRoon pahKEHteh?)

29 Germany Alemania (ahlehMAHnyah)

30 How much do they charge to send a letter toGermany?

¿Cuánto cobran para enviar una carta aAlemania? (¿KWAHNtoh KOHbrahn PAHrah ehnBYAHROOnah KAHRtah ah ahlehMAHnyah?)

31 to pick up (a package) retirar (rrehteeRAHR)

32 to pick up a package retirar un paquete (rrehteeRAHR oon pahKEHteh)

Buenos días. Necesito retirar un


162





33 Good morning. I need to pick up a package. paquete. (BWEHnohs DEEahs nehsehSEEtohrrehteeRAHR oon pahKEHteh)

34 it comes viene (BYEHneh)

35 From where? ¿De dónde? (¿deh DOHNdeh?)



163





English Spanish

36 Where does it come from? ¿De dónde viene? (¿deh DOHNdeh BYEHneh?)

37 Note that depending on the context, ¿De dónde viene? can mean either "Where does it comefrom?" or "Where is it coming from?"

38 Where does your package come from?¿De dónde viene su paquete? (¿deh DOHNdeh BYEHneh soopahKEHteh?)

39I have to pick up a package from Germany. (I have to pick up a package that comes fromGermany.)

Tengo que retirar un paquete que vienede Alemania. (TEHNgoh keh rrehteeRAHR oonpahKEHteh keh BYEHneh dehahlehMAHnyah)


164





Why are you going to the bank?¿Por qué vas al banco?

English Spanish

1 Why are you going to the bank? ¿Por qué vas al banco? (¿pohr keh bahs ahl BAHNkoh?)

2 Why? (For what?)

¿Por qué? (¿pohr keh?)

3 Why are you going? ¿Por qué vas? (¿pohr keh bahs?)

4 bank banco (BAHNkoh)

5Banks in Latin America have different operating hours depending on the country. In Uruguay, forexample, all banks are open from 1 p.m. to 6 p.m. whereas in Argentina they open at 9 a.m. andclose at 3 p.m. Opening hours in Mexico, on the other hand, will depend on the branch. Somebanks there open from 8 a.m to 7 p.m.!

6 to the bank al banco (ahl BAHNkoh)

7 Are you going to the bank? ¿Vas al banco? (¿bahs ahl BAHNkoh?)

8 Why don't you go to the bank? ¿Por qué no vas al banco? (¿pohr keh noh bahs ahl BAHNkoh?)

9 then to the mall (later to the mall)

luego al centro comercial (LWEHgoh ahl SEHNtroh kohmehrSYAHL)

10 Why don't we go to the bank and then to themall?

¿Por qué no vamos al banco y luego alcentro comercial? (¿pohr keh noh BAHmohs ahl BAHNkoh eeLWEHgoh ahl SEHNtroh kohmehrSYAHL?)

11 you brought trajiste (trahHEESteh)

12 Did you bring the credit card?¿Trajiste la tarjeta de crédito? (¿trahHEESteh lah tahrHEHtah dehKREHdtheetoh?)

13 Why didn't you bring the credit card?¿Por qué no trajiste la tarjeta decrédito? (pohr keh noh trahHEESteh lahtahrHEHtah deh KREHdtheetoh)

14 you take llevas (YEHbahs)

15 Why don't you take the debit card?¿Por qué no llevas la tarjeta de débito? (pohr keh noh YEHbahs lah tahrHEHtahdeh DEHbeetoh)



165





English Spanish

16 We are going to the bank. Why don't you takethe debit card?

Vamos al banco. ¿Por qué no llevas latarjeta de débito? (BAHmohs ahl BAHNkoh pohr keh nohYEHbahs lah tahrHEHtah deh DEHbeetoh)


166





What are you going to the post office for?¿Para qué vas a la oficina de correos?

English Spanish

1 What are you going to the post office for?¿Para qué vas a la oficina de correos? (PAHrah keh bahs ah lah ohfeeSEEnahdeh kohRREHohs)

2 for what para qué (PAHrah keh)

3

You already learned por qué (why). Now, you will learn that you can also use para qué, butthere is a subtle difference between these two words. It is often possible to substitute porqué for para qué, but it does not always work the other way around. There's an easy rule thatwill help you use the correct expression: ¿Por qué? can be translated as "Why?" and ¿Paraqué? can be translated as "What for?".

4 What are you going for? ¿Para qué vas? (PAHrah keh bahs)

5 post office oficina de correos (ohfeeSEEnah deh kohRREHohs)

6 Did you notice that when correo is used to refer to the post office, it is plural? But, generallyspeaking, the word correo is singular.

7 Are you going to the post office?¿Vas a la oficina de correos? (bahs ah lah ohfeeSEEnah dehkohRREHohs)

8 check cheque (CHEHkeh)

9 What are you taking the checks for? ¿Para qué llevas los cheques? (PAHrah keh YEHbahs lohs CHEHkehs)

10 if you're not going to the bank si no vas al banco (see noh bahs ahl BAHNkoh)

11 What are you taking the checks for if you'renot going to the bank?

¿Para qué llevas los cheques si no vasal banco? (PAHrah keh YEHbahs lohs CHEHkehs seenoh bahs ahl BAHNkoh)

12 If you go to the bank, take the checks.Si vas al banco, lleva los cheques. (see bahs ahl BAHNkoh YEHbah lohsCHEHkehs)

13 If you don't have the letter, what are yougoing to the post office for?

Si no tienes la carta, ¿para qué vas a laoficina de correos? (see noh TYEHnehs lah KAHRtah PAHrahkeh bahs ah lah ohfeeSEEnah dehkohRREHohs)

14 What are you taking the credit card for?¿Para qué llevas la tarjeta de crédito? (PAHrah keh YEHbahs lah tahrHEHtah dehKREHdtheetoh)

15 if you have the money si tienes el dinero (see TYEHnehs ehl deeNEHroh)


167





16 What are you taking the credit card for if youhave the money?

¿Para qué llevas la tarjeta de crédito sitienes el dinero? (PAHrah keh YEHbahs lah tahrHEHtah dehKREHdtheetoh see TYEHnehs ehldeeNEHroh)



168





English Spanish

17 ATM cajero automático (kahHEHroh ahwtohMAHteekoh)

18 (you) need necesita (nehsehSEEtah)

19 What do you need to use the ATM for?¿Para qué necesita usar el cajeroautomático? (PAHrah keh nehsehSEEtah ooSAHR ehlkahHEHroh ahwtohMAHteekoh)

20 on-line en línea (ehn LEEnehah)

21 I can do it on-line. Puedo hacerlo en línea. (PWEHdthoh ahSEHRloh ehn LEEnehah)

22 I don't have to go to the ATM. I can do it on-line.

No tengo que ir al cajero automático.Puedo hacerlo en línea. (noh TEHNgoh keh eer ahl kahHEHrohahwtohMAHteekoh PWEHdthohahSEHRloh ehn LEEnehah)

23 to transfer transferir (trahnsfehREER)

24 to transfer the money transferir el dinero (trahnsfehREER ehl deeNEHroh)

25 Can I transfer the money on-line?¿Puedo transferir el dinero en línea? (PWEHdthoh trahnsfehREER ehldeeNEHroh ehn LEEnehah)

26 What are you going to the bank for? You cantransfer the money on-line.

¿Para qué vas al banco? Puedestransferir el dinero en línea. (PAHrah keh bahs ahl BAHNkohPWEHdthehs trahnsfehREER ehldeeNEHroh ehn LEEnehah)


169





Because I want to exchange the dollars for pesos.Porque quiero cambiar los dólares por pesos.

English Spanish

1 Because I want to exchange the dollars forpesos.

Porque quiero cambiar los dólares porpesos. (POHRkeh KYEHroh kahmBYAHR lohsDOHlahrehs pohr PEHsohs)

2 to change cambiar (kahmBYAHR)

3 because porque (POHRkeh)

4 because I want to exchange (because I want to change)

porque quiero cambiar (POHRkeh KYEHroh kahmBYAHR)

5 to exchange dollars (to change dollars)

cambiar dólares (kahmBYAHR DOHlahrehs)

6 pesos for dollars pesos por dólares (PEHsohs pohr DOHlahrehs)

7 Did you respond correctly with por, or did you use para? Just remember that when dealing withexchanges or purchases you will use por.

8 I want to exchange dollars for pesos.Quiero cambiar dólares por pesos. (KYEHroh kahmBYAHR DOHlahrehs pohrPEHsohs)

9 You have to go to the bank. Tienes que ir al banco. (TYEHnehs keh eer ahl BAHNkoh)

10 You have to go to the bank if you want toexchange the dollars.

Tienes que ir al banco si quierescambiar los dólares. (TYEHnehs keh eer ahl BAHNkoh seeKYEHrehs kahmBYAHR lohs DOHlahrehs)

11 bill (currency) billete (beeYEHteh)

12 coin moneda (mohNEHdthah)

13 these coins for billsestas monedas por billetes (EHStahs mohNEHdthahs pohrbeeYEHtehs)

14 Because I want to exchange these coins forbills.

Porque quiero cambiar estas monedaspor billetes. (POHRkeh KYEHroh kahmBYAHR EHStahsmohNEHdthahs pohr beeYEHtehs)

15 to withdraw extraer (ehkstrahEHR)

16 You will also hear people use the verb sacar or retirar to mean "withdraw." These words can beused interchangeably.

17 to withdraw money from the bank extraer dinero del banco


170





17 to withdraw money from the bank (ehkstrahEHR deeNEHroh dehl BAHNkoh)



171





English Spanish

18 Because I want to withdraw money from thebank.

Porque quiero extraer dinero del banco.(POHRkeh KYEHroh ehkstrahEHRdeeNEHroh dehl BAHNkoh)

19 to deposit depositar (dehpohseeTAHR)

20 Ingresar and depositar both mean "to deposit" money in an account and can be usedinterchangeably.

21 Because I want to deposit money.Porque quiero depositar dinero. (POHRkeh KYEHroh dehpohseeTAHRdeeNEHroh)

22 savings account cuenta de ahorros (KWEHNtah deh ahOHrrohs)

23 Because I want to deposit money in mysavings account.

Porque quiero depositar dinero en micuenta de ahorros. (POHRkeh KYEHroh dehpohseeTAHRdeeNEHroh ehn mee KWEHNtah dehahOHrrohs)

24 Because I want to deposit these checks in thesavings account.

Porque quiero depositar estos chequesen la cuenta de ahorros. (POHRkeh KYEHroh dehpohseeTAHREHStohs CHEHkehs ehn lah KWEHNtahdeh ahOHrrohs)

25 I'm going to open a savings account.Voy a abrir una cuenta de ahorros. (boy ah ahBREER OOnah KWEHNtah dehahOHrrohs)

26 I'm going to open a savings account becauseI want to deposit my money.

Voy a abrir una cuenta de ahorrosporque quiero depositar mi dinero. (boy ah ahBREER OOnah KWEHNtah dehahOHrrohs POHRkeh KYEHrohdehpohseeTAHR mee deeNEHroh)


172





What is the exchange rate here?¿Cuál es la tasa de cambio acá?

English Spanish

1 What is the exchange rate here?¿Cuál es la tasa de cambio acá? (¿kwahl ehs lah TAHsah deh KAHMbyohahKAH?)

2

US dollar exchange rates differ depending on the country you visit. For example, in Mexico 1dollar is currently worth 12.71 pesos. But, in Argentina the exchange rate for American dollars toArgentinian pesos is 3.93, and the boliviano (Bolivian currency) is 7.03. Chilean pesos arecurrently 10.82 pesos for 1 dollar, and in Paraguay the guarani exchanges at the staggering rateof 4,765.09 to 1 American dollar!

3 exchange rate tasa de cambio (TAHsah deh KAHMbyoh )

4 What is the exchange rate? ¿Cuál es la tasa de cambio? (kwahl ehs lah TAHsah deh KAHMbyoh )

5 here acá (ahKAH)

6Both aquí and acá mean "here." The difference is the preciseness of the area. If the area isspecific, than you would use aquí. If it's not exactly in that spot but around it or near this place oreven referring to a large area, then it would be acá.

7 What is the exchange rate to exchange pesosfor dollars?

¿Cuál es la tasa de cambio paracambiar los pesos por dólares? (kwahl ehs lah TAHsah deh KAHMbyohPAHrah kahmBYAHR lohs PEHsohs pohrDOHlahrehs)

8 postage franqueo (frahnKEHoh)

9 How much is the postage here? ¿Cuánto es el franqueo acá? (KWAHNtoh ehs ehl frahnKEHoh ahKAH)

10 What is the exchange rate over there?¿Cuál es la tasa de cambio allá? (kwahl ehs lah TAHsah deh KAHMbyohahYAH)

11 to be worth valer (bahLEHR)

12 are worth valen (BAHlehn)

13 How much are they worth? ¿Cuánto valen? (KWAHNtoh BAHlehn)

14 How much are dollars worth here?¿Cuánto valen los dólares acá? (KWAHNtoh BAHlehn lohs DOHlahrehsahKAH)

15 How much are colons worth here?¿Cuánto valen los colones acá? (KWAHNtoh BAHlehn lohs kohLOHnehsahKAH)


173





16 envelope sobre (SOHbreh)



174





English Spanish

17You already learned that in Spanish you can use the question ¿Cuánto cuesta? or ¿Cuántocuestan? to ask for the cost of something. Now you will learn a different way to ask the samething. These two questions can be used interchangeably.

18 How much are the envelopes worth? ¿Cuánto valen los sobres? (KWAHNtoh BAHlehn lohs SOHbrehs)

19 I need some envelopes. Necesito unos sobres. (nehsehSEEtoh OOnohs SOHbrehs)

20 I need to go to the stationery store to buysome envelopes.

Necesito ir a la papelería para comprarunos sobres. (nehsehSEEtoh eer ah lahpahpehlehREEah PAHrah kohmPRAHROOnohs SOHbrehs)


175





Chapter 9: Leisure Time Tiempo Libre

Chapter 9: Leisure Time

Conversational GoalsMake Plans for an ActivityRemind Someone To Bring SomethingSuggest Going Somewhere

Grammar GoalsLearn the 1st Person Singular Simple PastVerb FormPractice More Reflexive VerbsUse the Past Progressive Form Iba aUse the Phrase Tener Ganas de to TalkAbout Wants


What do you want to do today? ¿Qué quieres hacer hoy? (keh KYEHrehs ahSEHR oy)

I feel like going to the beach. Tengo ganas de ir a la playa. (TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh eer ah lah PLAHyah)

Me too. It's very hot today.Yo también, hace mucho calor hoy. (yoh tahmBYEHN AHseh MOOchoh kahLOHRoy)

Yes, I need to get a tan to look good.Sí, necesito broncearme para verme bien. (see nehsehSEEtoh brohnsehAHRmehPAHrah BEHRmeh byehn)

Are we going to walk or take a taxi? ¿Vamos caminando o en taxi? (BAHmohs kahmeeNAHNdoh oh ehn TAHksee)

It's better if we go on foot. Mejor vamos a pie. (mehHOHR BAHmohs ah pyeh)

Yes, it's healthier! Sí, ¡es más saludable! (see ehs mahs sahlooDTHAHbleh)

Remember to bring money in case we have to buysomething.

Recuerda traer dinero por si tenemos quecomprar algo. (rrehKWEHRdthah trahEHR deeNEHroh pohrsee tehNEHmohs keh kohmPRAHR AHLgoh)

Sure! I'm going to take the sunblock and thetowels.

¡Claro! Voy a llevar el bloqueador solar ylas toallas. (KLAHroh boy ah yehBAHR ehl


176





towels. blohkehahDTHOHR sohLAHR ee lahstohAHyahs)


177





I feel like going to the beach.Tengo ganas de ir a la playa.

English Spanish

1 I feel like going to the beach.Tengo ganas de ir a la playa. (TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh eer ah lahPLAHyah)

2

If you are spending your next vacation in Latin America, there are some must-see beaches! Oneof them is Tayrona in the Parque Nacional Tayrona (Colombia). There you will find lots ofhiking and swimming opportunities. You may also want to consider going to El Agua on thenorth coast of Isla Margarita (Venezuela). But if you are planning to go a little bit further,don't miss the opportunity to visit José Ignacio, a paradise in Uruguay!

3 to feel like tener ganas de (tehNEHR GAHnahs deh)

4 I feel like tengo ganas de (TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh)

5 I feel like going tengo ganas de ir (TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh eer)

6 Do you recall the phrase ir a bailar (to go dancing)? When the event is not occurring at thatparticular moment in time, you do not change the root form of the verb.

7 to the beach a la playa (ah lah PLAHyah)

8 I don't feel like going to the beach.No tengo ganas de ir a la playa. (noh TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh eer ah lahPLAHyah)

9 to swim nadar (nahDTHAHR)

10 Do you feel like swimming? ¿Tienes ganas de nadar? (TYEHnehs GAHnahs deh nahDTHAHR)

11 I feel like swimming. Tengo ganas de nadar. (TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh nahDTHAHR)

12 to get up levantarse (lehbahnTAHRseh)

13 to get up late levantarse tarde (lehbahnTAHRseh TAHRdtheh)

14 to get myself up levantarme (lehbahnTAHRmeh)

15 to get myself up late levantarme tarde (lehbahnTAHRmeh TAHRdtheh)

16 I feel like getting up late.Tengo ganas de levantarme tarde. (TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh lehbahnTAHRmehTAHRdtheh)



178





English Spanish

17 I don't feel like getting up early.No tengo ganas de levantarmetemprano. (noh TEHNgoh GAHnahs dehlehbahnTAHRmeh tehmPRAHnoh)

18 vacation vacaciones (bahkahSYOHnehs)

19 Did you notice that the Spanish word for vacation is plural?

20 on vacation en vacaciones (ehn bahkahSYOHnehs)

21 I don't feel like getting up early on vacation.

No tengo ganas de levantarmetemprano en vacaciones. (noh TEHNgoh GAHnahs dehlehbahnTAHRmeh tehmPRAHnoh ehnbahkahSYOHnehs)

22 to feel like doing tener ganas de hacer (tehNEHR GAHnahs deh ahSEHR)

23 What do you feel like doing? ¿Qué tienes ganas de hacer? (keh TYEHnehs GAHnahs deh ahSEHR)

24 on your vacation en tus vacaciones (ehn toos bahkahSYOHnehs)

25 What do you feel like doing on your vacation?¿Qué tienes ganas de hacer en tusvacaciones? (keh TYEHnehs GAHnahs deh ahSEHR ehntoos bahkahSYOHnehs)

26 Do you feel like going to the movie theater? ¿Tienes ganas de ir al cine? (TYEHnehs GAHnahs deh eer ahl SEEneh)

27 Do you feel like coming? ¿Tienes ganas de venir? (TYEHnehs GAHnahs deh behNEER)

28 I feel like eating. Tengo ganas de comer. (TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh kohMEHR)

29 popcorn palomitas de maíz (pahlohMEEtahs deh mahEES)

30 You may also hear people refer to popcorn as pochoclo, palomitas, rosetas or even popcorn!

31 I feel like eating popcorn.Tengo ganas de comer palomitas demaíz. (TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh kohMEHRpahlohMEEtahs deh mahEES)

32 I feel like watching a movie and eatingpopcorn.

Tengo ganas de mirar una película ycomer palomitas de maíz. (TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh meeRAHR OOnahpehLEEkoolah ee kohMEHRpahlohMEEtahs deh mahEES)

33 to sleep dormir (dohrMEER)


179





34 I feel like sleeping. Tengo ganas de dormir. (TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh dohrMEER)



180





English Spanish

35 I'm tired. I feel like sleeping.Estoy cansado. Tengo ganas de dormir.(ehsTOY kahnSAHdthoh TEHNgohGAHnahs deh dohrMEER)

36 until late hasta tarde (AHStah TAHRdtheh)

37 I feel like sleeping until late.Tengo ganas de dormir hasta tarde. (TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh dohrMEER AHStahTAHRdtheh)

38 I feel like sleeping until late on my vacation.Tengo ganas de dormir hasta tarde enmis vacaciones. (TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh dohrMEER AHStahTAHRdtheh ehn mees bahkahSYOHnehs)


181





I need to tan to look good!¡Necesito broncearme para verme bien!

English Spanish

1 I need to tan to look good!¡Necesito broncearme para verme bien!(nehsehSEEtoh brohnsehAHRmeh PAHrahBEHRmeh byehn)

2 to tan broncearse (brohnsehAHRseh)

3 to tan (to tan myself)

broncearme (brohnsehAHRmeh)

4 to look oneself verse (BEHRseh)

5 to look (to look myself)

verme (BEHRmeh)

6 to look good (to look myself well)

verme bien (BEHRmeh byehn)

7 For this next slide remember that para is used to indicate a goal or target. You can think of "tolook good" as the goal in the sentence.

8 for me to look good para verme bien (PAHrah BEHRmeh byehn)

9 I want to go to the beach to tan.Quiero ir a la playa para broncearme. (KYEHroh eer ah lah PLAHyah PAHrahbrohnsehAHRmeh)

10 Can we go to the beach? ¿Podemos ir a la playa? (pohDTHEHmohs eer ah lah PLAHyah)

11 I need to tan. Can we go to the beach?Necesito broncearme. ¿Podemos ir a laplaya? (nehsehSEEtoh brohnsehAHRmehpohDTHEHmohs eer ah lah PLAHyah)

12 gym gimnasio (heemNAHsyoh)

13 I need to go to the gym. Necesito ir al gimnasio. (nehsehSEEtoh eer ahl heemNAHsyoh)

14 I need to go to the gym to look good.Necesito ir al gimnasio para vermebien. (nehsehSEEtoh eer ahl heemNAHsyohPAHrah BEHRmeh byehn)

15 you look (you look yourself)

te ves (teh behs)

16 You look good. Te ves bien. (teh behs byehn)

17 You look good in that dress.Te ves bien con ese vestido. (teh behs byehn kohn EHsehbehsTEEdthoh)


182







183





English Spanish

18 Did you say, "*Te ves bien en ese vestido."? That's not wrong. But, is more common to hearcon ese vestido (with that dress) or con esos pantalones (with those pants), etc.

19 healthy saludable (sahlooDTHAHbleh)

20 You look healthy! ¡Te ves saludable! (teh behs sahlooDTHAHbleh)

21 Do you go to the gym? You look healthy!¿Vas al gimnasio? ¡Te ves saludable! (bahs ahl heemNAHsyoh teh behssahlooDTHAHbleh)

22 relaxed relajado (rrehlahHAHdthoh)

23 You look relaxed! ¡Te ves relajado! (teh behs rrehlahHAHdthoh)

24 Are you on vacation? You look relaxed!¿Estás de vacaciones? ¡Te ves relajado!(ehsTAHS deh bahkahSYOHnehs teh behsrrehlahHAHdthoh)

25 Did you say "*¿Estás en vacaciones?" That's almost correct. In Spanish when you are actuallyon vacation you always need to use de instead of en.

26 sunglasses anteojos de sol (ahntehOHhohs deh sohl)

27 Anteojos de sol is usually shortened to just anteojos (glasses). Gafas is another word youmay encounter used for sunglasses.

28 You look good with those sunglasses!¡Te ves bien con esos anteojos de sol! (teh behs byehn kohn EHsohsahntehOHhohs deh sohl)

29 Let's suppose the person you are talking to knows you are referring to sunglasses. Solve the nextslide bearing this in mind!

30 Are you going to the beach? Don't you needto take your sunglasses?

¿Vas a la playa? ¿No necesitas llevartus anteojos? (bahs ah lah PLAHyah nohnehsehSEEtahs yehBAHR toosahntehOHhohs)


184





Are we going to walk or take a taxi?¿Vamos caminando o en taxi?

English Spanish

1 Are we going to walk or take a taxi? (Are we going walking or in taxi?)

¿Vamos caminando o en taxi? (BAHmohs kahmeeNAHNdoh oh ehnTAHksee)

2 to walk caminar (kahmeeNAHR)

3 walking caminando (kahmeeNAHNdoh)

4 Are we going? ¿Vamos? (BAHmohs)

5 Are we going to walk? (Are we going walking?)

¿Vamos caminando? (BAHmohs kahmeeNAHNdoh)

6 taxi taxi (TAHksee)

7 walking or in taxi caminando o en taxi (kahmeeNAHNdoh oh ehn TAHksee)

8 Are you going to walk or take a taxi? ¿Vas caminando o en taxi? (bahs kahmeeNAHNdoh oh ehn TAHksee)

9 on foot a pie (ah pyeh)

10 Are we going on foot? ¿Vamos a pie? (BAHmohs ah pyeh)

11 It's better we go on foot. Mejor vamos a pie. (mehHOHR BAHmohs ah pyeh)

12 we take tomamos (tohMAHmohs)

13 Should we take a taxi? (Do we take a taxi?)

¿Tomamos un taxi? (tohMAHmohs oon TAHksee)

14 bus autobús (ahwtohBOOS)

15 Should we take the bus? ¿Tomamos el autobús? (tohMAHmohs ehl ahwtohBOOS)

16 Are we going on the bus or in a taxi?¿Vamos en autobús o en taxi? (BAHmohs ehn ahwtohBOOS oh ehnTAHksee)

17Did you notice that the Spanish translation didn't include the articles "the" or "a"? It's not wrong ifyou do use them. However, this is one of the few times when it is more common to omit thearticle in Spanish.



185





English Spanish

18 subway metro (MEHtroh)

19 Do you want to take the subway or the bus?¿Quieres tomar el metro o el autobús? (KYEHrehs tohMAHR ehl MEHtroh oh ehlahwtohBOOS)

20 Should we take the subway to go to the movietheater?

¿Tomamos el metro para ir al cine? (tohMAHmohs ehl MEHtroh PAHrah eer ahlSEEneh)

21 bike bicicleta (beeseeKLEHtah)

22 You will also hear people refer to bicycles as bici (singular) or bicis (plural). This is theabbreviated form of bicicleta.

23 Let's go on bike! ¡Vamos en bicicleta! (BAHmohs ehn beeseeKLEHtah)

24Did you know that the ciclorutas in Bogotá, Colombia, are the largest and most comprehensivenetwork of bicycle routes in the world? This network of bike paths is also connected to a bussystem which has bicycle parking facilities. If you are planning to visit don't miss the opportunityto get to know the city in a fun and healthy way!

25 to ride andar (ahnDAHR)

26 to ride a bike (to ride on bike)

andar en bicicleta (ahnDAHR ehn beeseeKLEHtah)

27 Do you want to go bike riding? (Do you want to ride a bike?)

¿Quieres andar en bicicleta? (KYEHrehs ahnDAHR ehn beeseeKLEHtah)

28 Do you know how to ride a bike? (Do you know to ride on bike?)

¿Sabes andar en bicicleta? (SAHbehs ahnDAHR ehn beeseeKLEHtah)

29 horse caballo (kahBAHyoh)

30 to ride a horse andar a caballo (ahnDAHR ah kahBAHyoh)

31You might have said "*andar en caballo". However, in this particular case, the preposition youneed to use is a. Therefore, to ride a bike is andar en bicicleta, but to ride a horse is andar acaballo. Let's practice!

32 Can we go horseback riding? (Can we ride a horse?)

¿Podemos andar a caballo? (pohDTHEHmohs ahnDAHR ah kahBAHyoh)

33 I don't know how to ride a horse. (I don't know to ride a horse.)

No sé andar a caballo. (noh seh ahnDAHR ah kahBAHyoh)

34 to learn to ride aprender a andar (ahprehnDEHR ah ahnDAHR)

35 I want to learn to ride a horse.Quiero aprender a andar a caballo. (KYEHroh ahprehnDEHR ah ahnDAHR ahkahBAHyoh)


186





I was going to surf but I forgot my board.Iba a hacer surf pero olvidé la tabla.

English Spanish

1 I was going to surf but I forgot my board.Iba a hacer surf pero olvidé la tabla. (EEbah ah ahSEHR soorf PEHrohohlbeeDTHEH lah TAHblah)

2 Did you notice that we said la tabla (the board) and not mi tabla (my board)? It wouldn't bewrong to use the possessive pronoun, it's just not that common in Spanish.

3 was going to iba a (EEbah ah)

4 to surf hacer surf (ahSEHR soorf)

5Are you a surfer? If so, you will be able to find some of the world's best waves in Arica, Iquique,y La Serena (all in Chile); Herradura y Punta Hermosa en Perú; and also Montañita ySalinas en Ecuador. Enjoy the ride!

6 I was going to surf. Iba a hacer surf. (EEbah ah ahSEHR soorf)

7 to forget olvidar (ohlbeeDTHAHR)

8 I forget olvido (ohlBEEdthoh)

9 I forgot olvidé (ohlbeeDTHEH)

10 Do you recall you learned Se me olvidó? We are now learning a new way to say the same thingwithout se. In some cases, just like in the example we mentioned before, se is optional.

11 but I forgot... pero olvidé... (PEHroh ohlbeeDTHEH)

12 board tabla (TAHblah)

13 I forgot the board! ¡Olvidé la tabla! (ohlbeeDTHEH lah TAHblah)

14 you were going to ibas a (EEbahs ah)

15 Weren't you going to...? ¿No ibas a...? (noh EEbahs ah)

16 Weren't you going to surf? ¿No ibas a hacer surf? (noh EEbahs ah ahSEHR soorf)

17 You may also hear people use the English word "surf" as a verb and say, for example, ¡Me gustasurfear!



187





English Spanish

18 Yes, but I forgot the board! Sí, ¡pero olvidé la tabla! (see PEHroh ohlbeeDTHEH lah TAHblah)

19 swimsuit traje de baño (TRAHheh deh BAHnyoh)

20 I forgot my swimsuit. Olvidé el traje de baño. (ohlbeeDTHEH ehl TRAHheh deh BAHnyoh)

21 to sunbathe tomar sol (tohMAHR sohl)

22 What happened? Weren't you going tosunbathe?

¿Qué pasó? ¿No ibas a tomar sol? (keh pahSOH noh EEbahs ah tohMAHRsohl)

23 I was going to sunbathe but I forgot myswimsuit!

¡Iba a tomar sol pero olvidé el traje debaño! (EEbah ah tohMAHR sohl PEHrohohlbeeDTHEH ehl TRAHheh deh BAHnyoh)

24 Did you bring your swimsuit? ¿Trajiste tu traje de baño? (trahHEESteh too TRAHheh deh BAHnyoh)

25 you forgot te olvidaste (teh ohlbeeDTHAHSteh)

26 You forgot your swimsuit.Te olvidaste tu traje de baño. (teh ohlbeeDTHAHSteh too TRAHheh dehBAHnyoh)

27 I was going to surf but it rained! ¡Iba a hacer surf pero llovió! (EEbah ah ahSEHR soorf PEHroh yohBYOH)

28 to play basketball (to play to the basketball)

jugar al básquet (hooGAHR ahl BAHSkeht)

29 Weren't you going to play basketball? ¿No ibas a jugar al básquet? (noh EEbahs ah hooGAHR ahl BAHSkeht)

30 ball pelota (pehLOHtah)

31 Oh, no! You forgot the ball!¡Ay, no! ¡Olvidaste la pelota! (ay noh ohlbeeDTHAHSteh lahpehLOHtah)

32 we were going to íbamos a (EEbahmohs ah)

33 We were going to play basketball. Íbamos a jugar al básquet. (EEbahmohs ah hooGAHR ahl BAHSkeht)

34 We were going to play basketball but youforgot the ball.

Íbamos a jugar al básquet peroolvidaste la pelota. (EEbahmohs ah hooGAHR ahl BAHSkehtPEHroh ohlbeeDTHAHSteh lahpehLOHtah)

35 For this next challenge assume "it" refers to "the ball." Ready?!


188







189





English Spanish

36 You forgot it! ¡La olvidaste! (lah ohlbeeDTHAHSteh)

37 We were going to play with the ball but youforgot it!

¡Íbamos a jugar con la pelota pero laolvidaste! (EEbahmohs ah hooGAHR kohn lahpehLOHtah PEHroh lah ohlbeeDTHAHSteh)


190





Remember to take the rod in case we go fishing.Recuerda llevar la caña por si vamos a pescar.

English Spanish

1 Remember to take the rod in case we gofishing.

Recuerda llevar la caña por si vamos apescar. (rrehKWEHRdthah yehBAHR lah KAHnyahpohr see BAHmohs ah pehsKAHR)

2 to remember recordar (rrehkohrDTHAHR)

3 remember [imperative] recuerda (rrehKWEHRdthah)

4 rod caña (KAHnyah)

5 Remember to take the rod. Recuerda llevar la caña. (rrehKWEHRdthah yehBAHR lah KAHnyah)

6 to fish pescar (pehsKAHR)

7 to go fishing ir a pescar (eer ah pehsKAHR)

8 We go fishing. Vamos a pescar. (BAHmohs ah pehsKAHR)

9 in case we go fishing por si vamos a pescar (pohr see BAHmohs ah pehsKAHR)

10 Remember to take the rod if you want to gofishing.

Recuerda llevar la caña si quieres ir apescar. (rrehKWEHRdthah yehBAHR lah KAHnyahsee KYEHrehs eer ah pehsKAHR)

11 Remember to call her. Recuerda llamarla. (rrehKWEHRdthah yahMAHRlah)

12 Remember to call Lucía. Recuerda llamar a Lucía. (rrehKWEHRdthah yahMAHR ah looSEEah)

13 Remember to call Lucía. She wants to go tothe movie theater too.

Recuerda llamar a Lucía. Ella quiere iral cine también. (rrehKWEHRdthah yahMAHR ah looSEEahEHyah KYEHreh eer ahl SEEnehtahmBYEHN)

14 towel toalla (tohAHyah)

15 Remember to take the towel. Recuerda llevar la toalla. (rrehKWEHRdthah yehBAHR lah tohAHyah)

16 If you go to the beach, remember to take thetowel.

Si vas a la playa recuerda llevar latoalla. (see bahs ah lah PLAHyahrrehKWEHRdthah yehBAHR lah tohAHyah)


191







192





English Spanish

17 ticket (for the movie theater) entrada (ehnTRAHdthah)

18 to bring money for the ticketstraer dinero para las entradas (trahEHR deeNEHroh PAHrah lahsehnTRAHdthahs)

19 the tickets and the popcornlas entradas y las palomitas de maíz (lahs ehnTRAHdthahs ee lahspahlohMEEtahs deh mahEES)

20 Remember to bring money for the tickets andthe popcorn.

Recuerda traer dinero para lasentradas y las palomitas de maíz. (rrehKWEHRdthah trahEHR deeNEHrohPAHrah lahs ehnTRAHdthahs ee lahspahlohMEEtahs deh mahEES)

21 sunblock bloqueador solar (blohkehahDTHOHR sohLAHR)

22 the sunblock and the sunglassesel bloqueador solar y los anteojos desol (ehl blohkehahDTHOHR sohLAHR ee lohsahntehOHhohs deh sohl)

23 Are you going to sunbathe? Remember totake the sunblock and the sunglasses!

¿Vas a tomar sol? ¡Recuerda llevar elbloqueador solar y los anteojos de sol! (bahs ah tohMAHR sohl rrehKWEHRdthahyehBAHR ehl blohkehahDTHOHR sohLAHRee lohs ahntehOHhohs deh sohl)

24 square plaza (PLAHsah)

25Spending time at la plaza is a popular leisure time activity in Latin America. Almost every cityhas at least one plaza. People of all ages go there in the evenings to meet people, take walks,and relax.

26 Let's go to the square! ¡Vamos a la plaza! (BAHmohs ah lah PLAHsah)

27 Remember to take the ball in case we go tothe square!

¡Recuerda llevar la pelota por si vamosa la plaza! (rrehKWEHRdthah yehBAHR lahpehLOHtah pohr see BAHmohs ah lahPLAHsah)


193





Chapter 10: Sightseeing Turismo

Chapter 10: Sightseeing

Conversational GoalsAsk About and Discuss a Famous Person andLocal HistoryAsk to See Less Common PlacesAsk to See Well-Known PlacesState an Idea

Grammar GoalsLearn Relative Clauses with DondeLearn the Informal Subjunctive Form of "YouGo"Use the Conditional Form of QuererUse the Relative Pronoun Lo QueUse Verbs in Third Person Simple Past Tense


I want to go sightseeing! ¡Quiero hacer turismo! (KYEHroh ahSEHR tooREESmoh)

What do you want to see? ¿Qué quieres ver? (keh KYEHrehs behr)

Everything I should see before leaving.Todo lo que debería ver antes de irme. (TOHdthoh loh keh dehbehREEah behrAHNtehs deh EERmeh)

Okay. I have some ideas.Bueno. Tengo algunas ideas. (BWEHnoh TEHNgoh ahlGOOnahseeDTHEHahs)

Do you want to see the Aztec stadium? ¿Quieres ver el estadio Azteca? (KYEHrehs behr ehl ehsTAHdyoh ahsTEHkah)

Yes, but I also want to see places without a lot oftourists.

Sí, pero también quiero ver lugares sinmuchos turistas. (see PEHroh tahmBYEHN KYEHroh behrlooGAHrehs seen MOOchohs tooREEStahs)

There are some good places to visit in the village!¡Hay algunos lugares buenos para visitaren el pueblo! (ay ahlGOOnohs looGAHrehs BWEHnohsPAHrah beeseeTAHR ehn ehl PWEHbloh)

Can we visit the house where Frida Kahlo lived?¿Podemos visitar la casa donde vivió FridaKahlo? (pohDTHEHmohs beeseeTAHR lah KAHsahDOHNdeh beeBYOH FREEdthah KAHloh)


194





Sure! But it's a little far.¡Claro! Pero está un poco lejos. (KLAHroh PEHroh ehsTAH oon POHkohLEHhohs)


195





I want to go sightseeing. Quiero hacer turismo.English Spanish

1 I want to go sightseeing. Quiero hacer turismo. (KYEHroh ahSEHR tooREESmoh)

2 to go sightseeing hacer turismo (ahSEHR tooREESmoh)

3 Do you want to go sightseeing? ¿Quieres hacer turismo? (KYEHrehs ahSEHR tooREESmoh)

4 I like to go sightseeing. Me gusta hacer turismo. (meh GOOStah ahSEHR tooREESmoh)

5 Where do you want to go sightseeing?¿Dónde quieres hacer turismo? (DOHNdeh KYEHrehs ahSEHRtooREESmoh)

6 Where do you want to go sightseeing on yourvacation?

¿Dónde quieres hacer turismo en tusvacaciones? (DOHNdeh KYEHrehs ahSEHR tooREESmohehn toos bahkahSYOHnehs)

7 guided tour visita guiada (beeSEEtah GYAHdthah)

8 to take a guided tour (to do a guided tour)

hacer una visita guiada (ahSEHR OOnah beeSEEtah GYAHdthah)

9 I want to take a guided tour.Quiero hacer una visita guiada. (KYEHroh ahSEHR OOnah beeSEEtahGYAHdthah)

10 Would you like to take a guided tour throughthe ruins?

¿Te gustaría hacer una visita guiadapor las ruinas? (teh goostahREEah ahSEHR OOnahbeeSEEtah GYAHdthah pohr lahsRRWEEnahs)

11 to tour recorrer (rrehkohRRER)

12 Let's tour the ruins!¡Vamos a recorrer las ruinas! (BAHmohs ah rrehkohRRER lahsRRWEEnahs)

13 palace palacio (pahLAHsyoh)

14 I would love to tour the palace!¡Me encantaría recorrer el palacio! (meh ehnkahntahREEah rrehkohRRER ehlpahLAHsyoh)

15 I would love to tour the palace! When is therea guided tour?

¡Me encantaría recorrer el palacio!¿Cuándo hay una visita guiada? (meh ehnkahntahREEah rrehkohRRER ehlpahLAHsyoh KWAHNdoh ay OOnahbeeSEEtah GYAHdthah)


196





I want to see everything that I should before I leave.Quiero ver todo lo que debería antes de irme.

English Spanish

1 I want to see everything that I should before Ileave.

Quiero ver todo lo que debería antes deirme. (KYEHroh behr TOHdthoh loh kehdehbehREEah AHNtehs deh EERmeh)

2 everything todo (TOHdthoh)

3You may recall that we previously learned todo means "all." Well, if we think about it, "all" and"everything" carry essentially the same meaning. In Spanish, there is just one word, todo, forboth "all" and "everything."

4 I want to see everything. Quiero ver todo. (KYEHroh behr TOHdthoh)

5 before I leave antes de irme (AHNtehs deh EERmeh)

6 I want to see everything before I leave.Quiero ver todo antes de irme. (KYEHroh behr TOHdthoh AHNtehs dehEERmeh)

7 Everything that I should. Todo lo que debería. (TOHdthoh loh keh dehbehREEah)

8Did you say, "*Todo que debería"? Lo and que work together here to relate the two parts ofthis sentence. To do this in English, we use words like "that," "what," "who," "whom," and "which." Remember we said todo can be translated as either "everything" or "all." Well, literally you aresaying, "All the thing(s) that I should."

9 I want to see everything that I should.Quiero ver todo lo que debería. (KYEHroh behr TOHdthoh loh kehdehbehREEah)

10 What should I see before I leave?¿Qué debería ver antes de irme? (keh dehbehREEah behr AHNtehs dehEERmeh)

11 possible posible (pohSEEbleh)

12 Everything possible. (All the thing(s) possible.)

Todo lo posible. (TOHdthoh loh pohSEEbleh)

13 Where should I go before I leave?¿Adónde debería ir antes de irme? (ahDTHOHNdeh dehbehREEah eerAHNtehs deh EERmeh)

14 stadium estadio (ehsTAHdyoh)

15 Should I see the stadium? ¿Debería ver el estadio? (dehbehREEah behr ehl ehsTAHdyoh)

16 Aztec stadium estadio Azteca (ehsTAHdyoh ahsTEHkah)


197







198





English Spanish

17 The Aztec stadium (in Mexico) is the only stadium in the world to host two World Cup finalmatches, in 1970 and in 1986. It is also the largest stadium in Latin America!

18 you go [subjunctive] te vayas (teh BAHyahs)

19 before you go antes de que te vayas (AHNtehs deh keh teh BAHyahs)

20 You should see the Aztec stadium before yougo.

Deberías ver el estadio Azteca antes deque te vayas. (dehbehREEahs behr ehl ehsTAHdyohahsTEHkah AHNtehs deh keh tehBAHyahs)

21 You should do everything possible.Deberías hacer todo lo posible. (dehbehREEahs ahSEHR TOHdthoh lohpohSEEbleh)

22 to go to the stadium before you leavepara ir al estadio antes de que te vayas(PAHrah eer ahl ehsTAHdyoh AHNtehsdeh keh teh BAHyahs)

23 You should do everything possible to go to thestadium before you leave.

Deberías hacer todo lo posible para iral estadio antes de que te vayas. (dehbehREEahs ahSEHR TOHdthoh lohpohSEEbleh PAHrah eer ahl ehsTAHdyohAHNtehs deh keh teh BAHyahs)

24 What do you want to see before you go?¿Qué quieres ver antes de que tevayas? (keh KYEHrehs behr AHNtehs deh keh tehBAHyahs)


199





I have some ideas of what we can do.Tengo algunas ideas de lo que podemos hacer.

English Spanish

1 I have some ideas of what we can do.Tengo algunas ideas de lo quepodemos hacer. (TEHNgoh ahlGOOnahs eeDTHEHahs dehloh keh pohDTHEHmohs ahSEHR)

2 idea idea (eeDTHEHah)

3 some ideas (any ideas)

algunas ideas (ahlGOOnahs eeDTHEHahs)

4 I have tengo (TEHNgoh)

5 I have some ideas. Tengo algunas ideas. (TEHNgoh ahlGOOnahs eeDTHEHahs)

6 Recall the sentence, Todo lo que debería antes de irme? Remember, lo is combined withque to mean, "the thing(s) that." Keep this in mind for this next challenge.

7 what (the thing that)

lo que (loh keh)

8 what we can lo que podemos (loh keh pohDTHEHmohs)

9 what we can do lo que podemos hacer (loh keh pohDTHEHmohs ahSEHR)

10 Do you have an idea of what we can do if itrains?

¿Tienes idea de lo que podemos hacersi llueve? (TYEHnehs eeDTHEHah deh loh kehpohDTHEHmohs ahSEHR see YWEHbeh)

11 I have no idea! ¡No tengo idea! (noh TEHNgoh eeDTHEHah)

12 Did you say "*Tengo no idea"? Remember that in Spanish "no" goes at the beginning of thesentence. You are literally saying, "I don't have (an) idea."

13 I have a good idea. Tengo una buena idea. (TEHNgoh OOnah BWEHnah eeDTHEHah)

14 That's a bad idea! ¡Esa es una mala idea! (EHsah ehs OOnah MAHlah eeDTHEHah)

15 That's an excellent idea!¡Esa es una excelente idea! (EHsah ehs OOnah ehksehLEHNteheeDTHEHah)

16 I have a better idea! ¡Tengo una mejor idea! (TEHNgoh OOnah mehHOHR eeDTHEHah)


200





I wish I could visit the art gallery.Quisiera visitar la galería de arte.

English Spanish

1 I wish I could visit the art gallery. (I would want to visit the gallery of art.)

Quisiera visitar la galería de arte. (keeSYEHrah beeseeTAHR lahgahlehREEah deh AHRteh)

2 I wish (I would want)

quisiera (keeSYEHrah)

3 to visit visitar (beeseeTAHR)

4 I wish I could visit (I would want to visit)

quisiera visitar (keeSYEHrah beeseeTAHR)

5 gallery galería (gahlehREEah)

6 art arte (AHRteh)

7 art gallery galería de arte (gahlehREEah deh AHRteh)

8 to visit the art galleryvisitar la galería de arte (beeseeTAHR lah gahlehREEah dehAHRteh)

9 I wish I could go. Quisiera ir. (keeSYEHrah eer)

10 There's no time. No hay tiempo. (noh ay TYEHMpoh)

11 I wish I could visit the gallery but there's notime.

Quisiera visitar la galería pero no haytiempo. (keeSYEHrah beeseeTAHR lahgahlehREEah PEHroh noh ay TYEHMpoh)

12 cathedral catedral (kahtehDTHRAHL)

13 The biggest cathedral in Colombia and one of the biggest in South America, the PrimaryCathedral of Bogota, was built between 1807 and 1823.

14 Is there time to visit the cathedral?¿Hay tiempo para visitar la catedral? (ay TYEHMpoh PAHrah beeseeTAHR lahkahtehDTHRAHL)

15 You wish. Quisieras. (keeSYEHrahs)

16 You wish you could go out with her! ¡Quisieras salir con ella! (keeSYEHrahs sahLEER kohn EHyah)

17 monument monumento (mohnooMEHNtoh)



201





English Spanish

18 the monument to San Martin el monumento a San Martín (ehl mohnooMEHNtoh ah sahn mahrTEEN)

19San Martín was an Argentinean general and one of the principal leaders of the independencemovement in South America. He organized expeditions to liberate Peru and Chile from theSpanish Royalist Forces.

20 I want to see the monument to San Martin.Quiero ver el monumento a San Martín. (KYEHroh behr ehl mohnooMEHNtoh ahsahn mahrTEEN)

21 science ciencias (SYEHNsyahs)

22 museum museo (mooSEHoh)

23 science museum museo de ciencias (mooSEHoh deh SYEHNsyahs)

24 Let's go to the science museum!¡Vamos al museo de ciencias! (BAHmohs ahl mooSEHoh dehSYEHNsyahs)


202





This is the village where Frida Kahlo lived.Este es el pueblo donde vivió Frida Kahlo.

English Spanish

1 This is the village where Frida Kahlo lived.Este es el pueblo donde vivió FridaKahlo. (EHSteh ehs ehl PWEHbloh DOHNdehbeeBYOH FREEdthah KAHloh)

2Frida Kahlo was born on July 6, 1907, in the town of Coyoacán in Mexico. She combined thedifficult experiences in her life with strong Mexican and Native American cultural influences tocreate her paintings. Kahlo died on July 13th, 1954. Although her art was hardly appreciatedduring her lifetime, she has become a feminist icon and has inspired generations of painters.

3 to live vivir (beeBEER)

4Do you remember how we changed conseguir (to get), to consiguió (he got), and llover (torain) to llovió (it rained). Changing "-ir" verbs into the past tense for he/she/it subjects is easy! All you do is remove the "-ir" ending and replace it with -ió. Let's try with this next slide.

5 (he / she) lived vivió (beeBYOH)

6 village pueblo (PWEHbloh)

7 the village where Frida Kahlo livedel pueblo donde vivió Frida Kahlo (ehl PWEHbloh DOHNdeh beeBYOHFREEdthah KAHloh)

8 Did you notice that the word donde we used here does not need the accent? This is because itis used to join two ideas and not to ask a question.

9 I want to visit the village where Frida Kahlolived.

Quiero visitar el pueblo donde vivióFrida Kahlo. (KYEHroh beeseeTAHR ehl PWEHblohDOHNdeh beeBYOH FREEdthah KAHloh)

10 This is the house where she lived.Esta es la casa donde ella vivió. (EHStah ehs lah KAHsah DOHNdeh EHyahbeeBYOH)

11 university universidad (ooneebehrseeDTHAHDTH)

12 This is the university. Esta es la universidad. (EHStah ehs lah ooneebehrseeDTHAHDTH)

13 he studied él estudió (ehl ehstooDTHYOH)

14 Did Sabato study here? ¿Aquí estudió Sabato? (ahKEE ehstooDTHYOH SAHbahtoh)

15

Ernesto Sabato is an Argentine novelist, journalist, and essayist. In 1982, he was nominated forNobel Prize in Literature, an award that was finally given to Gabriel Garcia Marquez. Hecelebrated his 99th birthday on June 24th, 2010. Although today almost nothing is known aboutSabato, his novels like El túnel (The Tunnel) and Uno y el Universo (One and the Universe),along with other novels and essays, will always be Latin American icons in literary culture.


203







204





English Spanish

16 Yes, this is the university where he studied.

Sí, esta es la universidad donde élestudió. (see EHStah ehs lahooneebehrseeDTHAHDTH DOHNdeh ehlehstooDTHYOH)

17 neighborhood barrio (BAHrryoh)

18 Is this the neighborhood where he lived?¿Este es el barrio donde él vivió? (EHSteh ehs ehl BAHrryoh DOHNdeh ehlbeeBYOH)

19 year año (AHnyoh)

20 until he was five years old (until the five years)

hasta los cinco años (AHStah lohs SEENkoh AHnyohs)

21 This is the neighborhood where he lived untilhe was five years old.

Este es el barrio donde él vivió hastalos cinco años. (EHSteh ehs ehl BAHrryoh DOHNdeh ehlbeeBYOH AHStah lohs SEENkoh AHnyohs)

22 Is this the village where he lived until he waseighteen years old?

¿Es este el pueblo donde él vivió hastalos dieciocho años? (ehs EHSteh ehl PWEHbloh DOHNdeh ehlbeeBYOH AHStah lohs dyehSYOHchohAHnyohs)


205





Can we go somewhere with fewer tourists?¿Podemos ir a algún lugar con menos turistas?

English Spanish

1 Can we go somewhere with fewer tourists?¿Podemos ir a algún lugar con menosturistas? (pohDTHEHmohs eer ah ahlGOON looGAHRkohn MEHnohs tooREEStahs)

2 somewhere (any place)

algún lugar (ahlGOON looGAHR)

3 You previously learned that unos is "some" and algún is "any." However, these two words areoften used interchangeably in Spanish.

4 Can we go somewhere?¿Podemos ir a algún lugar? (pohDTHEHmohs eer ah ahlGOONlooGAHR)

5 tourist turista (tooREEStah)

6 fewer tourists (less tourists)

menos turistas (MEHnohs tooREEStahs)

7 fewer people menos gente (MEHnohs HEHNteh)

8 I want to go somewhere with fewer people.Quiero ir a algún lugar con menosgente. (KYEHroh eer ah ahlGOON looGAHR kohnMEHnohs HEHNteh)

9 There are a lot of tourists. Hay muchos turistas. (ay MOOchohs tooREEStahs)

10Did you say, "*muchas turistas"? This would be okay if you were referring to a group of femaletourists. Turistas is one of the exceptions to the gender rule. Even though it ends with an -a,turistas is a masculine noun.

11 somewhere else (some other place)

algún otro lugar (ahlGOON OHtroh looGAHR)

12 Can we go somewhere else?¿Podemos ir a algún otro lugar? (pohDTHEHmohs eer ah ahlGOON OHtrohlooGAHR)

13 There are a lot of tourists here. Let's gosomewhere else.

Hay muchos turistas aquí. Vamos aalgún otro lugar. (ay MOOchohs tooREEStahs ahKEEBAHmohs ah ahlGOON OHtroh looGAHR)

14 I feel like going somewhere.Tengo ganas de ir a algún lugar. (TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh eer ah ahlGOONlooGAHR)

15 history historia (eesTOHryah)

16 history museum museo de historia


206





16 history museum (mooSEHoh deh eesTOHryah)

17 after después (dehsPWEHS)



207





English Spanish

18 Can we go somewhere else after?¿Podemos ir a algún otro lugardespués? (pohDTHEHmohs eer ah ahlGOON OHtrohlooGAHR dehsPWEHS)

19 Can we go somewhere else after the historymuseum?

¿Podemos ir a algún otro lugar despuésdel museo de historia? (pohDTHEHmohs eer ah ahlGOON OHtrohlooGAHR dehsPWEHS dehl mooSEHoh deheesTOHryah)


208





Vocabulary ReviewEnglish Spanish

(I) should debería (dehbehREEah)

(She) has arrived. Ha llegado. (ah yehGAHdthoh)

(he / she / it) opens abre (AHbreh)

(he / she / you 'formal') finished acabó (ahkahBOH)

(he / she / you 'formal') invited invitó (eenbeeTOH)

(he / she) lived vivió (beeBYOH)

(he) has had ha tenido (ah tehNEEdthoh)

(he) remembers se acuerda (seh ahKWEHRdthah)

(he/ she/ it) falls [subjunctive] caiga (KAYgah)

(it) plays juega (HWEHgah )

(it) snows [subjunctive] nieve (NYEHbeh)

(she should) come que venga (keh BEHNgah)

(she should) watch que mire (keh MEEreh)

(she) has worked ha trabajado (ah trahbahHAHdthoh)

(she) prefers prefiere (prehFYEHreh )



209





English Spanish

(they) fit quedan (KEHdthahn)

(they) fit [subjunctive] queden (KEHdthehn)

(they) forecast pronostican (prohnohsTEEkahn)

(you) have heard ha oído (ah ohEEdthoh)

(you) need necesita (nehsehSEEtah)

(you) should debería (dehbehREEah)

ATM cajero automático (kahHEHroh ahwtohMAHteekoh)

Are we going? ¿Vamos? (BAHmohs)

Come in. (Pass.)

Pase. (PAHseh)

Did you go out? ¿Saliste? (sahLEESteh)

Did you go? ¿Fuiste? (FWEESteh)

France Francia (FRAHNsyah)

Friday viernes (BYEHRnehs)

Germany Alemania (ahlehMAHnyah)

I believed creí (krehEE)

I cook. Cocino. (kohSEEnoh)



210





English Spanish

I forget olvido (ohlBEEdthoh)

I forgot olvidé (ohlbeeDTHEH)

I forgot. Se me olvidó. (seh meh ohlbeeDTHOH)

I go voy (boy)

I have tengo (TEHNgoh)

I have heard he oído (eh ohEEdthoh)

I have to... tengo que... (TEHNgoh keh)

I know sé (seh)

I like Me gusta. (meh GOOStah)

I look like me parezco a (meh pahREHSkoh ah)

I love (It is enchanting to me.)

Me encanta. (meh ehnKAHNtah)

I love amo (AHmoh)

I miss extraño (ehksTRAHnyoh)

I prefer prefiero (prehFYEHroh)

I recommend recomiendo (rrehkohMYEHNdoh)

I saw vi (bee)



211





English Spanish

I see you te veo (teh BEHoh)

I stayed me quedé (meh kehDTHEH)

I wear shoe size calzo (KAHLsoh)

I went fui (fwee)

I wish (I would want)

quisiera (keeSYEHrah)

I'm leaving. Me voy. (meh boy)

Isn't it? ¿No? (noh)

It rained. Llovió. (yohBYOH)

It rains. Llueve. (YWEHbeh)

It snows. Nieva. (NYEHbah)

Italy Italia (eeTAHlyah)

Let's go! [imperative] ¡Vámonos! (BAHmohnohs)

Let's go. (We go.)

Vamos. (BAHmohs)

May I take...? (Will you allow me?)

¿Me permite? (meh pehrMEEteh)

Maybe. Quizás. (keeSAHS)

Monday lunes (LOOnehs)



212





English Spanish

Of course! ¡Por supuesto! (pohr sooPWEHStoh)

Of course! ¡Claro! (KLAHroh)

Oh! ¡Ay! (ay)

Right? (Truth?)

¿Verdad? (behrDTHAHDTH)

Saturday sábado (SAHbahdthoh)

Sorry. (Pardon.)

Perdón. (pehrDTHOHN)

Sunday domingo (dohMEENgoh)

Thursday jueves (HWEHbehs)

True? ¿Cierto? (SYEHRtoh)

Tuesday martes (MAHRtehs)

We eat dinner. Cenamos. (sehNAHmohs)

We eat lunch. Almorzamos. (ahlmohrSAHmohs)

Welcome! ¡Bienvenida! (byehnbehNEEdthah)

Welcome! ¡Bienvenido! (byehnbehNEEdthoh)

Which? ¿Cuál? (kwahl)

Why? (For what?)

¿Por qué? (¿pohr keh?)



213





English Spanish

You wish. Quisieras. (keeSYEHrahs)

Yum! ¡Mmm! (mmm)

a walk un paseo (oon pahSEHoh)

a.m. de la mañana (deh lah mahNYAHnah)

about sobre (SOHbreh)

add añada (ahNYAHdthah)

add [imperative] añade (ahNYAHdtheh)

after después (dehsPWEHS)

after después (dehsPWEHS)

all todo (TOHdthoh)

allow me permítame (pehrMEEtahmeh)

allow me permíteme (pehrMEEtehmeh)

also también (tahmBYEHN)

animal animal (ahneeMAHL)

animals animales (ahneeMAHlehs)

are worth valen (BAHlehn)



214





English Spanish

around alrededor de (ahlrrehdthehDTHOHR deh)

art arte (AHRteh)

as fat as tan gordo como (tahn GOHRdthoh KOHmoh)

at all (for nothing)

para nada (PAHrah NAHdthah)

aunt tía (TEEah)

bag bolsa (BOHLsah)

ball pelota (pehLOHtah)

bank banco (BAHNkoh)

basketball básquet (BAHSkeht)

beach playa (PLAHyah)

beautiful hermosa (ehrMOHsah)

because porque (POHRkeh)

before antes (AHNtehs)

best mejor (mehHOHR)

better mejor (mehHOHR)

big grande (GRAHNdeh)



215





English Spanish

bike bicicleta (beeseeKLEHtah)

bill (currency) billete (beeYEHteh)

bird pájaro (PAHhahroh)

birthday cumpleaños (koomplehAHnyohs)

blond rubio (RROObyoh)

blue azul (ahSOOL)

board tabla (TAHblah)

boiling hirviendo (eerBYEHNdoh)

boots botas (BOHtahs)

box caja (KAHhah)

boy niño (NEEnyoh)

boyfriend novio (NOHbyoh)

breakfast desayuno (dehsahYOOnoh)

brown hair pelo castaño (PEHloh kahsTAHnyoh)

bus autobús (ahwtohBOOS)

cake pastel (pahsTEHL)



216





English Spanish

calm tranquilo (trahnKEEloh)

calmer than más tranquilo que (mahs trahnKEEloh keh)

camera cámara (KAHmahrah)

carpet alfombra (ahlFOHMbrah)

carrot zanahoria (sahnahOHryah)

carton cartón (kahrTOHN)

cat gato (GAHtoh)

cathedral catedral (kahtehDTHRAHL)

ceiling techo (TEHchoh)

cereal cereales (sehrehAHlehs)

check cheque (CHEHkeh)

chili pepper chile (CHEEleh)

city ciudad (syooDTHAHDTH)

closed cerrado (sehRRAHdthoh)

closes [subjunctive] cierre (SYEHrreh)

cloud nube (NOObeh)



217





English Spanish

cloudy nublado (nooBLAHdthoh)

coat abrigo (ahBREEgoh)

coin moneda (mohNEHdthah)

cold frío (FREEoh)

color color (kohLOHR)

cooking cocinando (kohseeNAHNdoh)

corn maíz (mahEES)

cornmeal harina de maíz (ahREEnah deh mahEES)

costume disfraz (deesFRAHS)

cousin primo (PREEmoh)

cozy acogedora (ahkohhehDTHOHrah)

cup taza (TAHsah)

cut [imperative] corta (KOHRtah)

cut [imperative] corte (KOHRteh)

cut them córtalos (KOHRtahlohs)

dad papá (pahPAH)



218





English Spanish

dance baile (BAYleh)

dash pizca (PEESkah)

daughter hija (EEhah)

degrees grados (GRAHdthohs)

delicious deliciosa (dehleeSYOHsah)

delicious (rich)

rica (RREEkah)

desert desierto (dehSYEHRtoh)

desk escritorio (ehskreeTOHryoh)

dessert postre (POHStreh)

dining room comedor (kohmehDTHOHR)

dinner cena (SEHnah)

dinner party cena (SEHnah)

do [subjunctive] haga (AHgah)

dog perro (PEHrroh)

door puerta (PWEHRtah)

downtown centro (SEHNtroh)



219





English Spanish

drawer cajón (kahHOHN)

dress vestido (behsTEEdthoh)

early temprano (tehmPRAHnoh)

engineer ingeniero (eenhehNYEHroh)

envelope sobre (SOHbreh)

errands mandados (mahnDAHdthohs)

everything todo (TOHdthoh)

exchange rate tasa de cambio (TAHsah deh KAHMbyoh )

expensive caro (KAHroh)

extra extra (EHKStrah)

family familia (fahMEElyah)

fat gordo (GOHRdthoh)

father padre (PAHdthreh)

favorite favorito (fahbohREEtoh)

first (1st) primero (1°) (preeMEHroh)

first floor planta baja (PLAHNtah BAHhah)



220





English Spanish

fit [subjunctive] quede (KEHdtheh)

floor piso (PEEsoh)

flour harina (ahREEnah)

flower flor (flohr)

food comida (kohMEEdthah)

for what para qué (PAHrah keh)

forest bosque (BOHSkeh)

fork tenedor (tehnehDTHOHR)

fun divertido (deebehrTEEdthoh)

furry peludo (pehLOOdthoh)

gallery galería (gahlehREEah)

garden jardín (hahrDTHEEN)

garlic ajo (AHhoh)

go [subjunctive] vaya (BAHyah)

grandfather abuelo (ahBWEHloh)

grandparents abuelos (ahBWEHlohs)



221





English Spanish

grind [imperative] muele (MWEHleh)

guided tour visita guiada (beeSEEtah GYAHdthah)

gym gimnasio (heemNAHsyoh)

hail granizo (grahNEEsoh)

hair pelo (PEHloh)

hallway pasillo (pahSEEyoh)

hamster hámster (HAHMStehr)

hat sombrero (sohmBREHroh)

he got consiguió (kohnseeGYOH)

he looks like se parece a (seh pahREHseh ah)

he recommends él recomienda (ehl rrehkohMYEHNdah)

healthy saludable (sahlooDTHAHbleh)

heart corazón (kohrahSOHN)

heat calor (kahLOHR)

her su (soo)

here acá (ahKAH)



222





English Spanish

his su (soo)

history historia (eesTOHryah)

horse caballo (kahBAHyoh)

hour hora (OHrah)

house casa (KAHsah)

hurricane huracán (oorahKAHN)

husband marido (mahREEdthoh)

idea idea (eeDTHEHah)

in case por si (pohr see)

inexpensive económico (ehkohNOHmeekoh)

it closes cierra (SYEHrrah)

it comes viene (BYEHneh)

it fell cayó (kahYOH)

it fits queda (KEHdthah)

it gets cooler refresca (rehFREHSkah)

it is [subjunctive] esté (ehsTEH)



223





English Spanish

it made hizo (EEsoh)

it makes hace (AHseh)

it rains [subjunctive] llueva (YWEHbah)

it sells vende (BEHNdeh)

it will make hará (ahRAH)

just finished acabar de (ahkahBAHR deh)

kilo kilo (KEEloh)

kitchen cocina (kohSEEnah)

knife cuchillo (kooCHEEyoh)

lamp lámpara (LAHMpahrah)

landscape paisaje (paySAHheh)

large grande (GRAHNdeh)

last name apellido (ahpehYEEdthoh)

last night anoche (ahNOHcheh)

late tarde (TAHRdtheh)

less menos (MEHnohs)



224





English Spanish

letter carta (KAHRtah)

light claro (KLAHroh)

liter litro (LEEtroh)

little pieces pedacitos (pehdthahSEEtohs)

living room sala de estar (SAHlah deh ehsTAHR)

long largo (LAHRgoh)

love amor (ahMOHR)

low bajo (BAHhoh)

lunch almuerzo (ahlMWEHRsoh)

ma'am señora (sehNYOHrah)

mall centro comercial (SEHNtroh kohmehrSYAHL)

market mercado (mehrKAHdthoh)

mash [imperative] machaca (mahCHAHkah)

match partido (pahrTEEdthoh)

mean malo (MAHloh)

medium mediana (mehDTHYAHnah)



225





English Spanish

microwave microondas (meekrohOHNdahs)

milk leche (LEHcheh)

mine mío (MEEoh)

mom mamá (mahMAH)

monument monumento (mohnooMEHNtoh)

morning mañana (mahNYAHnah)

mountains montañas (mohnTAHnyahs)

movie película (pehLEEkoolah)

movie theater cine (SEEneh)

museum museo (mooSEHoh)

music música (MOOseekah)

name nombre (NOHMbreh)

neighborhood barrio (BAHrryoh)

new nuevo (NWEHboh)

next to al lado de (ahl LAHdthoh deh)

nice lindo (LEENdoh)



226





English Spanish

night noche (NOHcheh)

night club discoteca (deeskohTEHkah)

number número (NOOmehroh)

office oficina (ohfeeSEEnah)

old viejo (BYEHhoh)

older mayor (mahYOHR)

on foot a pie (ah pyeh)

on top of sobre (SOHbreh)

on-line en línea (ehn LEEnehah)

onion cebolla (sehBOHyah)

open abierto (ahBYEHRtoh)

open [subjunctive] abra (AHbrah)

or o (oh)

other otro (OHtroh)

our nuestro (NWEHStroh)

oven horno (OHRnoh)



227





English Spanish

over here por aquí (pohr ahkEE)

over there allá (ahYAH)

p.m. de la tarde (deh lah TAHRdtheh)

package paquete (pahKEHteh)

paella paella (pahEHyah)

paint pintura (peenTOOrah)

painting cuadro (KWAHdthroh)

palace palacio (pahLAHsyoh)

pants pantalón (pahntahLOHN )

parents padres (PAHdthrehs)

park parque (PAHRkeh)

party fiesta (FYEHStah)

past pasado (pahSAHdthoh)

patio patio (PAHtyoh)

pepper pimienta (peeMYEHNtah)

pet mascota (mahsKOHtah)



228





English Spanish

pharmacy farmacia (fahrMAHsyah)

photo foto (FOHtoh)

piece pedazo (pehDTHAHsoh)

pity lástima (LAHSteemah)

place lugar (looGAHR)

popcorn palomitas de maíz (pahlohMEEtahs deh mahEES)

possible posible (pohSEEbleh)

post office oficina de correos (ohfeeSEEnah deh kohRREHohs)

postage franqueo (frahnKEHoh)

pot olla (OHyah)

potato papa (PAHpah)

pretty bonito (bohNEEtoh)

problem problema (prohBLEHmah)

prognosis pronóstico (prohNOHSteekoh)

purse (hand bag)

bolsa de mano (BOHLsah deh MAHnoh)

pyramid pirámide (peeRAHmeedtheh)



229





English Spanish

rain lluvia (YOObyah)

red rojo (RROHhoh)

refrigerator refrigerador (rehfreehehrahDTHOHR)

relaxed relajado (rrehlahHAHdthoh)

remember [imperative] recuerda (rrehKWEHRdthah)

return [imperative] devuelve (dehBWEHLbeh)

rice arroz (ahRROHS)

rod caña (KAHnyah)

room cuarto (KWAHRtoh)

ruins ruinas (RRWEEnahs)

sausage salchicha (sahlCHEEchah)

savings account cuenta de ahorros (KWEHNtah deh ahOHrrohs)

scarf bufanda (booFAHNdah)

science ciencias (SYEHNsyahs)

seafood mariscos (mahREESkohs)

second (2nd) segundo (2°) (sehGOONdoh )



230





English Spanish

secretary secretaria (sehkrehTAHryah)

sharp (on point)

en punto (ehn POONtoh)

she just finished... ella acaba de... (EHyah ahKAHbah deh)

shoe store zapatería (sahpahtehREEah)

short corto (KOHRtoh)

short bajo (BAHhoh)

siblings hermanos (ehrMAHnohs)

size talla (TAHyah)

sleet aguanieve (ahwahNYEHbeh)

small pequeño (pehKEHnyoh)

small chico (CHEEkoh)

smells huele (WEHleh)

snow nieve (NYEHbeh)

so tan (tahn)

soccer fútbol (FOOTbohl)

some unos (OOnohs)



231





English Spanishsomewhere (any place)

algún lugar (ahlGOON looGAHR)

soup sopa (SOHpah)

spoon cuchara (kooCHAHrah)

sport deporte (dehPOHRteh)

spot mancha (MAHNchah)

square plaza (PLAHsah)

stadium estadio (ehsTAHdyoh)

stamp estampilla (ehstahmPEEyah)

stationery hoja (OHhah)

stationery store papelería (pahpehlehREEah)

stir [imperative] revuelve (rrehBWEHLbeh)

stir [imperative] revuelva (rrehBWEHLbah)

storm tormenta (tohrMEHNtah)

stove estufa (ehsTOOfah)

subway metro (MEHtroh)

suit traje (TRAHheh)



232





English Spanish

sun sol (sohl)

sunblock bloqueador solar (blohkehahDTHOHR sohLAHR)

sunglasses anteojos de sol (ahntehOHhohs deh sohl)

sunny soleado (sohlehAHdthoh)

swimsuit traje de baño (TRAHheh deh BAHnyoh)

take [imperative] lleva (YEHbah)

take out [imperative] saca (SAHkah)

tall alto (AHLtoh)

tastes sabe (SAHbeh)

tasty sabrosa (sahBROHsah)

taxi taxi (TAHksee)

teacher maestro (mahEHStroh)

team equipo (ehKEEpoh)

teaspoon cucharita (koochahREEtah)

temperature temperatura (tehmpehrahTOOrah)

the dogs los perros (lohs PEHrrohs)



233





English Spanish

the oldest el mayor (ehl mahYOHR)

their su (soo)

they give dan (dahn)

thin delgado (dehlGAHdthoh)

thing cosa (KOHsah)

through por (pohr)

ticket (for the movie theater) entrada (ehnTRAHdthah)

time vez (behs)

to accompany acompañar (ahkohmpahNYAHR)

to add añadir (ahnyahDTHEER)

to allow permitir (pehrmeeTEER)

to arrive llegar (yehGAHR)

to ask (him) for (to ask for (from him))

pedirle (pehDTHEERleh)

to ask for pedir (pehDTHEER)

to bake hornear (ohrnehAHR)

to be haber (ahBEHR)



234





English Spanish

to be made estar hecha (ehsTAHR EHchah)

to be worth valer (bahLEHR)

to boil hervir (ehrBEER)

to bring you traerle (trahEHRleh)

to celebrate festejar (fehstehHAHR)

to change cambiar (kahmBYAHR)

to charge cobrar (kohBRAHR)

to close cerrar (sehRRAHR)

to come venir (behNEER)

to cook cocinar (kohseeNAHR)

to cut cortar (kohrTAHR)

to dance bailar (bayLAHR)

to deposit depositar (dehpohseeTAHR)

to do hacer (ahSEHR)

to eat breakfast desayunar (dehsahyooNAHR)

to eat dinner cenar (sehNAHR)



235





English Spanish

to eat lunch almorzar (ahlmohrSAHR)

to enjoy disfrutar (deesfrooTAHR)

to feel like tener ganas de (tehNEHR GAHnahs deh)

to finish acabar (ahkahBAHR )

to fish pescar (pehsKAHR)

to fit quedar (kehDTHAHR)

to forecast pronosticar (prohnohsteeKAHR)

to forget olvidarse (ohlbeeDTHAHRseh)

to forget olvidar (ohlbeeDTHAHR)

to get conseguir (kohnsehGEER)

to get cooler refrescar (rehfrehsKAHR)

to get up levantarse (lehbahnTAHRseh)

to go down bajar (bahHAHR)

to go for a walk ir a pasear (eer ah pahsehAHR)

to go out salir (sahLEER)

to go shopping ir de compras (eer deh KOHMprahs)



236





English Spanish

to go sightseeing hacer turismo (ahSEHR tooREESmoh)

to go up subir (sooBEER)

to grind moler (mohLEHR)

to have worked haber trabajado (ahBEHR trahbahHAHdthoh)

to hear oír (ohEER)

to invite invitar (eenbeeTAHR)

to know saber (sahBEHR)

to leave irse (EERseh)

to let dejar (dehHAHR)

to live vivir (beeBEER)

to look like parecerse a (pahrehSEHRseh ah)

to look oneself verse (BEHRseh)

to love (to enchant)

encantar (ehnkahnTAHR)

to love amar (ahMAHR)

to make hacer (ahSEHR)

to mash machacar (mahchahKAHR)



237





English Spanishto meet each other (to find each other)

encontrarnos (ehnkohnTRAHRnohs)

to miss extrañar (ehkstrahNYAHR)

to open abrir (ahBREER)

to pick up (a package) retirar (rrehteeRAHR)

to play jugar (hooGAHR)

to prefer preferir (prehfehREER)

to prepare preparar (prehpahRAHR)

to put away guardar (gwahrDTHAHR)

to rain llover (yohBEHR)

to reach alcanzar (ahlkahnSAHR)

to recommend recomendar (rrehkohmehnDAHR)

to remember recordar (rrehkohrDTHAHR)

to remember acordarse de (ahkohrDTHAHRseh deh)

to return devolver (dehbohlBEHR)

to ride andar (ahnDAHR)

to sell vender (behnDEHR)



238





English Spanish

to send mandar (mahnDAHR)

to send enviar (ehnBYAHR)

to show mostrar (mohsTRAHR)

to show you mostrarte (mohsTRAHRteh)

to sing cantar (kahnTAHR)

to sleep dormir (dohrMEER)

to smell oler (ohLEHR)

to snow nevar (nehBAHR)

to stay quedarse (kehDTHAHRseh)

to stir revolver (rrehbohlBEHR)

to sunbathe tomar sol (tohMAHR sohl)

to surf hacer surf (ahSEHR soorf)

to swim nadar (nahDTHAHR)

to take llevar (yehBAHR)

to take out sacar (sahKAHR)

to tan broncearse (brohnsehAHRseh)



239





English Spanish

to taste saber (sahBEHR)

to teach enseñar (ehnsehNYAHR)

to tell decir (dehSEER)

to tell (her) (to say to (her))

decirle (dehSEERleh)

to throw echar (ehCHAHR)

to tour recorrer (rrehkohRRER)

to transfer transferir (trahnsfehREER)

to use usar (ooSAHR)

to visit visitar (beeseeTAHR)

to walk caminar (kahmeeNAHR)

to watch mirar (meeRAHR)

to wear (footwear) calzar (kahlSAHR)

to withdraw extraer (ehkstrahEHR)

to work trabajar (trahbahHAHR)

today hoy (oy)

tourist turista (tooREEStah)



240





English Spanish

towel toalla (tohAHyah)

umbrella paraguas (pahRAHwahs)

uncle tío (TEEoh)

under debajo de (dehBAHhoh deh)

university universidad (ooneebehrseeDTHAHDTH)

vacation vacaciones (bahkahSYOHnehs)

village pueblo (PWEHbloh)

walking caminando (kahmeeNAHNdoh)

wall pared (pahREHD)

was fue (fweh)

was (for permanent states of being) era (EHrah)

was going to iba a (EEbah ah)

waterfall catarata (kahtahRAHtah)

we find encontramos (ehnkohnTRAHmohs)

we have heard hemos oído (EHmohs ohEEdthoh)

we love nos encanta (nohs ehnKAHNtah )



241





English Spanish

we take llevamos (yehBAHmohs)

we take tomamos (tohMAHmohs)

we were going to íbamos a (EEbahmohs ah)

weather tiempo (TYEHMpoh)

week semana (sehMAHnah)

weekend (end of week)

fin de semana (feen deh sehMAHnah)

weird rara (RRAHrah)

who quién (kyehn)

whose (of who)

de quién (deh kyehn)

will be (for permanent states of being) será (sehRAH )

will reach alcanzará (ahlkahnsahRAH)

wood madera (mahDTHEHrah)

year año (AHnyoh)

yellow amarillo (ahmahREEyoh)

yesterday ayer (ahYEHR)

yet aún (ahOON)



242





English Spanish

you (could) accompany me me acompañaras (meh ahkohmpahNYAHrahs)

you (would) let me me dejaras (meh dehHAHrahs)

you brought trajiste (trahHEESteh)

you can puedes (PWEHdthehs)

you do hagas (AHgahs)

you enjoyed disfrutaste (deesfrooTAHSteh)

you forgot te olvidaste (teh ohlbeeDTHAHSteh)

you go vas (bahs)

you go [subjunctive] vayas (BAHyahs)

you go [subjunctive] te vayas (teh BAHyahs)

you have tienes (TYEHnehs)

you have heard has oído (ahs ohEEdthoh)

you like te gusta (teh GOOStah)

you look (you look yourself)

te ves (teh behs)

you look like te pareces a (teh pahREHsehs ah)

you love amas (AHmahs)



243





English Spanish

you miss extrañas (ehksTRAHnyahs)

you play juegas (HWEHgahs)

you prefer prefieres (prehFYEHrehs)

you recommend recomiendas (rrehkohMYEHNdahs)

you remember te acuerdas (teh ahKWEHRdthahs)

you should deberías (dehbehREEahs)

you take llevas (YEHbahs)

you wear (footwear) calza (KAHLsah)

you went fuiste (FWEESteh)

you went out saliste (sahLEESteh)

you were going to ibas a (EEbahs ah)

young joven (HOHbehn)

yours tuyo (TOOyoh)


244





Phrase ReviewEnglish Spanish

Whose photo is this? ¿De quién es esta foto? (deh kyehn ehs EHStah FOHtoh)

It's mine and this is my family. Es mía. Y esta es mi familia. (ehs MEEah ee EHStah ehs mee fahMEElyah)

Who is he? ¿Quién es él? (kyehn ehs ehl)

He's my brother and he's older than me.Él es mi hermano y es mayor que yo. (ehl ehs mee ehrMAHnoh ee ehs mahYOHRkeh yoh)

He looks like my dad, doesn't he? Se parece a mi papá, ¿no? (seh pahREHseh ah mee pahPAH noh)

Yes! They look a lot alike. ¡Sí! Se parecen mucho. (see seh pahREHsehn MOOchoh)

And, whose are these? Y, ¿de quién son estos? (ee deh kyehn sohn EHStohs)

They are my pets, the birds, Dina and Popis. Dinais smaller than Popis.

Son mis mascotas, los pájaros, Dina yPopis. Dina es más pequeña que Popis. (sohn mees mahsKOHtahs lohs PAHhahrohsDEEnah ee POHpees DEEnah ehs mahspehKEHnyah keh POHpees)

They're cute, aren't they? Son lindos, ¿no? (sohn LEENdohs noh)

No! I don't like birds! ¡No! ¡No me gustan los pájaros! (noh noh meh GOOStahn lohs PAHhahrohs)

Who is in this photo? ¿Quién está en esta foto? (kyehn ehsTAH ehn EHStah FOHtoh)

in this photo en esta foto (ehn EHStah FOHtoh)

He is my dad and she is my mom!¡Él es mi papá y ella es mi mamá! (ehl ehs mee pahPAH ee EHyah ehs meemahMAH)



245





English Spanish

He is not my dad! It's my uncle Carlos.¡Él no es mi papá! Es mi tío, Carlos. (ehl noh ehs mee pahPAH ehs mee TEEohKAHRlohs)

I don't know who this woman is! ¡No sé quién es esta señora! (noh seh kyehn ehs EHStah sehNYOHrah)

He is my cousin Lucas. My cousin Maria is to theright.

Él es mi primo Lucas. Mi prima María estáa la derecha. (ehl ehs mee PREEmoh LOOkahs meePREEmah mahREEah ehsTAH ah lahdehREHchah)

She is Ana's cousin. (She is the cousin of Ana.)

Ella es la prima de Ana. (EHyah ehs lah PREEmah deh AHnah)

He's my uncle and the woman that is to the left ismy aunt.

Él es mi tío y la señora que está a laizquierda es mi tía. (ehl ehs mee TEEoh ee lah sehNYOHrah kehehsTAH ah lah eesKYEHRdthah ehs meeTEEah)

Who are they? ¿Quiénes son ellos? (KYEHnehs sohn EHyohs)

They are my siblings. Ellos son mis hermanos. (EHyohs sohn mees ehrMAHnohs)

Who is here in this photo?¿Quiénes están aquí, en esta foto? (KYEHnehs ehsTAHN ahKEE ehn EHStahFOHtoh)

It's my family. Es mi familia. (ehs mee fahMEElyah)

These are my parents, my brother, and my sister.Ellos son mis padres, mi hermano y mihermana. (EHyohs sohn mees PAHdthrehs meeehrMAHnoh ee mee ehrMAHnah)

These are my grandparents, my grandfatherPedro and my grandmother Maria.

Ellos son mis abuelos, mi abuelo Pedro ymi abuela María. (EHyohs sohn mees ahBWEHlohs meeahBWEHloh PEHdthroh ee mee ahBWEHlahmahREEah)

Whose is this bird? ¿De quién es este pájaro? (deh kyehn ehs EHSteh PAHhahroh)

Whose is it? ¿De quién es? (deh kyehn ehs)



246





English Spanish

Whose is this nice hamster? (Of who is this so nice hamster?)

¿De quién es este hámster tan lindo? (deh kyehn ehs EHSteh HAHMStehr tahnLEENdoh)

I don't know. My hamster isn't so furry.No sé. Mi hámster no es tan peludo. (noh seh mee HAHMStehr noh ehs tahnpehLOOdthoh)

What a nice dog! ¡Qué perro tan lindo! (keh PEHrroh tahn LEENdoh)

my brother's dog el perro de mi hermano (ehl PEHrroh deh mee ehrMAHnoh)

the dog in the photo (the dog of the photo)

el perro de la foto (ehl PEHrroh deh lah FOHtoh)

It's not my brother's. No es de mi hermano. (noh ehs deh mee ehrMAHnoh)

The dog in the photo is not my brother's!¡El perro de la foto no es de mi hermano! (ehl PEHrroh deh lah FOHtoh noh ehs dehmee ehrMAHnoh )

The dog in the photo is not my brother's! Whose isit?

¡El perro de la foto no es de mi hermano!¿De quién es? (ehl PEHrroh deh lah FOHtoh noh ehs dehmee ehrMAHnoh deh kyehn ehs)

It's not mine. No es mío. (noh ehs MEEoh)

The dog with long hair is not mine.El perro con pelo largo no es mío. (ehl PEHrroh kohn PEHloh LAHRgoh noh ehsMEEoh)

Mine has long hair. La mía tiene pelo largo. (lah MEEah TYEHneh PEHloh LAHRgoh)

short haired (of short hair)

de pelo corto (deh PEHloh KOHRtoh)

The short haired one. El de pelo corto. (ehl deh PEHloh KOHRtoh)

My dog is the small, short haired one.Mi perro es el pequeño de pelo corto. (mee PEHrroh ehs ehl pehKEHnyoh dehPEHloh KOHRtoh)



247





English Spanish

Whose are these cats with spots?¿De quiénes son estos gatos conmanchas? (deh KYEHnehs sohn EHStohs GAHtohs kohnMAHNchahs)

This is Lucy's cat. Its name is Princess.Esta gata es de Lucía. Se llama Princesa. (EHStah GAHtah ehs deh looSEEah sehYAHmah preenSEHsah)

I don't like animals. No me gustan los animales. (noh meh GOOStahn lohs ahneeMAHlehs)

I don't like No me gusta. (noh meh GOOStah)

I like dogs. Me gustan los perros. (meh GOOStahn lohs PEHrrohs)

Do you like my cat? His name is Botas.¿Le gusta mi gato? Se llama Botas. (leh GOOStah mee GAHtoh seh YAHmahBOHtahs)

Do you like my pet? ¿Te gusta mi mascota? (teh GOOStah mee mahsKOHtah)

You don't like them? ¿No te gustan? (noh teh GOOStahn)

That boy doesn't look like your brother!¡Ese niño no se parece a tu hermano! (EHseh NEEnyoh noh seh pahREHseh ah tooehrMAHnoh)

doesn't look like no se parece a (noh seh pahREHseh ah)

that boy looks like ese niño se parece a (EHseh NEEnyoh seh pahREHseh ah)

that boy doesn't look like ese niño no se parece a (EHseh NEEnyoh noh seh pahREHseh ah)

He looks like my best friend.Se parece a mi mejor amigo. (seh pahREHseh ah mee mehHOHRahMEEgoh)

What a nice photo! This woman looks like my bestfriend.

¡Qué linda foto! Esta señora se parece ami mejor amiga. (keh LEENdah FOHtoh EHStah sehNYOHrahseh pahREHseh ah mee mehHOHRahMEEgah)



248





English Spanish

She doesn't look like my mom. My mom hasbrown hair.

Ella no se parece a mi mamá. Mi mamátiene pelo castaño. (EHyah noh seh pahREHseh ah mee mahMAHmee mahMAH TYEHneh PEHloh kahsTAHnyoh)

my dad's blond hair el pelo rubio de mi papá (ehl PEHloh RROObyoh deh mee pahPAH)

My dad's blond hair looks like my brother's hair.El pelo rubio de mi papá se parece al pelode mi hermano. (ehl PEHloh RROObyoh deh mee pahPAH sehpahREHseh ahl PEHloh deh mee ehrMAHnoh)

Who do I look like? ¿A quién me parezco? (ah kyehn meh pahREHSkoh)

I don't look like Juan. He is tall and thin.No me parezco a Juan. Él es alto ydelgado. (noh meh pahREHSkoh ah hwahn ehl ehsAHLtoh ee dehlGAHdthoh )

Who do you look like? ¿A quién te pareces? (ah kyehn teh pahREHsehs)

I'm not as thin as him. No soy tan delgado como él. (noh soy tahn dehlGAHdthoh KOHmoh ehl)

I look a lot like my grandpa. But I'm not as fat ashe is.

Me parezco mucho a mi abuelito. Pero nosoy tan gordo como él. (meh pahREHSkoh MOOchoh ah meeahbwehLEEtoh PEHroh noh soy tahnGOHRdthoh KOHmoh ehl)

My daughter looks a lot like me, but she isn't asshort as me.

Mi hija se parece mucho a mí, pero ella noes tan baja como yo. (mee EEhah seh pahREHseh MOOchoh ahmee PEHroh EHyah noh ehs tahn BAHhahKOHmoh yoh)

I look like my brother. But I'm not as mean as heis!

Me parezco a mi hermano. ¡Pero yo no soytan malo como él! (meh pahREHSkoh ah mee ehrMAHnohPEHroh yoh noh soy tahn MAHloh KOHmohehl)

Who does Maria look like? ¿A quién se parece María? (ah kyehn seh pahREHseh mahREEah)

She looks like her aunt Clarisa. Se parece a su tía Clarisa. (seh pahREHseh ah soo TEEah klahREEsah)

Your dog is calmer than mine.Tu perro es más tranquilo que el mío. (too PEHrroh ehs mahs trahnKEEloh keh ehlMEEoh)



249





English Spanish

calmer than mine más tranquilo que el mío (mahs trahnKEEloh keh ehl MEEoh)

My dog is fatter than yours.Mi perro es más gordo que el tuyo. (mee PEHrroh ehs mahs GOHRdthoh keh ehlTOOyoh)

the most fun (the more fun)

el más divertido (ehl mahs deebehrTEEdthoh)

Benito is the most amusing dog. (Benito is the more fun dog.)

Benito es el perro más divertido. (behNEEtoh ehs ehl PEHrroh mahsdeebehrTEEdthoh)

the most amusing of all el más divertido de todos (ehl mahs deebehrTEEdthoh deh TOHdthohs)

My pets are the most amusing of all!¡Mis mascotas son las más divertidas detodas! (mees mahsKOHtahs sohn lahs mahsdeebehrTEEdthahs deh TOHdthahs)

This cat is meaner than mine.Este gato es más malo que el mío. (EHSteh GAHtoh ehs mahs MAHloh keh ehlMEEoh)

I thought he was (I believed that he was)

creí que él era (krehEE keh ehl EHrah)

the shortest (the more short)

el más bajo (ehl mahs BAHhoh)

the shortest in the family (the more short of the family)

el más bajo de la familia (ehl mahs BAHhoh deh lah fahMEElyah)

I thought he was the shortest in the family.Creí que él era el más bajo de la familia. (krehEE keh ehl EHrah ehl mahs BAHhoh dehlah fahMEElyah)

I thought he was the oldest in the family.Creí que él era el más viejo de la familia. (krehEE keh ehl EHrah ehl mahs BYEHhoh dehlah fahMEElyah)

No. He's the youngest. No. Es el más joven. (noh ehs ehl mahs HOHbehn)

Tomas is older than me. Tomás es mayor que yo. (tohMAHS ehs mahYOHR keh yoh)

I'm not the oldest. Yo no soy el mayor. (yoh noh soy ehl mahYOHR)



250





English Spanish

She looks a lot like me, doesn't she?Ella se parece mucho a mí, ¿no? (EHyah seh pahREHseh MOOchoh ah meenoh)

This is your pet, isn't it? Esta es su mascota, ¿no? (EHStah ehs soo mahsKOHtah noh)

She's blond, right? Es rubia, ¿no? (ehs RROObyah noh )

Mine is the tallest of all, isn't she?La mía es la más alta de todas, ¿no? (lah MEEah ehs lah mahs AHLtah dehTOHdthahs noh)

Welcome. Come in, please. May I take your coat?Bienvenida. Pase, por favor. ¿Me permitesu abrigo? (byehnbehNEEdthah PAHseh pohr fahBOHRmeh pehrMEEteh soo ahBREEgoh)

Thanks. Your house is beautiful. I love that redlamp over there.

Gracias. Su casa es hermosa. Me encantaesa lámpara roja de allá. (GRAHsyahs soo KAHsah ehs ehrMOHsahmeh ehnKAHNtah EHsah LAHMpahrahRROHhah deh ahYAH)

Thanks. Allow me to show you the house.Gracias. Permítame mostrarle la casa. (GRAHsyahs pehrMEEtahmeh mohsTRAHRlehlah KAHsah )

This is the living room and through those doors isthe patio.

Esa es la sala de estar y esas puertas danal patio. (EHsah ehs lah SAHlah deh ehsTAHR eeEHsahs PWEHRtahs dahn ahl PAHtyoh)

Down this hall is the kitchen and the bedroomsare on the second floor.

Este pasillo da a la cocina y los cuartosestán en el segundo piso. (EHSteh pahSEEyoh dah ah lah kohSEEnahee lohs KWAHRtohs ehsTAHn ehn ehlsehGOONdoh PEEsoh)

Your house is very cozy. Su casa es muy acogedora. (soo KAHsah ehs mwee ahkohhehDTHOHrah)

Thank you very much. ¡Muchas gracias! (MOOchahs GRAHsyahs)

Welcome! Come in please. ¡Bienvenido! Pase por favor. (byehnbehNEEdthoh PAHseh pohr fahBOHR )

Let me take your coat. (Allow me your coat.)

Permítame su abrigo. (pehrMEEtahmeh soo ahBREEgoh)



251





English Spanish

Let me take your hat, please.Permítame su sombrero, por favor. (pehrMEEtahmeh soo sohmBREHroh pohrfahBOHR)

May I take your scarf? (Will you allow me your scarf?)

¿Me permite su bufanda? (meh pehrMEEteh soo booFAHNdah)

Let me put your bag away here.Permítame guardar su bolsa aquí. (pehrMEEtahmeh gwahrDTHAHR sooBOHLsah ahKEE)

Let me put your things away.Permítame guardar sus cosas. (pehrMEEtahmeh gwahrDTHAHR soosKOHsahs)

to bring you something traerle algo (trahEHRleh AHLgoh)

something to drink (something for drink)

algo para tomar (AHLgoh PAHrah tohMAHR)

Allow me to bring you something to drink.Permítame traerle algo para tomar. (pehrMEEtahmeh trahEHRleh AHLgoh PAHrahtohMAHR)

Let me bring you something to eat.Permítame traerle algo para comer. (pehrMEEtahmeh trahEHRleh AHLgoh PAHrahkohMEHR)

Let me put your coat there.Permíteme guardar tu abrigo allí. (pehrMEEtehmeh gwahrDTHAHR tooahBREEgoh ahYEE)

Your house is beautiful. Su casa es hermosa. (soo KAHsah ehs ehrMOHsah)

Your house is very beautiful and cozy.Su casa es muy hermosa y acogedora. (soo KAHsah ehs mwee ehrMOHsah eeahkohhehDTHOHrah)

wood table mesa de madera (MEHsah deh mahDTHEHrah)

What a beautiful wood table! ¡Qué hermosa mesa de madera! (keh ehrMOHsah MEHsah deh mahDTHEHrah)

I like the red floor. It's very pretty.Me gusta el piso rojo. Es muy bonito. (meh GOOStah ehl PEEsoh RROHhoh ehsmwee bohNEEtoh)

blue paint on the ceiling (blue paint of the ceiling)

pintura azul del techo (peenTOOrah ahSOOL dehl TEHchoh)



252





English Spanish

I like the blue paint on the ceiling.Me gusta la pintura azul del techo. (meh GOOStah lah peenTOOrah ahSOOL dehlTEHchoh)

What a nice color on the walls!¡Qué lindo color en las paredes! (keh LEENdoh kohLOHR ehn lahspahREHdthehs)

I like the light yellow color of the table.Me gusta el color amarillo claro de lamesa. (meh GOOStah ehl kohLOHR ahmahREEyohKLAHroh deh lah MEHsah)

Can I show you the house? ¿Puedo mostrarle la casa? (PWEHdthoh mohsTRAHRleh lah KAHsah)

show you the house mostrarle la casa (mohsTRAHRleh lah KAHsah)

Can I show you...? ¿Puedo mostrarle...? (PWEHdthoh mohsTRAHRleh)

Can I show you the living room?¿Le puedo mostrar la sala de estar? (leh PWEHdthoh mohsTRAHR lah SAHlah dehehsTAHR)

I can show you the kitchen. Puedo mostrarle la cocina. (PWEHdthoh mohsTRAHRleh lah kohSEEnah)

Can you show me...? ¿Puedes mostrarme...? (¿PWEHdthehs mohsTRAHRmeh...?)

Can you show me the garden?¿Puedes mostrarme el jardín? (PWEHdthehs mohsTRAHRmeh ehlhahrDTHEEN)

I want to show you... Quiero mostrarte... (KYEHroh mohsTRAHRteh)

I want to show you the house. Te quiero mostrar la casa. (teh KYEHroh mohsTRAHR lah KAHsah)

I can't show you the kitchen.No te puedo mostrar la cocina. (noh teh PWEHdthoh mohsTRAHR lahkohSEEnah)

Come in. I want to show you the kitchen.Pase. Quiero mostrarle la cocina. (PAHseh KYEHroh mohsTRAHRleh lahkohSEEnah )

I love that red lamp.Me encanta esa lámpara roja. (meh ehnKAHNtah EHsah LAHMpahrahRROHhah)



253





English Spanish

that red lamp esa lámpara roja (EHsah LAHMpahrah RROHhah)

I love that red lamp over there. (I love that red lamp from there.)

Me encanta esa lámpara roja de allá. (meh ehnKAHNtah EHsah LAHMpahrahRROHhah deh ahYAH)

We love your dining room. Nos encanta su comedor. (nohs ehnKAHNtah soo kohmehDTHOHR)

We love your house! It's very beautiful.¡Nos encanta su casa! Es muy hermosa. (nohs ehnKAHNtah soo KAHsah ehs mweeehrMOHsah)

on the table (on top of the table)

sobre la mesa (SOHbreh lah MEHsah)

the yellow flowers that are on the tablelas flores amarillas que están sobre lamesa (lahs FLOHrehs ahmahREEyahs keh ehsTAHNSOHbreh lah MEHsah)

I love the yellow flowers that are on the table!

¡Me encantan las flores amarillas queestán sobre la mesa! (meh ehnKAHNtahn lahs FLOHrehsahmahREEyahs keh ehsTAHN SOHbreh lahMEHsah)

The keys are on top of the table.Las llaves están sobre la mesa. (lahs YAHbehs ehsTAHN SOHbreh lahMEHsah)

next to the door al lado de la puerta (ahl LAHdthoh deh lah PWEHRtah)

the painting that is next to the tableel cuadro que está al lado de la mesa (ehl KWAHdthroh keh ehsTAH ahl LAHdthohdeh lah MEHsah)

I love the painting that's next to the door!¡Me encanta el cuadro que está al lado dela puerta! (meh ehnKAHNtah ehl KWAHdthroh kehehsTAH ahl LAHdthoh deh lah PWEHRtah)

They are next to the wood table.Están al lado de la mesa de madera. (ehsTAHN ahl LAHdthoh deh lah MEHsah dehmahDTHEHrah)

I like the blue carpet. Me gusta la alfombra azul. (meh GOOStah lah ahlFOHMbrah ahSOOL)



254





English Spanish

I like the green carpet that's under the desk.

Me gusta la alfombra verde que estádebajo del escritorio. (meh GOOStah lah ahlFOHMbrah BEHRdthehkeh ehsTAH dehBAHhoh dehlehskreeTOHryoh)

They are under the desk over there.Están debajo del escritorio de allá. (ehsTAHN dehBAHhoh dehl ehskreeTOHryohdeh ahYAH)

The rooms are on the second floor.Los cuartos están en el segundo piso. (lohs KWAHRtohs ehsTAHN ehn ehlsehGOONdoh PEEsoh)

the rooms are los cuartos están (lohs KWAHRtohs ehsTAHN)

on the second floor en el segundo piso (ehn ehl sehGOONdoh PEEsoh)

the dining room and the kitchen el comedor y la cocina (ehl kohmehDTHOHR ee lah kohSEEnah)

The dining room and the kitchen are on the firstfloor.

El comedor y la cocina están en la plantabaja. (ehl kohmehDTHOHR ee lah kohSEEnahehsTAHN ehn lah PLAHNtah BAHhah)

Is the bathroom over here? ¿El baño está por aquí? (ehl BAHnyoh ehsTAH pohr ahKEE)

Is there a bathroom on the second floor?¿Hay un baño en el segundo piso? (ay oon BAHnyoh ehn ehl sehGOONdohPEEsoh)

Where is the hallway? ¿Dónde está el pasillo? (DOHNdeh ehsTAH ehl pahSEEyoh)

It's over here. Está por aquí. (ehsTAH pohr ahKEE)

they give (way) to the hallway dan al pasillo (dahn ahl pahSEEyoh)

Through the green doors is the hallway. (The green doors give (way) to the hallway.)

Las puertas verdes dan al pasillo. (lahs PWEHRtahs BEHRdthehs dahn ahlpahSEEyoh)

Through these doors is the patio. Estas puertas dan al patio. (EHStahs PWEHRtahs dahn ahl PAHtyoh)

Down this hallway is the kitchen. Este pasillo da a la cocina. (EHSteh pahSEEyoh dah ah lah kohSEEnah)



255





English Spanish


Marcos va a festejar su cumpleaños estefin de semana. (MAHRkohs bah ah fehstehHAHR sookoomplehAHnyohs EHSteh feen dehsehMAHnah)

Would you like to come? ¿Te gustaría venir? (teh goostahREEah behNEER)

My favorite team is playing this weekend.Juega mi equipo favorito este fin desemana. (HWEHgah mee ehKEEpoh fahbohREEtohEHSteh feen deh sehMAHnah)

Do you know if he is going to watch the match?¿Sabes si va a mirar el partido? (SAHbehs see bah ah meeRAHR ehlpahrTEEdthoh)

Of course! It's his favorite team too.¡Por supuesto! Es su equipo favoritotambién. (pohr sooPWEHStoh ehs soo ehKEEpohfahbohREEtoh tahmBYEHN)

I don't know. My wife got a job and she's worked alot this week.

No sé. Mi esposa consiguió trabajo y hatrabajado mucho esta semana. (noh seh mee ehsPOHsah kohnseeGYOHtrahBAHhoh ee ah trahbahHAHdthohMOOchoh EHStah sehMAHnah)

You should tell her to come then.Deberías decirle que venga entonces. (dehbehREEahs dehSEERleh keh BEHNgahehnTOHNsehs)

I'd like to but she doesn't like sports. She prefersto go dancing.

Me gustaría pero a ella no le gustan losdeportes. Prefiere ir a bailar. (meh goostahREEah PEHroh ah EHyah nohleh GOOStahn lohs dehPOHRtehsprehFYEHreh eer ah bayLAHR)

I understand. No problem. Maybe next time.Entiendo. No hay problema. ¡Quizás lapróxima! (ehnTYEHNdoh noh ay prohBLEHmahkeeSAHS lah PROHkseemah)

He is going to celebrate. Él va a festejar. (ehl bah ah fehstehHAHR)

He is going to celebrate his birthday.Él va a festejar su cumpleaños. (ehl bah ah fehstehHAHR sookoomplehAHnyohs)

this weekend este fin de semana (EHSteh feen deh sehMAHnah)

You are going to go. Vas a ir. (bahs ah eer)

Are you going to go to the party? ¿Vas a ir a la fiesta? (bahs ah eer ah lah FYEHStah)


256







257





English Spanish

Pablo's party la fiesta de Pablo (lah FYEHStah deh PAHbloh)

Are you going to go to Pablo's party tonight?¿Vas a ir a la fiesta de Pablo esta noche? (bahs ah eer ah lah FYEHStah deh PAHblohEHStah NOHcheh)

Of course! Do you want to come with me?¡Por supuesto! ¿Quieres venir conmigo? (pohr sooPWEHStoh KYEHrehs behNEERkohnMEEgoh)

costume party fiesta de disfraces (FYEHStah deh deesFRAHsehs)

Do you want to come to the costume party withme?

¿Quieres venir a la fiesta de disfracesconmigo? (KYEHrehs behNEER ah lah FYEHStah dehdeesFRAHsehs kohnMEEgoh)

next weekend próximo fin de semana (PROHkseemoh feen deh sehMAHnah)

Do you want to come with me the next weekend?¿Quieres venir conmigo el próximo fin desemana? (KYEHrehs behNEER kohnMEEgoh ehlPROHkseemoh feen deh sehMAHnah)

Marcos' dinner party la cena de Marcos (lah SEHnah deh MAHRkohs)

Do you want to come with me to Marcos' dinnerparty next weekend?

¿Quieres venir conmigo a la cena deMarcos el próximo fin de semana? (KYEHrehs behNEER kohnMEEgoh ah lahSEHnah deh MAHRkohs ehl PROHkseemohfeen deh sehMAHnah)

I can't go. No puedo ir. (noh PWEHdthoh eer)

I can't go to his birthday.No puedo ir a su cumpleaños. (noh PWEHdthoh eer ah sookoomplehAHnyohs)

My favorite team plays that week.Juega mi equipo favorito esa semana. (HWEHgah mee ehKEEpoh fahbohREEtohEHsah sehMAHnah)

my team plays mi equipo juega (mee ehKEEpoh fahbohREEtoh)

my favorite team mi equipo favorito (mee ehKEEpoh fahbohREEtoh)



258





English Spanish

my favorite team plays juega mi equipo favorito (HWEHgah mee ehKEEpoh fahbohREEtoh)

plays that week juega esa semana (HWEHgah EHsah sehMAHnah)

soccer team equipo de fútbol (ehKEEpoh deh FOOTbohl)

my favorite soccer teammi equipo de fútbol favorito (mee ehKEEpoh deh FOOTbohlfahbohREEtoh)

My favorite soccer team plays that day.Juega mi equipo de fútbol favorito ese día.(HWEHgah mee ehKEEpoh deh FOOTbohlfahbohREEtoh EHseh DEEah)

I can't go to your birthday. My favorite soccerteam plays that day.

No puedo ir a su cumpleaños. Juega miequipo de fútbol favorito ese día. (noh PWEHdthoh eer ah sookoomplehAHnyohs HWEHgah mee ehKEEpohdeh FOOTbohl fahbohREEtoh EHseh DEEah)

basketball team equipo de básquet (ehKEEpoh deh BAHSkeht)

your favorite basketball team su equipo de básquet favorito (soo ehKEEpoh deh BAHSkeht fahbohREEtoh)

When does your favorite basketball team play?¿Cuándo juega su equipo de básquetfavorito? (KWAHNdoh HWEHgah soo ehKEEpoh dehBAHSkeht fahbohREEtoh)

Do you like sports? ¿Te gustan los deportes? (teh GOOStahn lohs dehPOHRtehs)

What is your favorite sport? (Which is your favorite sport?)

¿Cuál es tu deporte favorito? (kwahl ehs too dehPOHRteh fahbohREEtoh)

Do you play any sports? ¿Juegas algún deporte? (HWEHgahs ahlGOON dehPOHRteh)

You should tell her to come then. (You should tell her that (she should) come then.)

Debería decirle que venga entonces. (dehbehREEah dehSEERleh keh BEHNgahehnTOHNsehs)

(you) should tell her debería decirle (dehbehREEah dehSEERleh)



259





English SpanishYou should tell her to come. (You should tell her that (she should) come.)

Debería decirle que venga. (dehbehREEah dehSEERleh keh BEHNgah)

You should tell her then. Debería decirle entonces. (dehbehREEah dehSEERleh ehnTOHNsehs)

Should I tell him to come with me?¿Debería decirle que venga conmigo? (dehbehREEah dehSEERleh keh BEHNgahkohnMEEgoh)

You should tell her to watch. (You should tell her that (she should) watch.)

Debería decirle que mire. (dehbehREEah dehSEERleh keh MEEreh)

You should tell him to watch the match with you.Debería decirle que mire el partido conusted. (dehbehREEah dehSEERleh keh MEEreh ehlpahrTEEdthoh kohn oosTEHDTH)

to ask him to speak with you (to ask for (him) to speak with you)

pedirle hablar con usted (pehDTHEERleh ahBLAHR kohn oosTEHDTH)

Shouldn't you ask him to speak with you?¿No debería pedirle que hable con usted? (noh dehbehREEah pehDTHEERleh kehAHbleh kohn oosTEHDTH)

You shouldn't tell her to call. No debería decirle que llame. (noh dehbehREEah dehSEERleh keh YAHmeh)

You should tell your friend.Deberías decirle a tu amigo. (dehbehREEahs dehSEERleh ah tooahMEEgoh)

You should tell your friend to come to watch thematch!

¡Deberías decirle a tu amigo que venga amirar el partido! (dehbehREEahs dehSEERleh ah tooahMEEgoh keh BEHNgah ah meeRAHR ehlpahrTEEdthoh)

She has worked a lot. Ella ha trabajado mucho. (EHyah ah trahbahHAHdthoh MOOchoh)

My husband has worked a lot this week.Mi esposo ha trabajado mucho estasemana. (mee ehsPOHsoh ah trahbahHAHdthohMOOchoh EHStah sehMAHnah)

My husband got a job and has worked a lot thisweek.

Mi esposo consiguió trabajo y hatrabajado mucho esta semana. (mee ehsPOHsoh kohnseeGYOH trahBAHhohee ah trahbahHAHdthoh MOOchoh EHStahsehMAHnah)

My wife is a teacher. Mi esposa es maestra. (mee ehsPOHsah ehs mahEHStrah)



260





English Spanish

My wife is a teacher and she has worked a lot thismorning.

Mi esposa es maestra y ha trabajadomucho esta mañana. (mee ehsPOHsah ehs mahEHStrah ee ahtrahbahHAHdthoh MOOchoh EHStahmahNYAHnah)

She is my secretary. Ella es mi secretaria. (EHyah ehs mee sehkrehTAHryah)

She hasn't arrived at the office. No ha llegado a la oficina. (noh ah yehGAHdthoh ah lah ohfeeSEEnah)

She hasn't arrived at the office yet.Aún no ha llegado a la oficina. (ahOON noh ah yehGAHdthoh ah lahohfeeSEEnah)

My secretary hasn't arrived at the office yet.Mi secretaria no ha llegado a la oficinaaún. (mee sehkrehTAHryah noh ah yehGAHdthohah lah ohfeeSEEnah ahOON)

My brother is an engineer. Mi hermano es ingeniero. (mee ehrMAHnoh ehs eenhehNYEHroh)

My brother is an engineer and he has had a lot ofwork this week.

Mi hermano es ingeniero y ha tenidomucho trabajo esta semana. (mee ehrMAHnoh ehs eenhehNYEHroh ee ahtehNEEdthoh MOOchoh trahBAHhoh EHStahsehMAHnah)

She prefers to go dancing. Prefiere ir a bailar. (prehFYEHreh eer ah bayLAHR)

to go dancing (to go to dance)

ir a bailar (eer ah bayLAHR)

She doesn't like it. No le gusta. (noh leh GOOStah)

She doesn't like dancing. She prefers to sing.No le gusta bailar. Prefiere cantar. (noh leh GOOStah bayLAHR prehFYEHrehkahnTAHR)

to watch a movie mirar una película (meeRAHR OOnah pehLEEkoolah)

Do you prefer to watch a movie?¿Prefieres mirar una película? (prehFYEHrehs meeRAHR OOnahpehLEEkoolah)

What do you prefer to do? ¿Qué prefieres hacer? (keh prehFYEHrehs ahSEHR)



261





English Spanish

Do you want to go dancing or do you prefer towatch a movie?

¿Quieres ir a bailar o prefieres mirar unapelícula? (KYEHrehs eer ah bayLAHR oh prehFYEHrehsmeeRAHR OOnah pehLEEkoolah)

I prefer to watch a movie.Prefiero mirar una película. (prehFYEHroh meeRAHR OOnahpehLEEkoolah)

She doesn't like it. A ella no le gusta. (ah EHyah noh leh GOOStah)

I do like it. A mí me gusta. (ah mee meh GOOStah)

Maybe the next time! ¡Quizás la próxima vez! (keeSAHS lah PROHkseemah behs)

Maybe the next time! (Maybe the next!)

¡Quizás la próxima! (keeSAHS lah PROHkseemah)

the next time la próxima vez (lah PROHkseemah behs)

Next time! (It will be next time.)

¡La próxima vez será! (lah PROHkseemah behs sehRAH)

No problem. (There is no problem.)

No hay problema. (noh ay prohBLEHmah)

No problem! Next time.¡No hay problema! La próxima vez será. (noh ay prohBLEHmah lah PROHkseemahbehs sehRAH)

I understand. Maybe next time!Entiendo. ¡Quizás la próxima vez! (ehnTYEHNdoh keeSAHS lah PROHkseemahbehs)

What a pity! I can't go. Maybe next time!¡Qué lástima! No puedo ir. ¡Quizás lapróxima! (keh LAHSteemah noh PWEHdthoh eerkeeSAHS lah PROHkseemah)

Hi. Your name is Rosa, right?Hola. Te llamas Rosa, ¿verdad? (OHlah teh YAHmahs RROHsahbehrDTHAHDTH)

Yes. I saw you yesterday with my cousin Carlos,right?

Sí, te vi ayer con mi primo Carlos,¿verdad? (see teh bee ahYEHR kohn mee PREEmohKAHRlohs behrDTHAHDTH )

I don't remember your name, sorry.No me acuerdo de tu nombre, perdón. (noh meh ahKWEHRdthoh deh too NOHMbrehpehrDTHOHN)



262





English Spanish

Yes, I'm a friend of your cousin. My name is Juan.Sí, soy amigo de tu primo. Me llamo Juan. (see soy ahMEEgoh deh too PREEmoh mehYAHmoh hwahn)

It's nice to meet you, Juan. Es un placer conocerte, Juan. (ehs oon plahSEHR kohnohSEHRteh hwahn)

Likewise. Listen, have you heard anthing aboutAna's party this Friday?

Igualmente. Oye, ¿has oído algo sobre lafiesta de Ana este viernes? (eewahlMENteh OHyeh ahs ohEEdthohAHLgoh SOHbreh lah FYEHStah deh AHnahEHSteh BYEHRnehs)

Of course. She just invited me. ¡Claro! Acabó de invitarme. (KLAHroh ahkahBOH deh eenbeeTAHRmeh)

Thats good! I would love it if you would let meaccompany you.

¡Qué bien! Me encantaría que me dejarasacompañarte. (keh byehn meh ehnkahntahREEah keh mehdehHAHrahs ahkohmpahNYAHRteh)

It's better if we meet there. Mejor nos encontramos allí. (mehHOHR nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs ahYEE )

Ana's cousin el primo de Ana (ehl PREEmoh deh AHnah)

You're Ana's cousin, right?Eres el primo de Ana, ¿verdad? (EHrehs ehl PREEmoh deh AHnahbehrDTHAHDTH)

Your last name is Saucedo - Gámez, right?Tu apellido es Saucedo - Gámez, ¿verdad? (too ahpehYEEdthoh ehs sahwSEHdthoh -GAHmehs behrDTHAHDTH)

What is your last name? (Which is your last name?)

¿Cuál es tu apellido? (kwahl ehs too ahpehYEEdthoh)

Your last name is Garza, right? (Your last name is Garza, true?)

Tu apellido es Garza, ¿cierto? (too ahpehYEEdthoh ehs GAHRsah SYEHRtoh)

Sorry, I don't remember your name.Perdón, no me acuerdo de tu nombre. (pehrDTHOHN noh meh ahKWEHRdthoh dehtoo NOHMbreh)

I remember your name. Me acuerdo de tu nombre. (meh ahKWEHRdthoh deh too NOHMbreh)

I don't remember. No me acuerdo. (noh meh ahKWEHRdthoh)



263





English Spanish

Sorry, I don't remember. Perdón, no me acuerdo. (pehrDTHOHN noh meh ahKWEHRdthoh)

You don't remember? ¿No te acuerdas? (noh teh ahKWEHRdthahs)

She doesn't remember your last name.Ella no se acuerda de tu apellido. (EHyah noh seh ahKWEHRdthah deh tooahpehYEEdthoh)

your boyfriend's name el nombre de tu novio (ehl NOHMbreh deh too NOHbyoh)

I forgot your boyfriend's name.Se me olvidó el nombre de tu novio. (seh meh ohlbeeDTHOH ehl NOHMbreh dehtoo NOHbyoh)

I saw you yesterday with my cousin. Te vi ayer con mi primo. (teh bee ahYEHR kohn mee PREEmoh)

I saw you yesterday. Te vi ayer. (teh bee ahYEHR)

I saw you yesterday with Rosa. Te vi ayer con Rosa. (teh bee ahYEHR kohn RROHsah)

the other day el otro día (ehl OHtroh DEEah)

I saw you the other day. Te vi el otro día. (teh bee ehl OHtroh DEEah)

Did you go dancing with your girlfriend? ¿Fuiste a bailar con tu novia? (FWEESteh ah bayLAHR kohn too NOHbyah)

Did you go to the night club with your husbandlast night?

¿Fuiste a la discoteca con tu maridoanoche? (FWEESteh ah lah deeskohTEHkah kohn toomahREEdthoh ahNOHcheh)

the other night la otra noche (lah OHtrah NOHcheh)

I went the other night. Fui la otra noche. (fwee lah OHtrah NOHcheh)

I went to the night club with my cousins last night.Anoche fui a la discoteca con mis primos. (ahNOHcheh fwee ah lah deeskohTEHkahkohn mees PREEmohs)



264





English Spanish

Have you heard anything about Anna's party thisFriday?

¿Has oído algo sobre la fiesta de Ana deeste viernes? (ahs ohEEdthoh AHLgoh SOHbreh lahFYEHStah deh AHnah deh EHStehBYEHRnehs)

have you heard about has oído sobre (ahs ohEEdthoh SOHbreh)

have you heard something about has oído algo sobre (ahs ohEEdthoh AHLgoh SOHbreh)

Ana's party la fiesta de Ana (lah FYEHStah deh AHnah)

Ana's party this Friday (the party of Ana of this Friday)

la fiesta de Ana de este viernes (lah FYEHStah deh AHnah deh EHStehBYEHRnehs)

Have you heard anything about the party thisFriday?

¿Ha oído algo sobre la fiesta de esteviernes? (ah ohEEdthoh AHLgoh SOHbreh lahFYEHStah deh EHSteh BYEHRnehs)

I have heard a lot about this night club.He oído mucho sobre esta discoteca. (eh ohEEdthoh MOOchoh SOHbreh EHStahdeeskohTEHkah)

I haven't heard anything. No he oído nada. (noh eh ohEEdthoh NAHdthah)

I haven't heard anything about the party.No he oído nada sobre la fiesta. (noh eh ohEEdthoh NAHdthah SOHbreh lahFYEHStah)

We have heard something about the party.Hemos oído algo sobre la fiesta. (EHmohs ohEEdthoh AHLgoh SOHbreh lahFYEHStah)

I have heard that this Friday is your birthday!¡He oído que este viernes es tucumpleaños! (eh ohEEdthoh keh EHSteh BYEHRnehs ehstoo koomplehAHnyohs )

We haven't heard anything about the dance thisThursday.

No hemos oído nada sobre el baile de estejueves. (noh EHmohs ohEEdthoh NAHdthah SOHbrehehl BAYleh deh EHSteh HWEHbehs)

I haven't heard anything about the parties thisSaturday.

No he oído nada sobre las fiestas de estesábado. (noh eh ohEEdthoh NAHdthah SOHbreh lahsFYEHStahs deh EHSteh SAHbahdthoh)

She just invited me. Ella acaba de invitarme. (EHyah ahKAHbah deh eenbeeTAHRmeh)

My boyfriend just invited me dancing tonight.

Mi novio acaba de invitarme a bailar estanoche. (mee NOHbyoh ahKAHbah deh


265





My boyfriend just invited me dancing tonight.eenbeeTAHRmeh ah bayLAHR EHStahNOHcheh)



266





English Spanish

I just finished speaking with Maria. Acabo de hablar con María. (ahKAHboh deh ahBLAHR kohn mahREEah)

We just finished eating. Acabamos de comer. (ahkahBAHmohs deh kohMEHR)

She invited me last night. Ella me invitó anoche. (EHyah meh eenbeeTOH ahNOHcheh)

Last night, he invited me dancing.Anoche, él me invitó a bailar. (ahNOHcheh ehl meh eenbeeTOH ahbayLAHR)

The party finished very late. La fiesta acabó muy tarde. (lah FYEHStah ahkahBOH mwee TAHRdtheh)

The dinner party finished very early. La cena acabó muy temprano. (lah SEHnah ahkahBOH mwee tehmPRAHnoh)

I just finished telling you! ¡Acabo de decirte! (ahKAHboh deh dehSEERteh)

I would love it if you let me accompany you.Me encantaría que me dejarasacompañarte. (meh ehnkahntahREEah keh mehdehHAHrahs ahkohmpahNYAHRteh)

I would love it if you (would) let meme encantaría que me dejaras (meh ehnkahntahREEah keh mehdehHAHrahs)

if you (would) let me accompany you que me dejaras acompañarte (keh meh dehHAHrahs ahkohmpahNYAHRteh)

I would like to accompany you. Me gustaría acompañarte. (meh goostahREEah ahkohmpahNYAHRteh)

Can you accompany me to the night club?¿Puedes acompañarme a la discoteca? (PWEHdthehs ahkohmpahNYAHRmeh ah lahdeeskohTEHkah)

I would like to buy you something to drink.Me gustaría comprarte algo para tomar. (meh goostahREEah kohmPRAHRteh AHLgohPAHrah tohMAHR)

Would you let me buy you something to drink?¿Me dejarías comprarte algo para tomar? (meh dehhahREEahs kohmPRAHRteh AHLgohPAHrah tohMAHR)

Would you like to accompany me to the movietheater?

¿Te gustaría acompañarme al cine? (teh goostahREEah ahkohmpahNYAHRmehahl SEEneh)



267





English Spanish

I would like it if you accompany me to the movietheater.

Me gustaría que me acompañaras al cine. (meh goostahREEah keh mehahkohmpahNYAHrahs ahl SEEneh)

Of course! I would love it if you accompany me tothe party.

¡Claro! Me encantaría que meacompañaras a la fiesta. (KLAHroh meh ehnkahntahREEah keh mehahkohmpahNYAHrahs ah lah FYEHStah)

We will meet each other there. Allí nos encontramos. (ahYEE nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs)

Tomorrow we will meet each other. Mañana nos encontramos. (mahNYAHnah nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs)

Monday we will meet each other there.El lunes nos encontramos allí. (ehl LOOnehs nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohsahYEE)

We will meet each other Sunday. Nos encontramos el domingo. (nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs ehl dohMEENgoh)

Better we meet each other there tonight.Mejor nos encontramos allí esta noche. (mehHOHR nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs ahYEEEHStah NOHcheh)

We will meet each other at the party today.Hoy nos encontramos en la fiesta. (oy nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs ehn lahFYEHStah)

Tuesday we will meet each other there at theparty.

El martes nos encontramos allí en lafiesta. (ehl MAHRtehs nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohsahYEE ehn lah FYEHStah)

Better we meet each other there this Tuesday.Mejor nos encontramos allí este martes. (mehHOHR nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs ahYEEEHSteh MAHRtehs)

I love you so much! ¡Te amo mucho! (teh AHmoh MOOchoh)

I love you too. También te amo. (tahmBYEHN teh AHmoh)

with all my heart con todo mi corazón (kohn TOHdthoh mee kohrahSOHN)

I love you with all my heart!¡Te amo con todo mi corazón! (teh AHmoh kohn TOHdthoh meekohrahSOHN)



268





English Spanish

The food smells delicious! What are you cooking?¡Qué rica huele la comida! ¿Qué estácocinando? (keh RREEkah WEHleh lah kohMEEdthah kehehsTAH kohseeNAHNdoh)

I'm cooking chicken soup for dinner tonight.


Yum! How is it made? ¡Mmm! ¿Cómo está hecha? (mmm KOHmoh ehsTAH EHchah)

I don't know how to cook very well. Can you teachme?

No sé cocinar muy bien. ¿Usted me puedeenseñar? (noh seh kohseeNAHR mwee byehnoosTEHDTH meh PWEHdtheh ehnsehNYAHR)

Sure! Take out two onions, two carrots, and a chilipepper from the refrigerator.

¡Claro! Saca dos cebollas, dos zanahoriasy un chile del refrigerador. (KLAHroh SAHkah dohs sehBOHyahs dohssahnahOHryahs ee oon CHEEleh dehlrrehfreehehrahDTHOHR)

Then, cut them into little pieces and throw them inthe boiling water.

Luego, córtalos en pedacitos y échalos alagua que está hirviendo. (LWEHgoh KOHRtahlohs ehnpehdthahSEEtohs ee EHchahlohs ahl AHwahkeh ehsTAH eerBYEHNdoh)

Okay, do you want me to do anything else?Bueno,¿usted quiere que haga algo más? (BWEHnoh oosTEHDTH KYEHreh keh AHgahAHLgoh mahs)

Yes, add a dash of salt and pepper and ateaspoon of garlic.

Sí, añade una pizca de sal y pimienta yuna cucharita de ajo. (see ahNYAHdtheh OOnah PEESkah deh sahlee peeMYEHNtah ee OOnah koochahREEtahdeh AHhoh)

The food smells delicious! ¡Qué rica huele la comida! (keh RREEkah WEHleh lah kohMEEdthah)

What delicious food! ¡Qué rica comida! (keh RREEkah kohMEEdthah)

The food is delicious! ¡La comida está rica! (lah kohMEEdthah ehsTAH RREEkah)

The food smells delicious. La comida huele deliciosa. (lah kohMEEdthah WEHleh dehleeSYOHsah)

The food smells weird. ¡La comida huele rara! (lah kohMEEdthah WEHleh RRAHrah)



269





English Spanish

I cook delicious food! ¡Cocino comida deliciosa! (kohSEEnoh kohMEEdthah dehleeSYOHsah)

The food tastes delicious! ¡La comida sabe deliciosa! (lah kohMEEdthah SAHbeh dehleeSYOHsah)

The food is tasty. ¡La comida está sabrosa! (lah kohMEEdthah ehsTAH sahBROHsah)

I'm cooking soup. Estoy cocinando sopa. (ehsTOY kohseeNAHNdoh SOHpah)

chicken soup sopa de pollo (SOHpah deh POHyoh)

I'm cooking chicken soup.Estoy cocinando sopa de pollo. (ehsTOY kohseeNAHNdoh SOHpah dehPOHyoh)

I'm cooking dinner. Estoy cocinando la cena. (ehsTOY kohseeNAHNdoh lah SEHnah)

for dinner tonight para la cena de esta noche (PAHrah lah SEHnah deh EHStah NOHcheh)

She is cooking chicken soup.Ella está cocinando sopa de pollo. (EHyah ehsTAH kohseeNAHNdoh SOHpah dehPOHyoh)

She's baking. Ella está horneando. (EHyah ehsTAH ohrnehAHNdoh)

chocolate cake pastel de chocolate (pahsTEHL deh chohkohLAHteh)

I'm baking a chocolate cake for dinner tonight.

Estoy horneando un pastel de chocolatepara la cena de esta noche. (ehsTOY ohrnehAHNdoh oon pahsTEHL dehchohkohLAHteh PAHrah lah SEHnah dehEHStah NOHcheh)

I'm preparing a chocolate cake.Estoy preparando un pastel de chocolate. (ehsTOY prehpahRAHNdoh oon pahsTEHLdeh chohkohLAHteh)

she is making ella está haciendo (EHyah ehsTAH ahSYEHNdoh)



270





English Spanish

She is making a cake. Ella está haciendo un pastel. (EHyah ehsTAH ahSYEHNdoh oon pahsTEHL)

I'm making chicken soup for breakfast thismorning.

Estoy haciendo sopa de pollo para eldesayuno de esta mañana. (ehsTOY ahSYEHNdoh SOHpah deh POHyohPAHrah ehl dehsahYOOnoh deh EHStahmahNYAHnah)

Are you making a chocolate cake for dessert?¿Estás haciendo un pastel de chocolatepara el postre? (ehsTAHS ahSYEHNdoh oon pahsTEHL dehchohkohLAHteh PAHrah ehl POHStreh)

What are we eating for dinner tonight? ¿Qué cenamos esta noche? (keh sehNAHmohs EHStah NOHcheh)

Today, we are eating lunch with my family. Hoy, almorzamos con mi familia. (oy ahlmohrSAHmohs kohn mee fahMEElyah)

Today we are eating chicken soup for lunch. Hoy almorzamos sopa de pollo. (oy ahlmohrSAHmohs SOHpah deh POHyoh)

What do you want to eat for breakfast? ¿Qué quieres desayunar? (keh KYEHrehs dehsahyooNAHR)

How is the paella made? ¿Cómo está hecha la paella? (KOHmoh ehsTAH EHchah lah pahEHyah)

The paella is made with seafood and rice.La paella está hecha con mariscos y arroz.(lah pahEHyah ehsTAH EHchah kohnmahREESkohs ee ahRROHS)

The paella is made with tomato sauce, rice andseafood.

La paella está hecha con salsa de tomate,arroz y mariscos. (lah pahEHyah ehsTAH EHchah kohn SAHLsahdeh tohMAHteh ahRROHS ee mahREESkohs)

I like seafood. Me gustan los mariscos. (meh GOOStahn lohs mahREESkohs)

The paella is made with seafood. Do you likethem?

La paella está hecha con mariscos. ¿Tegustan? (lah pahEHyah ehsTAH EHchah kohnmahREESkohs teh GOOStahn)

I don't like seafood at all!¡No me gustan los mariscos para nada! (noh meh GOOStahn lohs mahREESkohsPAHrah NAHdthah)



271





English Spanish

Do you like the paella? ¿Te gusta la paella? (teh GOOStah lah pahEHyah)

I like the paella with sausages.Me gusta la paella con salchichas. (meh GOOStah lah pahEHyah kohnsahlCHEEchahs)

She doesn't like that her paella is made withsausages.

A ella no le gusta que su paella esté hechacon salchicha. (ah EHyah noh leh GOOStah keh soopahEHyah ehsTEH EHchah kohnsahlCHEEchah)

Take out two onions, two carrots, and a chilipepper from the refrigerator.

Saca dos cebollas, dos zanahorias y unchile del refrigerador. (SAHkah dohs sehBOHyahs dohssahnahOHryahs ee oon CHEEleh dehlrrehfreehehrahDTHOHR)

Take out two onions. Saca dos cebollas. (SAHkah dohs sehBOHyahs)

Take out a carrot. Saca una zanahoria. (SAHkah OOnah sahnahOHryah)

two chili peppers and a carrot dos chiles y una zanahoria (dohs CHEElehs ee OOnah sahnahOHryah)

Take out two chili peppers and a carrot.Saca dos chiles y una zanahoria. (SAHkah dohs CHEElehs ee OOnahsahnahOHryah)

Take out two chili peppers from the refrigerator.Saca dos chiles del refrigerador. (SAHkah dohs CHEElehs dehlrrehfreehehrahDTHOHR)

Take out a fork from the drawer. Saca un tenedor del cajón. (SAHkah oon tehnehDTHOHR dehl kahHOHN)

Take out a spoon. Saca una cuchara. (SAHkah OOnah kooCHAHrah)

Put the spoon back. (Return the spoon.)

Devuelve la cuchara. (dehBWEHLbeh lah kooCHAHrah)

Put the knife back in the drawer. (Put the knife back to the drawer.)

Devuelve el cuchillo al cajón. (dehBWEHLbeh ehl kooCHEEyoh ahlkahHOHN)

Put the spoon and the knife back in their place.Devuelve la cuchara y el cuchillo a sulugar. (dehBWEHLbeh lah kooCHAHrah ee ehlkooCHEEyoh ah soo looGAHR)



272





English Spanish

Then, cut them in little pieces. (Later, cut them in little pieces.)

Luego, córtalos en pedacitos. (LWEHgoh KOHRtahlohs ehnpehdthahSEEtohs)

Then, throw them into the water. (Later, throw them to the water.)

Luego, échalos al agua. (LWEHgoh EHchahlohs ahl AHwah)

boiling water (water that is boiling)

agua que está hirviendo (AHwah keh ehsTAH eerBYEHNdoh)

Then, throw them into the boiling water.Luego, échalos al agua que está hirviendo.(LWEHgoh EHchahlohs ahl AHwah kehehsTAH eerBYEHNdoh)

First cut them in little pieces and throw them intothe boiling water.

Primero, córtalos en pedacitos y échalos alagua que está hirviendo. (preeMEHroh KOHRtahlohs ehnpehdthahSEEtohs ee EHchahlohs ahl AHwahkeh ehsTAH eerBYEHNdoh)

Cut the chili peppers into little pieces.Corte los chiles en pedacitos. (KOHRteh lohs CHEElehs ehnpehdthahSEEtohs)

Throw them in the water. Échelos al agua. (EHchehlohs ahl AHwah)

Stir the potatoes. Revuelve las papas. (rrehBWEHLbeh lahs PAHpahs)

First, grind the chili peppers. Primero, muele los chiles. (preeMEHroh MWEHleh lohs CHEElehs)

Grind the chili peppers and throw them into thewater.

Muele los chiles y échalos al agua. (MWEHleh lohs CHEElehs ee EHchahlohs ahlAHwah)

Grind them and throw them in the pot. Muélelos y échalos a la olla. (MWEHlehlohs ee EHchahlohs ah lah OHyah)

Take out the potatoes from the pot and mashthem.

Saca las papas de la olla y machácalas. (SAHkah lahs PAHpahs deh lah OHyah eemahCHAHkahlahs)

Ok. Do you want me to do anything else? (Good. Do you want that I do something more?)

Bueno. ¿Usted quiere que haga algo más? (BWEHnoh oosTEHDTH KYEHreh keh AHgahAHLgoh mahs)

Do you want me to do something? ¿Usted quiere que haga algo? (oosTEHDTH KYEHreh keh AHgah AHLgoh)



273





English SpanishWhat do you want me to do? (What do you want that I do?)

¿Qué quieres que haga? (keh KYEHrehs keh AHgah)

Do you want something else? ¿Quieres algo más? (KYEHrehs AHLgoh mahs)

Do you want anything else from the refrigerator?¿Quiere algo más del refrigerador? (KYEHreh AHLgoh mahs dehlrrehfreehehrahDTHOHR)

I don't want you to do that. No quiero que hagas eso. (noh KYEHroh keh AHgahs EHsoh)

Do you want her to go? ¿Usted quiere que ella vaya? (oosTEHDTH KYEHreh keh EHyah BAHyah)

I want you to go to the kitchen. Quiero que vayas a la cocina. (KYEHroh keh BAHyahs ah lah kohSEEnah)

I want you to go to the kitchen for something else.Quiero que vayas a la cocina por algo más.(KYEHroh keh BAHyahs ah lah kohSEEnahpohr AHLgoh mahs)

Add a dash of salt and pepper and a teaspoon ofgarlic.

Añade una pizca de sal y pimienta y unacucharita de ajo. (ahNYAHdtheh OOnah PEESkah deh sahl eepeeMYEHNtah ee OOnah koochahREEtah dehAHhoh)

Add a dash. Añade una pizca. (ahNYAHdtheh OOnah PEESkah)

Add a dash of salt. Añade una pizca de sal. (ahNYAHdtheh OOnah PEESkah deh sahl)

Add a dash of salt and pepper.Añade una pizca de sal y pimienta. (ahNYAHdtheh OOnah PEESkah deh sahl eepeeMYEHNtah )

a teaspoon of garlic una cucharita de ajo (OOnah koochahREEtah deh AHhoh)

Then, add a dash of salt and pepper and ateaspoon of garlic.

Después, añade una pizca de sal ypimienta y una cucharita de ajo. (dehsPWEHS ahNYAHdtheh OOnah PEESkahdeh sahl ee peeMYEHNtah ee OOnahkoochahREEtah deh AHhoh)

a cup of sugar una taza de azúcar (OOnah TAHsah deh ahSOOkahr )



274





English Spanish

Add a cup of sugar.Añade una taza de azúcar. (ahNYAHdtheh OOnah TAHsah dehahSOOkahr )

First, cut them in little pieces. Then add a cup ofsugar.

Primero, córtalos en pedacitos. Después,añade una taza de azúcar. (preeMEHroh KOHRtahlohs ehnpehdthahSEEtohs dehsPWEHS ahNYAHdthehOOnah TAHsah deh ahSOOkahr )

Add a cup of flour and two teaspoons of sugar.Añada una taza de harina y dos cucharitasde azúcar. (ahNYAHdthah OOnah TAHsah deh ahREEnahee dohs koochahREEtahs deh ahSOOkahr )

Can you add a cup of corn to the pot?¿Puedes añadir una taza de maíz a la olla?(PWEHdthehs ahnyahDTHEER OOnah TAHsahdeh mahEES ah lah OHyah)

Add a cup of cornmeal.Añada una taza de harina de maíz. (ahNYAHdthah OOnah TAHsah deh ahREEnahdeh mahEES)

Stir the cornmeal with two teaspoons of sugar.Revuelve la harina de maíz con doscucharitas de azúcar. (rrehBWEHLbeh lah ahREEnah deh mahEESkohn dohs koochahREEtahs deh ahSOOkahr )

Can you teach me? ¿Usted me puede enseñar? (oosTEHDTH meh PWEHdtheh ehnsehNYAHR)

I want to teach you to cook. Quiero enseñarte a cocinar. (KYEHroh ehnsehNYAHRteh ah kohseeNAHR)

Can you teach me to cook?¿Me puede enseñar a cocinar? (meh PWEHdtheh ehnsehNYAHR ahkohseeNAHR)

I don't know how to cook. (I don't know to cook.)

No sé cocinar. (noh seh kohseeNAHR)

I don't know how to cook. Can you teach me?No sé cocinar. ¿Me puedes enseñar? (noh seh kohseeNAHR meh PWEHdthehsehnsehNYAHR)

to use the oven usar el horno (ooSAHR ehl OHRnoh)

You want me to teach you to use the oven?¿Quieres que te enseñe a usar el horno? (KYEHrehs keh teh ehnSEHnyeh ah ooSAHRehl OHRnoh)



275





English Spanish

No, I prefer the microwave. No, prefiero el microondas. (noh prehFYEHroh ehl meekrohOHNdahs)

Can you teach me to use the stove?¿Me puedes enseñar a usar la estufa? (meh PWEHdthehs ehnsehNYAHR ah ooSAHRlah ehsTOOfah)

Let's go for a walk and enjoy the landscape.¡Vamos a pasear y disfrutar del paisaje! (BAHmohs ah pahsehAHR ee deesfrooTAHRdehl paySAHheh)

Where do you want go for walk? ¿Adónde quieres ir a pasear? (ahDTHOHNdeh KYEHrehs eer ah pahsehAHR)

To the beach close to the mountains.A la playa cerca de las montañas. (ah lah PLAHyah SEHRkah deh lahsmohnTAHnyahs)

Is it hot today? ¿Hace calor hoy? (AHseh kahLOHR oy)

Yes, and it's sunny too. Sí y hace sol también. (see ee AHseh sohl tahmBYEHN)

What is the temperature now? ¿Cuál es la temperatura ahora? (kwahl ehs lah tehmpehrahTOOrah ahOHrah)

Thirty two degrees. Treinta y dos grados. (TREYNtah ee dohs GRAHdthohs)

Let's go then. Vámonos entonces. (BAHmohnohs ehnTOHNsehs)

Let's go for a walk! ¡Vamos a pasear! (BAHmohs ah pahsehAHR)

enjoy the landscape (to enjoy of the landscape)

disfrutar del paisaje (deesfrooTAHR dehl paySAHheh)

Let's go enjoy the landscape! (We go to enjoy of the landscape.)

¡Vamos a disfrutar del paisaje! (BAHmohs ah deesfrooTAHR dehlpaySAHheh)

What a beautiful landscape! ¡Qué hermoso paisaje! (keh ehrMOHsoh paySAHheh)

Did you enjoy the walk? ¿Disfrutaste del paseo? (deesfrooTAHSteh dehl pahSEHoh)



276





English Spanish

Let's go to the ruins! ¡Vamos a las ruinas! (BAHmohs ah lahs RRWEEnahs)

Let's go for a walk through the ruins.Vamos a pasear por las ruinas. (BAHmohs ah pahsehAHR pohr lahsRRWEEnahs)

Did you enjoy your walk through the ruins?¿Disfrutaste de tu paseo por las ruinas? (deesfrooTAHSteh deh too pahSEHoh pohrlahs RRWEEnahs)

Let's go see. Vamos a ver. (BAHmohs ah behr)

Let's go see the pyramids! ¡Vamos a ver las pirámides! (BAHmohs ah behr lahs peeRAHmeedthehs)

It's hot. (It makes heat.)

Hace calor. (AHseh kahLOHR )

It's cold today. Hace frío hoy. (AHseh FREEoh oy)

Yesterday, it was cold. (Yesterday, it made cold.)

Ayer hizo frío. (ahYEHR EEsoh FREEoh)

last week (the past week)

la semana pasada (lah sehMAHnah pahSAHdthah)

Last week it was cold.La semana pasada hizo frío. (lah sehMAHnah pahSAHdthah EEsohFREEoh)

It was hotter today than yesterday. Hizo más calor hoy que ayer. (EEsoh mahs kahLOHR oy keh ahYEHR)

Tomorrow, it will be hot. Mañana hará calor. (mahNYAHnah ahRAH kahLOHR)

next week la próxima semana (lah PROHkseemah sehMAHnah)

Next week, it is going to be hot.La próxima semana va a hacer calor. (lah PROHkseemah sehMAHnah bah ahahSEHR kahLOHR)

Is it going to be cold tomorrow? ¿Va a hacer frío mañana? (bah ah ahSEHR FREEoh mahNYAHnah)



277





English Spanish

Will it be cold tomorrow? ¿Hará frío mañana? (ahRAH FREEoh mahNYAHnah)

Today it's sunny. (Today it makes sun.)

Hoy hace sol. (oy AHseh sohl)

There are many clouds! ¡Hay muchas nubes! (ay MOOchahs NOObehs)

Can you see the sun? There aren't many clouds.¿Puedes ver el sol? No hay muchas nubes.(PWEHdthehs behr ehl sohl noh ayMOOchahs NOObehs)

It's very cloudy today. Está muy nublado hoy. (ehsTAH mwee nooBLAHdthoh oy)

You can't see the sun. It's very cloudy.No puedes ver el sol. Está muy nublado. (noh PWEHdthehs behr ehl sohl ehsTAHmwee nooBLAHdthoh)

What is the weather forecast for today?¿Cuál es el pronóstico del tiempo parahoy? (kwahl ehs ehl prohNOHSteekoh dehlTYEHMpoh PAHrah oy)

weather forecast (prognosis of the weather)

pronóstico del tiempo (prohNOHSteekoh dehl TYEHMpoh)

What is the weather forecast? (Which is the forecast of the weather ?)

¿Cuál es el pronóstico del tiempo? (kwahl ehs ehl prohNOHSteekoh dehlTYEHMpoh)

the weather forecast for todayel pronóstico del tiempo para hoy (ehl prohNOHSteekoh dehl TYEHMpohPAHrah oy)

How is the weather? ¿Cómo está el tiempo? (KOHmoh ehsTAH ehl TYEHMpoh)

What is the weather forecast for this weekend?

¿Cuál es el pronóstico del tiempo paraeste fin de semana? (kwahl ehs ehl prohNOHSteekoh dehlTYEHMpoh PAHrah EHSteh feen dehsehMAHnah)

It's going to rain. Va a llover. (bah ah yohBEHR)

It's very cloudy. Is it going to rain?Está muy nublado. ¿Va a llover? (ehsTAH mwee nooBLAHdthoh bah ahyohBEHR)



278





English Spanish

the forecast says el pronóstico dice (ehl prohNOHSteekoh DEEseh)

The forecast says that it is going to rain.El pronóstico dice que va a llover. (ehl prohNOHSteekoh DEEseh keh bah ahyohBEHR)

Do they forecast bad weather for this weekend?¿Pronostican mal tiempo para este fin desemana? (prohnohsTEEkahn mahl TYEHMpoh PAHrahEHSteh feen deh sehMAHnah)

the entire week (all the week)

toda la semana (TOHdthah lah sehMAHnah)

No, they forecast good weather for the entireweek.

No, pronostican buen tiempo para toda lasemana. (noh prohnohsTEEkahn bwehn TYEHMpohPAHrah TOHdthah lah sehMAHnah)

There is going to be a storm today. Va a haber una tormenta hoy. (bah ah ahBEHR OOnah tohrMEHNtah oy)

there is going to be va a haber (bah ah ahBEHR)

Is there going to be bad weather tomorrow?¿Va a haber mal tiempo mañana? (bah ah ahBEHR mahl TYEHMpohmahNYAHnah)

There's going to be a hurricane! ¡Va a haber un huracán! (bah ah ahBEHR oon oorahKAHN)

It's going to hail. (Hail is going to fall.)

Va a caer granizo. (bah ah kahEHR grahNEEsoh)

It hailed yesterday. (Hail fell yesterday.)

Cayó granizo ayer. (kahYOH grahNEEsoh ahYEHR)

Is it going to snow today? ¿Va a nevar hoy? (bah ah nehBAHR oy)

I think that it's going to snow. Creo que va a nevar. (KREHoh keh bah ah nehBAHR)

Do you like the snow? ¿Te gusta la nieve? (teh GOOStah lah NYEHbeh)

The snow is beautiful but very cold.La nieve es hermosa pero muy fría. (lah NYEHbeh ehs ehrMOHsah PEHroh mweeFREEah)



279





English Spanish

Tuesday, it's going to sleet. (The Tuesday, it's going to fall sleet.)

El martes va a caer aguanieve. (ehl MAHRtehs bah ah kahEHRahwahNYEHbeh)

Did it sleet a lot? ¿Cayó mucha aguanieve? (kahYOH MOOchah ahwahNYEHbeh)

Do you want to go for a walk through themountains close to the beach?

¿Quieres ir a pasear por las montañascerca de la playa? (KYEHrehs eer ah pahsehAHR pohr lahsmohnTAHnyahs SEHRkah deh lah PLAHyah)

through the mountains por las montañas (pohr lahs mohnTAHnyahs)

You want to go for a walk through the mountains?¿Quieres ir a pasear por las montañas? (KYEHrehs eer ah pahsehAHR pohr lahsmohnTAHnyahs)

close to the beach (close of the beach)

cerca de la playa (SEHRkah deh lah PLAHyah)

Let's go for a walk through the forest. Vamos a pasear por el bosque. (BAHmohs ah pahsehAHR pohr ehl BOHSkeh)

I'm going to go for a walk through the forest. (I'm going to give a walk through the forest.)

Voy a dar un paseo por el bosque. (boy ah dahr oon pahSEHoh pohr ehlBOHSkeh)

It's hot in the desert. Hace calor en el desierto. (AHseh kahLOHR ehn ehl dehSYEHRtoh)

You don't want to go for a walk in the desert. It'svery hot!

No quieres ir a pasear en el desierto.¡Hace mucho calor! (noh KYEHrehs eer ah pahsehAHR ehn ehldehSYEHRtoh AHseh MOOchoh kahLOHR)

It's colder in my city than in the desert.Hace más frío en mi ciudad que en eldesierto. (AHseh mahs FREEoh ehn meesyooDTHAHDTH keh ehn ehl dehSYEHRtoh)

Let's go see the ruins of the Lost City!¡Vamos a ver las ruinas de la CiudadPerdida! (BAHmohs ah behr lahs RRWEEnahs deh lahsyooDTHAHDTH pehrDTHEEdthah)

What is the temperature today? (Which is the temperature today?)

¿Cuál es la temperatura hoy? (kwahl ehs lah tehmpehrahTOOrah oy)

What is the temperature? (Which is the temperature?)

¿Cuál es la temperatura? (kwahl ehs lah tehmpehrahTOOrah)



280





English Spanish

What will the temperature be tomorrow?¿Cuál será la temperatura mañana? (kwahl sehRAH lah tehmpehrahTOOrahmahNYAHnah)

What was the temperature yesterday? ¿Cuál fue la temperatura ayer? (kwahl fweh lah tehmpehrahTOOrah ahYEHR)

The temperature will be high tomorrow.La temperatura será alta mañana. (lah tehmpehrahTOOrah sehRAH AHLtahmahNYAHnah)

The temperature was higher today thanyesterday.

La temperatura fue más alta hoy que ayer.(lah tehmpehrahTOOrah fweh mahs AHLtahoy keh ahYEHR)

The temperature was lower yesterday than today.La tempertatura fue más baja ayer quehoy. (lah tehmpehrahTOOrah fweh mahs BAHhahahYEHR keh oy)

The temperature is going to reach thirty degreesSunday.

La temperatura va a alcanzar los treintagrados el domingo. (lah tehmpehrahTOOrah bah ahahlkahnSAHR lohs TREYNtah GRAHdthohs ehldohMEENgoh)

It's going to reach thirty degrees.Va a alcanzar los trienta grados. (bah ah ahlkahnSAHR lohs TREYNtahGRAHdthohs)

The temperature is not going to reach twentydegrees today!

¡La temperatura no va a alcanzar losveinte grados hoy! (lah tehmpehrahTOOrah noh bah ahahlkahnSAHR lohs BEYNteh GRAHdthohs oy)

The temperature will reach thirty degrees.La temperatura alcanzará los treintagrados. (lah tehmpehrahTOOrah ahlkahnsahRAHlohs TREYNtah GRAHdthohs)

The weather forecast says that the temperaturewill reach ten degrees today.

El pronóstico del tiempo dice que latemperatura alcanzará los diez gradoshoy. (ehl prohNOHSteekoh dehl TYEHMpohDEEseh keh lah tehmpehrahTOOrahahlkahnsahRAH lohs dyehs GRAHdthohs oy)

The temperature is going to go up Tuesday.La temperatura va a subir el martes. (lah tehmpehrahTOOrah bah ah sooBEER ehlMAHRtehs)

The forecast says that the temperature is goingto go up on Tuesday.

El pronóstico dice que la temperatura va asubir el martes. (ehl prohNOHSteekoh DEEseh keh lahtehmpehrahTOOrah bah ah sooBEER ehlMAHRtehs)

Tomorrow the temperature is going to go down.Mañana la temperatura va a bajar. (mahNYAHnah lah tehmpehrahTOOrah bah


281





Tomorrow the temperature is going to go down.ah bahHAHR)



282





English Spanish

It's going to go down five degrees. Va a bajar cinco grados. (bah ah bahHAHR SEENkoh GRAHdthohs)

They forecast that the temperature is going to godown ten degrees.

Pronostican que la temperatura va a bajardiez grados. (prohnohsTEEkahn keh lahtehmpehrahTOOrah bah ah bahHAHR dyehsGRAHdthohs)

Let's take our coats in case it gets cooler.Vamos a llevar nuestros abrigos por sirefresca. (BAHmohs ah yehBAHR NWEHStrohsahBREEgohs pohr see rrehFREHSkah)

let's take vamos a llevar (BAHmohs ah yehBAHR)

Let's take our coats.Vamos a llevar nuestros abrigos. (BAHmohs ah yehBAHR NWEHStrohsahBREEgohs)

in case it gets cooler por si refresca (pohr see rrehFREHSkah)

Is it going to get cooler? ¿Va a refrescar? (bah ah rrehfrehsKAHR)

Let's take water. Vamos a llevar agua. (BAHmohs ah yehBAHR AHwah)

It's hot in the park. Hace calor en el parque. (AHseh kahLOHR ehn ehl PAHRkeh)

Let's take water in case it's hot in the park.Vamos a llevar agua por si hace calor en elparque. (BAHmohs ah yehBAHR AHwah pohr seeAHseh kahLOHR ehn ehl PAHRkeh)

They forecast rain. Should we take the umbrella? (They forecast rain. Do we take the umbrella?)

Pronostican lluvia. ¿Llevamos el paraguas?(prohnohsTEEkahn YOObyah yehBAHmohsehl pahRAHwahs)

in case it rains por si llueve (pohr see YWEHbeh)

Let's take the umbrella in case it rains tonight.Vamos a llevar el paraguas por si llueveesta noche. (BAHmohs ah yehBAHR ehl pahRAHwahs pohrsee YWEHbeh EHStah NOHcheh)



283





English Spanish

Are you going to the waterfalls? ¿Vas a las cataratas? (bahs ah lahs kahtahRAHtahs)

Take the camera. Lleva la cámara. (YEHbah lah KAHmahrah)

Are you going to go to the waterfalls? Take thecamera!

¿Vas a ir a las cataratas? ¡Lleva la cámara!(bahs ah eer ah lahs kahtahRAHtahs YEHbahlah KAHmahrah)

in case it snows por si nieva (pohr see NYEHbah)

Do you want my coat? ¿Quieres mi abrigo? (KYEHrehs mee ahBREEgoh)

Do you want to take my coat in case it snows?¿Quieres llevar mi abrigo por si nieva? (KYEHrehs yehBAHR mee ahBREEgoh pohrsee NYEHbah)

Do you want my coat in case it gets cooler?¿Quieres mi abrigo por si refresca? (KYEHrehs mee ahBREEgoh pohr seerrehFREHSkah)

Let's go then, before it rains!¡Vámonos entonces, antes de que llueva! (BAHmohnohs ehnTOHNsehs AHNtehs dehkeh YWEHbah)

let's go before (let's go before of that)

vámonos antes de que (BAHmohnohs AHNtehs deh keh)

before it rains antes de que llueva (AHNtehs deh keh YWEHbah)

Let's go before it hails! (Let's go before hail falls!)

¡Vámonos antes de que caiga granizo! (BAHmohnohs AHNtehs deh keh KAYgahgrahNEEsoh)

Let's go before it snows! ¡Vámonos antes de que nieve! (BAHmohnohs AHNtehs deh keh NYEHbeh)

Let's go before it sleets!¡Vámonos antes de que caiga aguanieve! (BAHmohnohs AHNtehs deh keh KAYgahahwahNYEHbehvAHmohnohs AHntehs dehkeh kAHeegah ahgooahneeEHveh)

I have to go shopping. Tengo que ir de compras. (TEHNgoh keh eer deh KOHMprahs)

What do you need to buy? ¿Qué necesitas comprar? (keh nehsehSEEtahs kohmPRAHR)



284





English Spanish

I'm out of milk and I also need new shoes.

Me quedé sin leche y también necesitozapatos nuevos. (meh kehDTHEH seen LEHcheh eetahmBYEHN nehsehSEEtoh sahPAHtohsNWEHbohs)

What size shoe do you wear? ¿Qué número calzas? (keh NOOmehroh KAHLsahs)

I think the number here is forty.Creo que el número aquí es cuarenta. (KREHoh keh ehl NOOmehroh ahKEE ehskwahREHNtah)

What shoe store do you recommend?¿Qué zapatería me recomiendas? (keh sahpahtehREEah mehrrehkohMYEHNdahs)

Let's go to the shoe store on San Martín street.Vamos a la zapatería que está en la calleSan Martín. (BAHmohs ah lah sahpahtehREEah kehehsTAH ehn lah KAHyeh sahn mahrTEEN)

What time does it close? ¿A qué hora cierra? (ah keh OHrah SYEHrrah)

Mmm… I don’t know, but the stores here closelate.

Mmm...no sé. Pero aquí las tiendas cierrantarde. (mmm noh seh PEHroh ahKEE lahsTYEHNdahs SYEHrrahn TAHRdtheh)

to the mall al centro comercial (ahl SEHNtroh kohmehrSYAHL)

I have to go to the mall.Tengo que ir al centro comercial. (TEHNgoh keh eer ahl SEHNtrohkohmehrSYAHL)

I have to buy a dress.Tengo que comprar un vestido. (TEHNgoh keh kohmPRAHR oonbehsTEEdthoh)

for the party para la fiesta (PAHrah lah FYEHStah)

for the party tonight para la fiesta de esta noche (PAHrah lah FYEHStah deh EHStah NOHcheh)

I have to buy a dress for the party tonight.

Tengo que comprar un vestido para lafiesta de esta noche. (TEHNgoh keh kohmPRAHR oonbehsTEEdthoh PAHrah lah FYEHStah dehEHStah NOHcheh)

I have to go to the shoe store. Tengo que ir a la zapatería. (TEHNgoh keh eer ah lah sahpahtehREEah)



285





English Spanish

I have to leave. Tengo que irme. (TEHNgoh keh EERmeh)

I have to leave. Me tengo que ir. (meh TEHNgoh keh eer)

I'm going shopping. Voy de compras. (boy deh KOHMprahs)

I'm going to the mall. Voy al centro comercial. (boy ahl SEHNtroh kohmehrSYAHL)

Are you going to the shoe store? ¿Vas a la zapatería? (bahs ah lah sahpahtehREEah)

shopping with me de compras conmigo (deh KOHMprahs kohnMEEgoh)

Are you going shopping with me? ¿Vas de compras conmigo? (bahs deh KOHMprahs kohnMEEgoh)

I ran out of milk! (I stayed without milk. )

¡Me quedé sin leche! (meh kehDTHEH seen LEHcheh)

I ran out of (I stayed without)

me quedé sin (meh kehDTHEH seen)

I didn't run out of milk! ¡No me quedé sin leche! (noh meh kehDTHEH seen LEHcheh )

I ran out of stationery. Me quedé sin hojas. (meh kehDTHEH seen OHhahs)

I'm going to the stationery store. Voy a la papelería. (boy ah lah pahpehlehREEah)

I ran out of stationery. I'm going to the stationerystore.

Me quedé sin hojas. Voy a la papelería. (meh kehDTHEH seen OHhahs boy ah lahpahpehlehREEah)

Are you going to the stationery store? Will you buyme stationery?

¿Vas a la papelería? ¿Me compras hojas? (bahs ah lah pahpehlehREEah mehKOHMprahs OHhahs)

milk carton cartón de leche (kahrTOHN deh LEHcheh)



286





English Spanish

The milk carton is in the refrigerator.El cartón de leche está en el refrigerador. (ehl kahrTOHN deh LEHcheh ehsTAH ehn ehlrrehfreehehrahDTHOHR)

I didn't run out of milk! The carton is in therefrigerator.

¡No me quedé sin leche! El cartón está enel refrigerador. (noh meh kehDTHEH seen LEHcheh ehlkahrTOHN ehsTAH ehn ehlrrehfreehehrahDTHOHR)

Oh no! I ran out of cereal! ¡Ay no! Me quedé sin cereales. (ay noh meh kehDTHEH seen sehrehAHlehs)

box of cereal caja de cereales (KAHhah deh sehrehAHlehs)

Can you buy a box of cereal?¿Puedes comprar una caja de cereales? (PWEHdthehs kohmPRAHR OOnah KAHhahdeh sehrehAHlehs)

I ran out of cereal. Can you buy a box?Me quedé sin cereales. ¿Puedes compraruna caja? (meh kehDTHEH seen sehrehAHlehsPWEHdthehs kohmPRAHR OOnah KAHhah)

I have to go to the market. Tengo que ir al mercado. (TEHNgoh keh eer ahl mehrKAHdthoh)

Are you going to the market? ¿Vas al mercado? (bahs ahl mehrKAHdthoh)

Can you go to the market? ¿Puedes ir al mercado? (PWEHdthehs eer ahl mehrKAHdthoh)

Can you go to the market? I ran out of milk andcereal.

¿Puedes ir al mercado? Me quedé sinleche y cereales. (PWEHdthehs eer ahl mehrKAHdthoh mehkehDTHEH seen LEHcheh ee sehrehAHlehs )

I ran out of sugar. Can you buy a kilo, please?

Me quedé sin azúcar. ¿Puedes comprar unkilo, por favor? (meh kehDTHEH seen ahSOOkahrPWEHdthehs kohmPRAHR oon KEEloh pohrfahBOHR)

I need a liter of milk for the cake.Necesito un litro de leche para el pastel. (nehsehSEEtoh oon LEEtroh deh LEHchehPAHrah ehl pahsTEHL)

I ran out of sugar and I also need a liter of milk.

Me quedé sin azúcar y también necesitoun litro de leche. (meh kehDTHEH seen ahSOOkahr eetahmBYEHN nehsehSEEtoh oon LEEtroh dehLEHcheh)



287





English Spanish

I didn't run out of milk. There's a liter here!No me quedé sin leche. ¡Aquí hay un litro! (noh meh kehDTHEH seen LEHcheh ahKEE ayoon LEEtroh)

What store do you recommend? ¿Qué tienda me recomiendas? (keh TYEHNdah meh rrehkohMYEHNdahs)

What do you recommend to me? ¿Qué me recomiendas? (keh meh rrehkohMYEHNdahs)

Can you recommend a store to me, please?¿Me puedes recomendar una tienda, porfavor? (meh PWEHdthehs rrehkohmehnDAHR OOnahTYEHNdah pohr fahBOHR)

I need to buy a dress.Necesito comprar un vestido. (nehsehSEEtoh kohmPRAHR oonbehsTEEdthoh)

What a beautiful dress! ¡Qué hermoso vestido! (keh ehrMOHsoh behsTEEdthoh)

I need to buy a dress. What clothing store do yourecommend to me?

Necesito comprar un vestido. ¿Qué tiendade ropa me recomiendas? (nehsehSEEtoh kohmPRAHR oonbehsTEEdthoh keh TYEHNdah deh RROHpahmeh rrehkohMYEHNdahs)

the store that is on San Juan Avenuela tienda que está en la avenida San Juan (lah TYEHNdah keh ehsTAH ehn lahahbehNEEdthah sahn hwahn)

I recommend to you the store that is on San JuanAvenue.

Te recomiendo la tienda que está en laavenida San Juan. (teh rrehkohMYEHNdoh lah TYEHNdah kehehsTAH ehn lah ahbehNEEdthah sahn hwahn)

I want to buy shoes. Quiero comprar zapatos. (KYEHroh kohmPRAHR sahPAHtohs)

I need new shoes. Necesito zapatos nuevos. (nehsehSEEtoh sahPAHtohs NWEHbohs)

I recommend that shoe store to you.Te recomiendo esa zapatería. (teh rrehkohMYEHNdoh EHsahsahpahtehREEah)

He recommends it. Él lo recomienda. (ehl loh rrehkohMYEHNdah)

He recommends it. Él la recomienda. (ehl lah rrehkohMYEHNdah)



288





English Spanish

She recommended it. Ella lo recomendó. (EHyah loh rrehkohmehnDOH)

he recommended to you él te recomendó (ehl teh rrehkohmehnDOH)

He recommended it to you. Él te lo recomendó. (ehl teh loh rrehkohmehnDOH)

She recommended it to me. Ella me la recomendó. (EHyah meh lah rrehkohmehnDOH)

She recommended it to you. Ella te lo recomendó. (EHyah teh loh rrehkohmehnDOH)

What store did he recommend to you? ¿Qué tienda te recomendó? (keh TYEHNdah teh rrehkohmehnDOH)

He recommended that shoe store to me.Él me recomendó esa zapatería. (ehl meh rrehkohmehnDOH EHsahsahpahtehREEah)

He recommended to me the shoe store that is onSan Juan Avenue.

Él me recomendó la zapatería que está enla avenida San Juan. (ehl meh rrehkohmehnDOH lahsahpahtehREEah keh ehsTAH ehn lahahbehNEEdthah sahn hwahn)

That shoe store has pretty shoes.Esa zapatería tiene zapatos bonitos. (EHsah sahpahtehREEah TYEHnehsahPAHtohs bohNEEtohs)

I recommend it to you. Te lo recomiendo. (teh loh rrehkohMYEHNdoh)

That shoe store has pretty shoes. I recommend itto you.

Esa zapatería tiene zapatos bonitos. Te larecomiendo. (EHsah sahpahtehREEah TYEHnehsahPAHtohs bohNEEtohs teh lahrrehkohMYEHNdoh)

That store sells inexpensive suits.Esa tienda vende trajes económicos. (EHsah TYEHNdah BEHNdeh TRAHhehsehkohNOHmeekohs)

that store sells esa tienda vende (EHsah TYEHNdah BEHNdeh )

I'm going to buy a new suit. Voy a comprar un traje nuevo. (boy ah kohmPRAHR oon TRAHheh NWEHboh)



289





English Spanish

What does that store sell? ¿Qué vende esa tienda? (keh BEHNdeh EHsah TYEHNdah)

The store that is on San Juan Avenue sellsinexpensive dresses.

La tienda que está en la avenida San Juanvende vestidos económicos. (lah TYEHNdah keh ehsTAH ehn lahahbehNEEdthah sahn hwahn BEHNdehbehsTEEdthohs ehkohNOHmeekohs)

evening dress (dress of party)

vestido de fiesta (behsTEEdthoh deh FYEHStah)

Excuse me, do you sell evening dresses?Disculpe, ¿vende vestidos de fiesta? (deesKOOLpeh BEHNdeh behsTEEdthohs dehFYEHStah)

Those shoes are expensive! ¡Esos zapatos son caros! (EHsohs sahPAHtohs sohn KAHrohs)

Don't go to that store. No vayas a esa tienda. (noh BAHyahs ah EHsah TYEHNdah)

The shoes that they sell are expensive.Los zapatos que venden son caros. (lohs sahPAHtohs keh BEHNdehn sohnKAHrohs)

Don't go to that store. The shoes that they sellare expensive.

No vayas a esa tienda. Los zapatos quevenden son caros. (noh BAHyahs ah EHsah TYEHNdah lohssahPAHtohs keh BEHNdehn sohn KAHrohs)

I don't recommend that shoe store to you.No te recomiendo esa zapatería. (noh teh rrehkohMYEHNdoh EHsahsahpahtehREEah)

I don't recommend that shoe store to you. Theysell expensive shoes.

No te recomiendo esa zapatería. Vendenzapatos caros. (noh teh rrehkohMYEHNdoh EHsahsahpahtehREEah BEHNdehn sahPAHtohsKAHrohs)

What time? (To what hour?)

¿A qué hora? (ah keh OHrah)

music store tienda de música (TYEHNdah deh MOOseekah)

What time does the music store close?¿A qué hora cierra la tienda de música? (ah keh OHrah SYEHrrah lah TYEHNdah dehMOOseekah)



290





English Spanish

At seven p.m. (7:00 p.m.). A las siete de la tarde (7:00 p.m.). (ah lahs SYEHteh deh lah TAHRdtheh)

The music store closes at seven p.m. (7:00 p.m.).La tienda de música cierra a las siete de latarde (7:00 p.m.). (lah TYEHNdah deh MOOseekah SYEHrrah ahlahs SYEHteh deh lah TAHRdtheh)

What time does it open? ¿A qué hora abre? (ah keh OHrah AHbreh)

What time does the mall open?¿A qué hora abre el centro comercial? (ah keh OHrah AHbreh ehl SEHNtrohkohmehrSYAHL)

At eight a.m. (8:00 a.m.). A las ocho de la mañana (8:00 a.m.). (ah lahs OHchoh deh lah mahNYAHnah)

It opens at nine a.m. (9:00 a.m.).Abre a las nueve de la mañana (9:00a.m.). (AHbreh ah lahs NWEHbeh deh lahmahNYAHnah)

At one a.m. (1:00 a.m.). A la una de la mañana (1:00 a.m.). (ah lah OOnah deh lah mahNYAHnah)

The mall closes at one a.m. (1:00 a.m.)El centro comercial cierra a la una de lamañana. (1:00 a.m.) (ehl SEHNtroh kohmehrSYAHL SYEHrrah ahlah OOnah deh lah mahNYAHnah)

What time is it? ¿Qué hora es? (keh OHrah ehs)

Excuse me, what time is it? Disculpe, ¿qué hora es? (deesKOOLpeh keh OHrah ehs)

It's six (6:00). Son las seis (6:00). (sohn lahs seys)

It's eight p.m. (8:00 p.m.). Son las ocho de la noche (8:00 p.m.). (sohn lahs OHchoh deh lah NOHcheh)

It's one (1:00). Es la una (1:00). (ehs lah OOnah)



291





English Spanish

I think that the pharmacy closes around eight(8:00).

Creo que la farmacia cierra alrededor delas ocho (8:00). (KREHoh keh lah fahrMAHsyah SYEHrrahahlrrehdthehDTHOHR deh lahs OHchoh)

the pharmacy closes la farmacia cierra (lah fahrMAHsyah SYEHrrah)

I think that it closes... creo que cierra... (KREHoh keh SYEHrrah)

I think that the pharmacy closes at eight (8:00).Creo que la farmacia cierra a las ocho(8:00). (KREHoh keh lah fahrMAHsyah SYEHrrah ahlahs OHchoh)

Around eight (8:00). Alrededor de las ocho (8:00). (ahlrrehdthehDTHOHR deh lahs OHchoh)

The mall closes around ten (10:00).El centro comercial cierra alrededor de lasdiez (10:00). (ehl SEHNtroh kohmehrSYAHL SYEHrrahahlrrehdthehDTHOHR deh lahs dyehs)

I'm leaving around eight (8:00).Me voy alrededor de las ocho (8:00). (meh boy ahlrrehdthehDTHOHR deh lahsOHchoh)

Let's go around four (4:00).Vamos alrededor de las cuatro (4:00). (BAHmohs ahlrrehdthehDTHOHR deh lahsKWAHtroh)

The store opens at nine sharp (9:00).La tienda abre a las nueve en punto(9:00). (lah TYEHNdah AHbreh ah lahs NWEHbeh ehnPOONtoh)

from one to three p.m. de una a tres de la tarde (deh OOnah ah trehs deh lah TAHRdtheh )

The stationery store closes from one to threep.m.

La papelería cierra de una a tres de latarde. (lah pahpehlehREEah SYEHrrah deh OOnahah trehs deh lah TAHRdtheh )

Excuse me, is it open? Disculpe, ¿está abierto? (deesKOOLpeh ehsTAH ahBYEHRtoh)

I don't think that the pharmacy is open.No creo que la farmacia esté abierta. (noh KREHoh keh lah fahrMAHsyah ehsTEHahBYEHRtah)

It's nine sharp. I think that the pharmacy is closed.

Son las nueve en punto. Creo que lafarmacia está cerrada. (sohn lahs NWEHbeh ehn POONtoh KREHohkeh lah fahrMAHsyah ehsTAHsehRRAHdthah)



292





English Spanish

The shoe store is closed. It opens around ten.

La zapatería está cerrada. Abre alrededorde las diez. (lah sahpahtehREEah ehsTAH sehRRAHdthahAHbreh ahlrrehdthehDTHOHR deh lahs dyehs)

I don't think that it closes late. No creo que cierre tarde. (noh KREHoh keh SYEHrreh TAHRdtheh)

before ten p.m. antes de las diez de la noche. (AHNtehs deh lahs dyehs deh lah NOHcheh)

I don't think that the mall closes before ten p.m.

No creo que el centro comercial cierreantes de las diez de la noche. (noh KREHoh keh ehl SEHNtrohkohmehrSYAHL SYEHrreh AHNtehs deh lahsdyehs deh lah NOHcheh )

I don't think that the store opens today. No creo que la tienda abra hoy. (noh KREHoh keh lah TYEHNdah AHbrah oy)

These pants are big on me! (These pants fit me big!)

¡Este pantalón me queda grande! (EHSteh pahntahLOHN meh KEHdthahGRAHNdeh)

It fits me big! ¡Me queda grande! (meh KEHdthah GRAHNdeh)

These pants aren't big on me. (These pants don't fit me big.)

Este pantalón no me queda grande. (EHSteh pahntahLOHN noh meh KEHdthahGRAHNdeh)

It's small on me. Me queda chico. (meh KEHdthah CHEEkoh)

Oh no! These pants are small on me!¡Ay no! ¡Este pantalón me queda chico! (ay noh EHSteh pahntahLOHN meh KEHdthahCHEEkoh)

What size are you? ¿Qué talla es usted? (keh TAHyah ehs oosTEHDTH)

I'm size small. Yo soy talla chica. (yoh soy TAHyah CHEEkah)

I want this tee shirt in size small.Quiero esta camiseta en talla chica. (KYEHroh EHStah kahmeeSEHtah ehn TAHyahCHEEkah)

I’m not size small. I’m size medium.No soy talla chica. Soy talla mediana. (noh soy TAHyah CHEEkah soy TAHyahmehDTHYAHnah)



293





English Spanish

Do you have this dress in a size medium?¿Tiene este vestido en talla mediana? (TYEHneh EHSteh behsTEEdthoh ehn TAHyahmehDTHYAHnah)

Do you have this dress in a size medium? This issmall on me.

¿Tiene este vestido en talla mediana? Esteme queda chico. (TYEHneh EHSteh behsTEEdthoh ehn TAHyahmehDTHYAHnah EHSteh meh KEHdthahCHEEkoh)

It fits me well. Me queda bien. (meh KEHdthah byehn)

This size fits me well. Esta talla me queda bien. (EHStah TAHyah meh KEHdthah byehn)

The size small doesn't fit me well. Do you have asize medium?

La talla chica no me queda bien. ¿Tienetalla mediana? (lah TAHyah CHEEkah noh meh KEHdthahbyehn TYEHneh TAHyah mehDTHYAHnah )

I think that this size doesn't fit me well. Do youhave size large?

Creo que esta talla no me queda bien.¿Tiene talla grande? (KREHoh keh EHStah TAHyah noh mehKEHdthah byehn TYEHneh TAHyahGRAHNdeh)

We have size large and extra large.Tenemos talla grande y extra grande. (tehNEHmohs TAHyah GRAHNdeh eeEHKStrah GRAHNdeh)

I was size large. Yo era talla grande. (yoh EHrah TAHyah GRAHNdeh)

I was size large. Now I'm size extra large!Yo era talla grande. ¡Ahora soy talla extragrande! (yoh EHrah TAHyah GRAHNdeh ahOHrah soyTAHyah EHKStrah GRAHNdeh)

What size shoe do you wear? (What number do you wear?)

¿Qué número calza? (keh NOOmehroh KAHLsah)

What size do you want? (What number do you want?)

¿Qué número quiere? (keh NOOmehroh KYEHreh)

I think that this size is small on me.Creo que este número me queda chico. (KREHoh keh EHSteh NOOmehroh mehKEHdthah CHEEkoh)

Do you have one size bigger? (Do you have one number more?)

¿Tiene un número más? (TYEHneh oon NOOmehroh mahs)



294





English SpanishDo you have one size smaller? (Do you have one number less?)

¿Tiene un número menos? (TYEHneh oon NOOmehroh MEHnohs)

They are big on me. (They fit me big.)

Me quedan grandes. (meh KEHdthahn GRAHNdehs)

These shoes are big on me. Do you have one sizesmaller?

Estos zapatos me quedan grandes. ¿Tieneun número menos? (EHStohs sahPAHtohs meh KEHdthahnGRAHNdehs TYEHneh oon NOOmehrohMEHnohs)

I don't think that this size fits me well.No creo que este número me quede bien. (noh KREHoh keh EHSteh NOOmehroh mehKEHdtheh byehn)

What beautiful boots! ¡Qué hermosas botas! (keh ehrMOHsahs BOHtahs )

I don't think that these boots fit me well.No creo que estas botas me queden bien. (noh KREHoh keh EHStahs BOHtahs mehKEHdthehn byehn)

I have to run some errands today. Would you liketo come?

Tengo que hacer unos mandados hoy. ¿Tegustaría venir? (TEHNgoh keh ahSEHR OOnohsmahnDAHdthohs oy teh goostahREEahbehNEER)

Where are you going? ¿Adónde vas? (ahDTHOHNdeh bahs)

To the bank and the post office.Al banco y la oficina de correos. (ahl BAHNkoh ee lah ohfeeSEEnah dehkohRREHohs)

Yes, I'll go with you. I have some letters to send tothe United States.

Sí, voy contigo. Tengo unas cartas paramandar a los Estados Unidos. (see boy kohnTEEgoh TEHNgoh OOnahsKAHRtahs PAHrah mahnDAHR ah lohsehsTAHdthohs ooNEEdthohs)

Thats good! I have a package for your mom that Ineed to send.

¡Qué bien! Tengo un paquete para tumamá que necesito mandar. (¡keh byehn! TEHNgoh oon pahKEHtehPAHrah too mahMAH keh nehsehSEEtohmahnDAHR)

Why are you going to the bank? ¿Por qué vas al banco? (¿pohr keh bahs ahl BAHNkoh?)

To exchange the dollars for pesos.Para cambiar los dólares por pesos. (PAHrah kahmBYAHR lohs DOHlahrehs pohrPEHsohs)



295





English Spanish

What is the exchange rate here?¿Cuál es la tasa de cambio acá? (¿kwahl ehs lah TAHsah deh KAHMbyohahKAH?)

I have to run some errands. (I have to do some errands.)

Tengo que hacer unos mandados. (TEHNgoh keh ahSEHR OOnohsmahnDAHdthohs)

to run some errands (to do some errands)

hacer unos mandados (ahSEHR OOnohs mahnDAHdthohs)

I have to go to run some errands.Tengo que ir a hacer unos mandados. (TEHNgoh keh eer ah ahSEHR OOnohsmahnDAHdthohs)

to go downtown ir al centro (eer ahl SEHNtroh)

I have to go downtown to run some errands.Tengo que ir al centro a hacer unosmandados. (TEHNgoh keh eer ahl SEHNtroh ah ahSEHROOnohs mahnDAHdthohs)

I have to go downtown to run some errands. Doyou want to come?

Tengo que ir al centro a hacer unosmandados. ¿Quieres venir? (TEHNgoh keh eer ahl SEHNtroh ah ahSEHROOnohs mahnDAHdthohs. ¿KYEHrehsbehNEER?)

Do you want to come run some errands with me?¿Quieres venir a hacer unos mandadosconmigo? (¿KYEHrehs behNEER ah ahSEHR OOnohsmahnDAHdthohs kohnMEEgoh?)

you don't have to no tienes que (noh TYEHnehs keh)

You don't have to do it. No tienes que hacerlo. (noh TYEHnehs keh ahSEHRloh)

You don't have to run the errands. I can go.No tienes que hacer los mandados. Yopuedo ir. (noh TYEHnehs keh ahSEHR lohsmahnDAHdthohs yoh PWEHdthoh eer)

Can I go with you? ¿Puedo ir contigo? (¿PWEHdthoh eer kohnTEEgoh?)

If you have to run some errands, can I go withyou?

Si tienes que hacer unos mandados,¿puedo ir contigo? (see TYEHnehs keh ahSEHR OOnohsmahnDAHdthohs PWEHdthoh eerkohnTEEgoh)

I have some letters to send to France.Tengo unas cartas para mandar a Francia. (TEHNgoh OOnahs KAHRtahs PAHrahmahnDAHR ah FRAHNsyah)



296





English Spanish

letters to send cartas para mandar (KAHRtahs PAHrah mahnDAHR)

I have some letters. Tengo unas cartas. (TEHNgoh OOnahs KAHRtahs)

I have some letters to send.Tengo unas cartas para mandar. (TEHNgoh OOnahs KAHRtahs PAHrahmahnDAHR)

I have to send a letter to the United States.Tengo que mandar una carta a los EstadosUnidos. (TEHNgoh keh mahnDAHR OOnah KAHRtah ahlohs ehsTAHdthohs ooNEEdthohs)

a package to send un paquete para mandar (oon pahKEHteh PAHrah mahnDAHR)

I have a package to send to Italy.Tengo un paquete para mandar a Italia. (TEHNgoh oon pahKEHteh PAHrah mahnDAHRah eeTAHlyah)

How much does it cost to send this package toItaly?

¿Cuánto cuesta mandar este paquete aItalia? (¿KWAHNtoh KWEHStah mahnDAHR EHStehpahKEHteh ah eeTAHlyah?)

I would like to send this postcard to Mexico.Me gustaría enviar esta postal a México. (meh goostahREEah ehnBYAHR EHStahpohsTAHL ah MEHheekoh)

How much does the stamp cost?¿Cuánto cuesta la estampilla? (¿KWAHNtoh KWEHStah lahehstahmPEEyah?)

I have to send this postcard. How much does thestamp cost?

Tengo que enviar esta postal. ¿Cuántocuesta la estampilla? (TEHNgoh keh ehnBYAHR EHStah pohsTAHL.¿KWAHNtoh KWEHStah lah ehstahmPEEyah?)

How much do they charge to send a package?¿Cuánto cobran para enviar un paquete? (¿KWAHNtoh KOHbrahn PAHrah ehnBYAHRoon pahKEHteh?)

How much do they charge to send a letter toGermany?

¿Cuánto cobran para enviar una carta aAlemania? (¿KWAHNtoh KOHbrahn PAHrah ehnBYAHROOnah KAHRtah ah ahlehMAHnyah?)

to pick up a package retirar un paquete (rrehteeRAHR oon pahKEHteh)

Good morning. I need to pick up a package.Buenos días. Necesito retirar un paquete. (BWEHnohs DEEahs nehsehSEEtohrrehteeRAHR oon pahKEHteh)



297





English Spanish

Where does it come from? ¿De dónde viene? (¿deh DOHNdeh BYEHneh?)

Where does your package come from? ¿De dónde viene su paquete? (¿deh DOHNdeh BYEHneh soo pahKEHteh?)

I have to pick up a package from Germany. (I have to pick up a package that comes fromGermany.)

Tengo que retirar un paquete que viene deAlemania. (TEHNgoh keh rrehteeRAHR oon pahKEHtehkeh BYEHneh deh ahlehMAHnyah)

Why are you going? ¿Por qué vas? (¿pohr keh bahs?)

Are you going to the bank? ¿Vas al banco? (¿bahs ahl BAHNkoh?)

Why don't you go to the bank? ¿Por qué no vas al banco? (¿pohr keh noh bahs ahl BAHNkoh?)

then to the mall (later to the mall)

luego al centro comercial (LWEHgoh ahl SEHNtroh kohmehrSYAHL)

Why don't we go to the bank and then to the mall?¿Por qué no vamos al banco y luego alcentro comercial? (¿pohr keh noh BAHmohs ahl BAHNkoh eeLWEHgoh ahl SEHNtroh kohmehrSYAHL?)

Did you bring the credit card?¿Trajiste la tarjeta de crédito? (¿trahHEESteh lah tahrHEHtah dehKREHdtheetoh?)

Why didn't you bring the credit card?¿Por qué no trajiste la tarjeta de crédito? (pohr keh noh trahHEESteh lah tahrHEHtahdeh KREHdtheetoh)

Why don't you take the debit card?¿Por qué no llevas la tarjeta de débito? (pohr keh noh YEHbahs lah tahrHEHtah dehDEHbeetoh)

We are going to the bank. Why don't you take thedebit card?

Vamos al banco. ¿Por qué no llevas latarjeta de débito? (BAHmohs ahl BAHNkoh pohr keh nohYEHbahs lah tahrHEHtah deh DEHbeetoh)

What are you going to the post office for?¿Para qué vas a la oficina de correos? (PAHrah keh bahs ah lah ohfeeSEEnah dehkohRREHohs)



298





English Spanish

What are you going for? ¿Para qué vas? (PAHrah keh bahs)

Are you going to the post office? ¿Vas a la oficina de correos? (bahs ah lah ohfeeSEEnah deh kohRREHohs)

What are you taking the checks for? ¿Para qué llevas los cheques? (PAHrah keh YEHbahs lohs CHEHkehs)

if you're not going to the bank si no vas al banco (see noh bahs ahl BAHNkoh)

What are you taking the checks for if you're notgoing to the bank?

¿Para qué llevas los cheques si no vas albanco? (PAHrah keh YEHbahs lohs CHEHkehs seenoh bahs ahl BAHNkoh)

If you go to the bank, take the checks.Si vas al banco, lleva los cheques. (see bahs ahl BAHNkoh YEHbah lohsCHEHkehs)

If you don't have the letter, what are you going tothe post office for?

Si no tienes la carta, ¿para qué vas a laoficina de correos? (see noh TYEHnehs lah KAHRtah PAHrah kehbahs ah lah ohfeeSEEnah deh kohRREHohs)

What are you taking the credit card for?¿Para qué llevas la tarjeta de crédito? (PAHrah keh YEHbahs lah tahrHEHtah dehKREHdtheetoh)

if you have the money si tienes el dinero (see TYEHnehs ehl deeNEHroh)

What are you taking the credit card for if you havethe money?

¿Para qué llevas la tarjeta de crédito sitienes el dinero? (PAHrah keh YEHbahs lah tahrHEHtah dehKREHdtheetoh see TYEHnehs ehl deeNEHroh)

What do you need to use the ATM for?¿Para qué necesita usar el cajeroautomático? (PAHrah keh nehsehSEEtah ooSAHR ehlkahHEHroh ahwtohMAHteekoh)

I can do it on-line. Puedo hacerlo en línea. (PWEHdthoh ahSEHRloh ehn LEEnehah)

I don't have to go to the ATM. I can do it on-line.

No tengo que ir al cajero automático.Puedo hacerlo en línea. (noh TEHNgoh keh eer ahl kahHEHrohahwtohMAHteekoh PWEHdthoh ahSEHRlohehn LEEnehah)



299





English Spanish

to transfer the money transferir el dinero (trahnsfehREER ehl deeNEHroh)

Can I transfer the money on-line?¿Puedo transferir el dinero en línea? (PWEHdthoh trahnsfehREER ehl deeNEHrohehn LEEnehah)

What are you going to the bank for? You cantransfer the money on-line.

¿Para qué vas al banco? Puedes transferirel dinero en línea. (PAHrah keh bahs ahl BAHNkoh PWEHdthehstrahnsfehREER ehl deeNEHroh ehnLEEnehah)

Because I want to exchange the dollars for pesos.Porque quiero cambiar los dólares porpesos. (POHRkeh KYEHroh kahmBYAHR lohsDOHlahrehs pohr PEHsohs)

because I want to exchange (because I want to change)

porque quiero cambiar (POHRkeh KYEHroh kahmBYAHR)

pesos for dollars pesos por dólares (PEHsohs pohr DOHlahrehs)

I want to exchange dollars for pesos.Quiero cambiar dólares por pesos. (KYEHroh kahmBYAHR DOHlahrehs pohrPEHsohs)

You have to go to the bank. Tienes que ir al banco. (TYEHnehs keh eer ahl BAHNkoh)

You have to go to the bank if you want toexchange the dollars.

Tienes que ir al banco si quieres cambiarlos dólares. (TYEHnehs keh eer ahl BAHNkoh seeKYEHrehs kahmBYAHR lohs DOHlahrehs)

these coins for bills estas monedas por billetes (EHStahs mohNEHdthahs pohr beeYEHtehs)

Because I want to exchange these coins for bills.Porque quiero cambiar estas monedas porbilletes. (POHRkeh KYEHroh kahmBYAHR EHStahsmohNEHdthahs pohr beeYEHtehs)

to withdraw money from the bank extraer dinero del banco (ehkstrahEHR deeNEHroh dehl BAHNkoh)

Because I want to withdraw money from the bank.Porque quiero extraer dinero del banco. (POHRkeh KYEHroh ehkstrahEHR deeNEHrohdehl BAHNkoh)

Because I want to deposit money.Porque quiero depositar dinero. (POHRkeh KYEHroh dehpohseeTAHRdeeNEHroh)



300





English Spanish

Because I want to deposit money in my savingsaccount.

Porque quiero depositar dinero en micuenta de ahorros. (POHRkeh KYEHroh dehpohseeTAHRdeeNEHroh ehn mee KWEHNtah dehahOHrrohs)

Because I want to deposit these checks in thesavings account.

Porque quiero depositar estos cheques enla cuenta de ahorros. (POHRkeh KYEHroh dehpohseeTAHR EHStohsCHEHkehs ehn lah KWEHNtah dehahOHrrohs)

I'm going to open a savings account.Voy a abrir una cuenta de ahorros. (boy ah ahBREER OOnah KWEHNtah dehahOHrrohs)

I'm going to open a savings account because Iwant to deposit my money.

Voy a abrir una cuenta de ahorros porquequiero depositar mi dinero. (boy ah ahBREER OOnah KWEHNtah dehahOHrrohs POHRkeh KYEHrohdehpohseeTAHR mee deeNEHroh)

What is the exchange rate? ¿Cuál es la tasa de cambio? (kwahl ehs lah TAHsah deh KAHMbyoh )

What is the exchange rate to exchange pesos fordollars?

¿Cuál es la tasa de cambio para cambiarlos pesos por dólares? (kwahl ehs lah TAHsah deh KAHMbyohPAHrah kahmBYAHR lohs PEHsohs pohrDOHlahrehs)

How much is the postage here? ¿Cuánto es el franqueo acá? (KWAHNtoh ehs ehl frahnKEHoh ahKAH)

What is the exchange rate over there?¿Cuál es la tasa de cambio allá? (kwahl ehs lah TAHsah deh KAHMbyohahYAH)

How much are dollars worth here?¿Cuánto valen los dólares acá? (KWAHNtoh BAHlehn lohs DOHlahrehsahKAH)

How much are colons worth here?¿Cuánto valen los colones acá? (KWAHNtoh BAHlehn lohs kohLOHnehsahKAH)

How much are the envelopes worth? ¿Cuánto valen los sobres? (KWAHNtoh BAHlehn lohs SOHbrehs)

I need some envelopes. Necesito unos sobres. (nehsehSEEtoh OOnohs SOHbrehs)

I need to go to the stationery store to buy someenvelopes.

Necesito ir a la papelería para comprarunos sobres. (nehsehSEEtoh eer ah lah pahpehlehREEahPAHrah kohmPRAHR OOnohs SOHbrehs)



301





English Spanish

What do you want to do today? ¿Qué quieres hacer hoy? (keh KYEHrehs ahSEHR oy)

I feel like going to the beach. Tengo ganas de ir a la playa. (TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh eer ah lah PLAHyah)

Me too. It's very hot today.Yo también, hace mucho calor hoy. (yoh tahmBYEHN AHseh MOOchoh kahLOHRoy)

Yes, I need to get a tan to look good.Sí, necesito broncearme para verme bien. (see nehsehSEEtoh brohnsehAHRmehPAHrah BEHRmeh byehn)

Are we going to walk or take a taxi? ¿Vamos caminando o en taxi? (BAHmohs kahmeeNAHNdoh oh ehn TAHksee)

It's better if we go on foot. Mejor vamos a pie. (mehHOHR BAHmohs ah pyeh)

Yes, it's healthier! Sí, ¡es más saludable! (see ehs mahs sahlooDTHAHbleh)

Remember to bring money in case we have to buysomething.

Recuerda traer dinero por si tenemos quecomprar algo. (rrehKWEHRdthah trahEHR deeNEHroh pohrsee tehNEHmohs keh kohmPRAHR AHLgoh)

Sure! I'm going to take the sunblock and thetowels.

¡Claro! Voy a llevar el bloqueador solar ylas toallas. (KLAHroh boy ah yehBAHR ehlblohkehahDTHOHR sohLAHR ee lahstohAHyahs)

I feel like tengo ganas de (TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh)

I feel like going tengo ganas de ir (TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh eer)

to the beach a la playa (ah lah PLAHyah)

I don't feel like going to the beach.No tengo ganas de ir a la playa. (noh TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh eer ah lahPLAHyah)

Do you feel like swimming? ¿Tienes ganas de nadar? (TYEHnehs GAHnahs deh nahDTHAHR)



302





English Spanish

I feel like swimming. Tengo ganas de nadar. (TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh nahDTHAHR)

to get myself up late levantarme tarde (lehbahnTAHRmeh TAHRdtheh)

I feel like getting up late.Tengo ganas de levantarme tarde. (TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh lehbahnTAHRmehTAHRdtheh)

I don't feel like getting up early.No tengo ganas de levantarme temprano. (noh TEHNgoh GAHnahs dehlehbahnTAHRmeh tehmPRAHnoh)

I don't feel like getting up early on vacation.

No tengo ganas de levantarme tempranoen vacaciones. (noh TEHNgoh GAHnahs dehlehbahnTAHRmeh tehmPRAHnoh ehnbahkahSYOHnehs)

to feel like doing tener ganas de hacer (tehNEHR GAHnahs deh ahSEHR)

What do you feel like doing? ¿Qué tienes ganas de hacer? (keh TYEHnehs GAHnahs deh ahSEHR)

on your vacation en tus vacaciones (ehn toos bahkahSYOHnehs)

What do you feel like doing on your vacation?¿Qué tienes ganas de hacer en tusvacaciones? (keh TYEHnehs GAHnahs deh ahSEHR ehntoos bahkahSYOHnehs)

Do you feel like going to the movie theater? ¿Tienes ganas de ir al cine? (TYEHnehs GAHnahs deh eer ahl SEEneh)

Do you feel like coming? ¿Tienes ganas de venir? (TYEHnehs GAHnahs deh behNEER)

I feel like eating. Tengo ganas de comer. (TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh kohMEHR)

I feel like eating popcorn.Tengo ganas de comer palomitas de maíz.(TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh kohMEHRpahlohMEEtahs deh mahEES)

I feel like watching a movie and eating popcorn.

Tengo ganas de mirar una película ycomer palomitas de maíz. (TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh meeRAHR OOnahpehLEEkoolah ee kohMEHR pahlohMEEtahsdeh mahEES)



303





English Spanish

I feel like sleeping. Tengo ganas de dormir. (TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh dohrMEER)

I'm tired. I feel like sleeping.Estoy cansado. Tengo ganas de dormir. (ehsTOY kahnSAHdthoh TEHNgoh GAHnahsdeh dohrMEER)

I feel like sleeping until late.Tengo ganas de dormir hasta tarde. (TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh dohrMEER AHStahTAHRdtheh)

I feel like sleeping until late on my vacation.Tengo ganas de dormir hasta tarde en misvacaciones. (TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh dohrMEER AHStahTAHRdtheh ehn mees bahkahSYOHnehs)

I need to tan to look good!¡Necesito broncearme para verme bien! (nehsehSEEtoh brohnsehAHRmeh PAHrahBEHRmeh byehn)

to look good (to look myself well)

verme bien (BEHRmeh byehn)

for me to look good para verme bien (PAHrah BEHRmeh byehn)

I want to go to the beach to tan.Quiero ir a la playa para broncearme. (KYEHroh eer ah lah PLAHyah PAHrahbrohnsehAHRmeh)

Can we go to the beach? ¿Podemos ir a la playa? (pohDTHEHmohs eer ah lah PLAHyah)

I need to tan. Can we go to the beach?Necesito broncearme. ¿Podemos ir a laplaya? (nehsehSEEtoh brohnsehAHRmehpohDTHEHmohs eer ah lah PLAHyah)

I need to go to the gym. Necesito ir al gimnasio. (nehsehSEEtoh eer ahl heemNAHsyoh)

I need to go to the gym to look good.Necesito ir al gimnasio para verme bien. (nehsehSEEtoh eer ahl heemNAHsyohPAHrah BEHRmeh byehn)

You look good. Te ves bien. (teh behs byehn)

You look good in that dress. Te ves bien con ese vestido. (teh behs byehn kohn EHseh behsTEEdthoh)



304





English Spanish

You look healthy! ¡Te ves saludable! (teh behs sahlooDTHAHbleh)

Do you go to the gym? You look healthy!¿Vas al gimnasio? ¡Te ves saludable! (bahs ahl heemNAHsyoh teh behssahlooDTHAHbleh)

You look relaxed! ¡Te ves relajado! (teh behs rrehlahHAHdthoh)

Are you on vacation? You look relaxed!¿Estás de vacaciones? ¡Te ves relajado! (ehsTAHS deh bahkahSYOHnehs teh behsrrehlahHAHdthoh)

You look good with those sunglasses!¡Te ves bien con esos anteojos de sol! (teh behs byehn kohn EHsohsahntehOHhohs deh sohl)

Are you going to the beach? Don't you need totake your sunglasses?

¿Vas a la playa? ¿No necesitas llevar tusanteojos? (bahs ah lah PLAHyah noh nehsehSEEtahsyehBAHR toos ahntehOHhohs)

walking or in taxi caminando o en taxi (kahmeeNAHNdoh oh ehn TAHksee)

Are you going to walk or take a taxi? ¿Vas caminando o en taxi? (bahs kahmeeNAHNdoh oh ehn TAHksee)

Are we going on foot? ¿Vamos a pie? (BAHmohs ah pyeh)

Should we take a taxi? (Do we take a taxi?)

¿Tomamos un taxi? (tohMAHmohs oon TAHksee)

Should we take the bus? ¿Tomamos el autobús? (tohMAHmohs ehl ahwtohBOOS)

Are we going on the bus or in a taxi?¿Vamos en autobús o en taxi? (BAHmohs ehn ahwtohBOOS oh ehnTAHksee)

Do you want to take the subway or the bus?¿Quieres tomar el metro o el autobús? (KYEHrehs tohMAHR ehl MEHtroh oh ehlahwtohBOOS)

Should we take the subway to go to the movietheater?

¿Tomamos el metro para ir al cine? (tohMAHmohs ehl MEHtroh PAHrah eer ahlSEEneh)



305





English Spanish

Let's go on bike! ¡Vamos en bicicleta! (BAHmohs ehn beeseeKLEHtah)

to ride a bike (to ride on bike)

andar en bicicleta (ahnDAHR ehn beeseeKLEHtah)

Do you want to go bike riding? (Do you want to ride a bike?)

¿Quieres andar en bicicleta? (KYEHrehs ahnDAHR ehn beeseeKLEHtah)

Do you know how to ride a bike? (Do you know to ride on bike?)

¿Sabes andar en bicicleta? (SAHbehs ahnDAHR ehn beeseeKLEHtah)

to ride a horse andar a caballo (ahnDAHR ah kahBAHyoh)

Can we go horseback riding? (Can we ride a horse?)

¿Podemos andar a caballo? (pohDTHEHmohs ahnDAHR ah kahBAHyoh)

I don't know how to ride a horse. (I don't know to ride a horse.)

No sé andar a caballo. (noh seh ahnDAHR ah kahBAHyoh)

to learn to ride aprender a andar (ahprehnDEHR ah ahnDAHR)

I want to learn to ride a horse.Quiero aprender a andar a caballo. (KYEHroh ahprehnDEHR ah ahnDAHR ahkahBAHyoh)

I was going to surf but I forgot my board.Iba a hacer surf pero olvidé la tabla. (EEbah ah ahSEHR soorf PEHrohohlbeeDTHEH lah TAHblah)

I was going to surf. Iba a hacer surf. (EEbah ah ahSEHR soorf)

I forgot the board! ¡Olvidé la tabla! (ohlbeeDTHEH lah TAHblah)

Weren't you going to...? ¿No ibas a...? (noh EEbahs ah)

Weren't you going to surf? ¿No ibas a hacer surf? (noh EEbahs ah ahSEHR soorf)

Yes, but I forgot the board! Sí, ¡pero olvidé la tabla! (see PEHroh ohlbeeDTHEH lah TAHblah)



306





English Spanish

I forgot my swimsuit. Olvidé el traje de baño. (ohlbeeDTHEH ehl TRAHheh deh BAHnyoh)

What happened? Weren't you going to sunbathe? ¿Qué pasó? ¿No ibas a tomar sol? (keh pahSOH noh EEbahs ah tohMAHR sohl)

I was going to sunbathe but I forgot my swimsuit!¡Iba a tomar sol pero olvidé el traje debaño! (EEbah ah tohMAHR sohl PEHrohohlbeeDTHEH ehl TRAHheh deh BAHnyoh)

Did you bring your swimsuit? ¿Trajiste tu traje de baño? (trahHEESteh too TRAHheh deh BAHnyoh)

You forgot your swimsuit.Te olvidaste tu traje de baño. (teh ohlbeeDTHAHSteh too TRAHheh dehBAHnyoh)

I was going to surf but it rained! ¡Iba a hacer surf pero llovió! (EEbah ah ahSEHR soorf PEHroh yohBYOH)

to play basketball (to play to the basketball)

jugar al básquet (hooGAHR ahl BAHSkeht)

Weren't you going to play basketball? ¿No ibas a jugar al básquet? (noh EEbahs ah hooGAHR ahl BAHSkeht)

Oh, no! You forgot the ball! ¡Ay, no! ¡Olvidaste la pelota! (ay noh ohlbeeDTHAHSteh lah pehLOHtah)

We were going to play basketball. Íbamos a jugar al básquet. (EEbahmohs ah hooGAHR ahl BAHSkeht)

We were going to play basketball but you forgotthe ball.

Íbamos a jugar al básquet pero olvidastela pelota. (EEbahmohs ah hooGAHR ahl BAHSkehtPEHroh ohlbeeDTHAHSteh lah pehLOHtah)

We were going to play with the ball but you forgotit!

¡Íbamos a jugar con la pelota pero laolvidaste! (EEbahmohs ah hooGAHR kohn lahpehLOHtah PEHroh lah ohlbeeDTHAHSteh)

Remember to take the rod in case we go fishing.Recuerda llevar la caña por si vamos apescar. (rrehKWEHRdthah yehBAHR lah KAHnyahpohr see BAHmohs ah pehsKAHR)

Remember to take the rod. Recuerda llevar la caña. (rrehKWEHRdthah yehBAHR lah KAHnyah)



307





English Spanish

to go fishing ir a pescar (eer ah pehsKAHR)

We go fishing. Vamos a pescar. (BAHmohs ah pehsKAHR)

in case we go fishing por si vamos a pescar (pohr see BAHmohs ah pehsKAHR)

Remember to take the rod if you want to gofishing.

Recuerda llevar la caña si quieres ir apescar. (rrehKWEHRdthah yehBAHR lah KAHnyah seeKYEHrehs eer ah pehsKAHR)

Remember to call her. Recuerda llamarla. (rrehKWEHRdthah yahMAHRlah)

Remember to call Lucía. Recuerda llamar a Lucía. (rrehKWEHRdthah yahMAHR ah looSEEah)

Remember to call Lucía. She wants to go to themovie theater too.

Recuerda llamar a Lucía. Ella quiere ir alcine también. (rrehKWEHRdthah yahMAHR ah looSEEahEHyah KYEHreh eer ahl SEEneh tahmBYEHN)

Remember to take the towel. Recuerda llevar la toalla. (rrehKWEHRdthah yehBAHR lah tohAHyah)

If you go to the beach, remember to take thetowel.

Si vas a la playa recuerda llevar la toalla. (see bahs ah lah PLAHyah rrehKWEHRdthahyehBAHR lah tohAHyah)

to bring money for the ticketstraer dinero para las entradas (trahEHR deeNEHroh PAHrah lahsehnTRAHdthahs)

the tickets and the popcornlas entradas y las palomitas de maíz (lahs ehnTRAHdthahs ee lahspahlohMEEtahs deh mahEES)

Remember to bring money for the tickets and thepopcorn.

Recuerda traer dinero para las entradas ylas palomitas de maíz. (rrehKWEHRdthah trahEHR deeNEHrohPAHrah lahs ehnTRAHdthahs ee lahspahlohMEEtahs deh mahEES)

the sunblock and the sunglassesel bloqueador solar y los anteojos de sol (ehl blohkehahDTHOHR sohLAHR ee lohsahntehOHhohs deh sohl)



308





English Spanish

Are you going to sunbathe? Remember to takethe sunblock and the sunglasses!

¿Vas a tomar sol? ¡Recuerda llevar elbloqueador solar y los anteojos de sol! (bahs ah tohMAHR sohl rrehKWEHRdthahyehBAHR ehl blohkehahDTHOHR sohLAHR eelohs ahntehOHhohs deh sohl)

Let's go to the square! ¡Vamos a la plaza! (BAHmohs ah lah PLAHsah)

Remember to take the ball in case we go to thesquare!

¡Recuerda llevar la pelota por si vamos ala plaza! (rrehKWEHRdthah yehBAHR lah pehLOHtahpohr see BAHmohs ah lah PLAHsah)

I want to go sightseeing! ¡Quiero hacer turismo! (KYEHroh ahSEHR tooREESmoh)

What do you want to see? ¿Qué quieres ver? (keh KYEHrehs behr)

Everything I should see before leaving.Todo lo que debería ver antes de irme. (TOHdthoh loh keh dehbehREEah behrAHNtehs deh EERmeh)

Okay. I have some ideas.Bueno. Tengo algunas ideas. (BWEHnoh TEHNgoh ahlGOOnahseeDTHEHahs)

Do you want to see the Aztec stadium? ¿Quieres ver el estadio Azteca? (KYEHrehs behr ehl ehsTAHdyoh ahsTEHkah)

Yes, but I also want to see places without a lot oftourists.

Sí, pero también quiero ver lugares sinmuchos turistas. (see PEHroh tahmBYEHN KYEHroh behrlooGAHrehs seen MOOchohs tooREEStahs)

There are some good places to visit in the village!¡Hay algunos lugares buenos para visitaren el pueblo! (ay ahlGOOnohs looGAHrehs BWEHnohsPAHrah beeseeTAHR ehn ehl PWEHbloh)

Can we visit the house where Frida Kahlo lived?¿Podemos visitar la casa donde vivió FridaKahlo? (pohDTHEHmohs beeseeTAHR lah KAHsahDOHNdeh beeBYOH FREEdthah KAHloh)

Sure! But it's a little far.¡Claro! Pero está un poco lejos. (KLAHroh PEHroh ehsTAH oon POHkohLEHhohs)

I want to go sightseeing. Quiero hacer turismo. (KYEHroh ahSEHR tooREESmoh)



309





English Spanish

Do you want to go sightseeing? ¿Quieres hacer turismo? (KYEHrehs ahSEHR tooREESmoh)

I like to go sightseeing. Me gusta hacer turismo. (meh GOOStah ahSEHR tooREESmoh)

Where do you want to go sightseeing? ¿Dónde quieres hacer turismo? (DOHNdeh KYEHrehs ahSEHR tooREESmoh)

Where do you want to go sightseeing on yourvacation?

¿Dónde quieres hacer turismo en tusvacaciones? (DOHNdeh KYEHrehs ahSEHR tooREESmohehn toos bahkahSYOHnehs)

to take a guided tour (to do a guided tour)

hacer una visita guiada (ahSEHR OOnah beeSEEtah GYAHdthah)

I want to take a guided tour.Quiero hacer una visita guiada. (KYEHroh ahSEHR OOnah beeSEEtahGYAHdthah)

Would you like to take a guided tour through theruins?

¿Te gustaría hacer una visita guiada porlas ruinas? (teh goostahREEah ahSEHR OOnahbeeSEEtah GYAHdthah pohr lahsRRWEEnahs)

Let's tour the ruins! ¡Vamos a recorrer las ruinas! (BAHmohs ah rrehkohRRER lahs RRWEEnahs)

I would love to tour the palace!¡Me encantaría recorrer el palacio! (meh ehnkahntahREEah rrehkohRRER ehlpahLAHsyoh)

I would love to tour the palace! When is there aguided tour?

¡Me encantaría recorrer el palacio!¿Cuándo hay una visita guiada? (meh ehnkahntahREEah rrehkohRRER ehlpahLAHsyoh KWAHNdoh ay OOnahbeeSEEtah GYAHdthah)

I want to see everything that I should before Ileave.

Quiero ver todo lo que debería antes deirme. (KYEHroh behr TOHdthoh loh kehdehbehREEah AHNtehs deh EERmeh)

I want to see everything. Quiero ver todo. (KYEHroh behr TOHdthoh)

before I leave antes de irme (AHNtehs deh EERmeh)

I want to see everything before I leave.Quiero ver todo antes de irme. (KYEHroh behr TOHdthoh AHNtehs dehEERmeh)



310





English Spanish

Everything that I should. Todo lo que debería. (TOHdthoh loh keh dehbehREEah)

I want to see everything that I should.Quiero ver todo lo que debería. (KYEHroh behr TOHdthoh loh kehdehbehREEah)

What should I see before I leave?¿Qué debería ver antes de irme? (keh dehbehREEah behr AHNtehs dehEERmeh)

Everything possible. (All the thing(s) possible.)

Todo lo posible. (TOHdthoh loh pohSEEbleh)

Where should I go before I leave?¿Adónde debería ir antes de irme? (ahDTHOHNdeh dehbehREEah eer AHNtehsdeh EERmeh)

Should I see the stadium? ¿Debería ver el estadio? (dehbehREEah behr ehl ehsTAHdyoh)

before you go antes de que te vayas (AHNtehs deh keh teh BAHyahs)

You should see the Aztec stadium before you go.Deberías ver el estadio Azteca antes deque te vayas. (dehbehREEahs behr ehl ehsTAHdyohahsTEHkah AHNtehs deh keh teh BAHyahs)

You should do everything possible.Deberías hacer todo lo posible. (dehbehREEahs ahSEHR TOHdthoh lohpohSEEbleh)

to go to the stadium before you leavepara ir al estadio antes de que te vayas (PAHrah eer ahl ehsTAHdyoh AHNtehs dehkeh teh BAHyahs)

You should do everything possible to go to thestadium before you leave.

Deberías hacer todo lo posible para ir alestadio antes de que te vayas. (dehbehREEahs ahSEHR TOHdthoh lohpohSEEbleh PAHrah eer ahl ehsTAHdyohAHNtehs deh keh teh BAHyahs)

What do you want to see before you go?¿Qué quieres ver antes de que te vayas? (keh KYEHrehs behr AHNtehs deh keh tehBAHyahs)

I have some ideas of what we can do.Tengo algunas ideas de lo que podemoshacer. (TEHNgoh ahlGOOnahs eeDTHEHahs deh lohkeh pohDTHEHmohs ahSEHR)

I have some ideas. Tengo algunas ideas. (TEHNgoh ahlGOOnahs eeDTHEHahs)



311





English Spanish

what we can lo que podemos (loh keh pohDTHEHmohs)

what we can do lo que podemos hacer (loh keh pohDTHEHmohs ahSEHR)

Do you have an idea of what we can do if it rains?¿Tienes idea de lo que podemos hacer sillueve? (TYEHnehs eeDTHEHah deh loh kehpohDTHEHmohs ahSEHR see YWEHbeh)

I have no idea! ¡No tengo idea! (noh TEHNgoh eeDTHEHah)

I have a good idea. Tengo una buena idea. (TEHNgoh OOnah BWEHnah eeDTHEHah)

That's a bad idea! ¡Esa es una mala idea! (EHsah ehs OOnah MAHlah eeDTHEHah)

That's an excellent idea!¡Esa es una excelente idea! (EHsah ehs OOnah ehksehLEHNteheeDTHEHah)

I have a better idea! ¡Tengo una mejor idea! (TEHNgoh OOnah mehHOHR eeDTHEHah)

I wish I could visit the art gallery. (I would want to visit the gallery of art.)

Quisiera visitar la galería de arte. (keeSYEHrah beeseeTAHR lah gahlehREEahdeh AHRteh)

art gallery galería de arte (gahlehREEah deh AHRteh)

to visit the art gallery visitar la galería de arte (beeseeTAHR lah gahlehREEah deh AHRteh)

There's no time. No hay tiempo. (noh ay TYEHMpoh)

I wish I could visit the gallery but there's no time.Quisiera visitar la galería pero no haytiempo. (keeSYEHrah beeseeTAHR lah gahlehREEahPEHroh noh ay TYEHMpoh)

Is there time to visit the cathedral?¿Hay tiempo para visitar la catedral? (ay TYEHMpoh PAHrah beeseeTAHR lahkahtehDTHRAHL)

You wish you could go out with her! ¡Quisieras salir con ella! (keeSYEHrahs sahLEER kohn EHyah)



312





English Spanish

the monument to San Martin el monumento a San Martín (ehl mohnooMEHNtoh ah sahn mahrTEEN)

I want to see the monument to San Martin.Quiero ver el monumento a San Martín. (KYEHroh behr ehl mohnooMEHNtoh ah sahnmahrTEEN)

science museum museo de ciencias (mooSEHoh deh SYEHNsyahs)

Let's go to the science museum! ¡Vamos al museo de ciencias! (BAHmohs ahl mooSEHoh deh SYEHNsyahs)

This is the village where Frida Kahlo lived.Este es el pueblo donde vivió Frida Kahlo. (EHSteh ehs ehl PWEHbloh DOHNdehbeeBYOH FREEdthah KAHloh)

the village where Frida Kahlo livedel pueblo donde vivió Frida Kahlo (ehl PWEHbloh DOHNdeh beeBYOHFREEdthah KAHloh)

I want to visit the village where Frida Kahlo lived.Quiero visitar el pueblo donde vivió FridaKahlo. (KYEHroh beeseeTAHR ehl PWEHblohDOHNdeh beeBYOH FREEdthah KAHloh)

This is the house where she lived.Esta es la casa donde ella vivió. (EHStah ehs lah KAHsah DOHNdeh EHyahbeeBYOH)

This is the university. Esta es la universidad. (EHStah ehs lah ooneebehrseeDTHAHDTH)

Did Sabato study here? ¿Aquí estudió Sabato? (ahKEE ehstooDTHYOH SAHbahtoh)

Yes, this is the university where he studied.

Sí, esta es la universidad donde élestudió. (see EHStah ehs lahooneebehrseeDTHAHDTH DOHNdeh ehlehstooDTHYOH)

Is this the neighborhood where he lived?¿Este es el barrio donde él vivió? (EHSteh ehs ehl BAHrryoh DOHNdeh ehlbeeBYOH)

until he was five years old (until the five years)

hasta los cinco años (AHStah lohs SEENkoh AHnyohs)

This is the neighborhood where he lived until hewas five years old.

Este es el barrio donde él vivió hasta loscinco años. (EHSteh ehs ehl BAHrryoh DOHNdeh ehlbeeBYOH AHStah lohs SEENkoh AHnyohs)



313





English Spanish

Is this the village where he lived until he waseighteen years old?

¿Es este el pueblo donde él vivió hasta losdieciocho años? (ehs EHSteh ehl PWEHbloh DOHNdeh ehlbeeBYOH AHStah lohs dyehSYOHchohAHnyohs)

Can we go somewhere with fewer tourists?¿Podemos ir a algún lugar con menosturistas? (pohDTHEHmohs eer ah ahlGOON looGAHRkohn MEHnohs tooREEStahs)

Can we go somewhere? ¿Podemos ir a algún lugar? (pohDTHEHmohs eer ah ahlGOON looGAHR)

I want to go somewhere with fewer people.Quiero ir a algún lugar con menos gente. (KYEHroh eer ah ahlGOON looGAHR kohnMEHnohs HEHNteh)

There are a lot of tourists. Hay muchos turistas. (ay MOOchohs tooREEStahs)

somewhere else (some other place)

algún otro lugar (ahlGOON OHtroh looGAHR)

Can we go somewhere else?¿Podemos ir a algún otro lugar? (pohDTHEHmohs eer ah ahlGOON OHtrohlooGAHR)

There are a lot of tourists here. Let's gosomewhere else.

Hay muchos turistas aquí. Vamos a algúnotro lugar. (ay MOOchohs tooREEStahs ahKEE BAHmohsah ahlGOON OHtroh looGAHR)

I feel like going somewhere.Tengo ganas de ir a algún lugar. (TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh eer ah ahlGOONlooGAHR)

history museum museo de historia (mooSEHoh deh eesTOHryah)

Can we go somewhere else after?¿Podemos ir a algún otro lugar después? (pohDTHEHmohs eer ah ahlGOON OHtrohlooGAHR dehsPWEHS)

Can we go somewhere else after the historymuseum?

¿Podemos ir a algún otro lugar despuésdel museo de historia? (pohDTHEHmohs eer ah ahlGOON OHtrohlooGAHR dehsPWEHS dehl mooSEHoh deheesTOHryah)


314





Cultural Notes

It is very common in Latin America for extended family members to live together. Many times mom,dad, children, grandparents, and even aunts, uncles and cousins will live in the same home.It is very common to see at least one pet in Latin American homes. People seem to enjoy thecompanionship of a dog, cat, or even a bird or hamster. And if you happen to visit a home in thecountryside, you'll find that people also have horses as pets!The use of nicknames is very common in many Latin American countries. And in many cases, nicknamesare adjectives that describe the person's appearance. For example, chico (small), pequeño (small), orchaparro (short) are commonly used to refer to a young boy. And chica, pequeña, orchaparrita (notice the diminutive form) are used to refer to a young girl.As a guest, you will see that it is very common for Latin American hosts to offer you a drink or somethingto eat. In some countries it can be considered somewhat rude to refuse this when it is offered to you. Inothers, you will just surrender to the insistence of the host!There is no comparison to Latin America when it comes to hospitality. Latin American people enjoygiving time and attention to their guests. And, the entire host family will be proud of showing you aroundtheir house to make you feel at home. So, be ready to enjoy hospitality and also keep you ears wideopen as Latin Americans also like to share their thoughts and feelings with their guests!It is very common to hear people refer to la sala de estar as just "sala" or even "el living." "Spanglish" is very common in Latin America, and this is not the only borrowed word you are likely tohear.There's not much difference between "dinner" and "dinner party" in Spanish. You will hear people use theword cena interchangeably. If you think you won't be able to know the difference, don't worry! Thecontext will always help you figure it out!Did you know that many countries in Latin America have their own national sport? In 1933, thecharreadas (similar to rodeos) were defined as Mexico's national sport. Argentina's national sport ispato: a sport played with a six-handle ball on horseback. It was defined as a national sport in 1953. Youmay have also heard about the tejo, Colombia's national sport, that consists of throwing metal discs tostrike the targets (made of gunpowder and called mechas).Latin American cultures possess a wide variety of music that represents each of the countries. Some ofthe most popular rhythms are cumbia in Colombia and tango in Argentina. Other traditional soundsare candombe (Uruguay), ranchera (Mexico), cuecas (Chile), and boleros (in countries such asCuba, Puerto Rico and Mexico). One of the main characteristics of these rhythms is their diversity andmixture of styles.In Latin America, it is very common for people to have two last names. The first last name is the paternalsurname and the second is the maternal surname. So if you have the name Cielo Flores - Baldemar,Flores is the paternal name and Baldemar is the maternal surname.



315





In some countries, like Mexico, a colloquial term to say my wife is mi vieja. This is similar to the term,'my old lady,' that is sometimes used in the US. You may also hear, mi señora. Remember, señora isalso used as a synonym for woman. These are very colloquial ways of saying wife, but it is good to beaware of them when traveling abroad.You may run into someone special on your travels and before you know it you will want to express tothem how you feel. This next section will teach you how to use key phrases commonly used betweencouples in Latin America. Ready?Saying I love you to someone is very common in Latin America, whether it be with your boyfriend,husband, someone in your family, or even a friend. People in Latin American countries are generally veryaffectionate and not embarrassed to express themselves.There are many terms of endearment in Spanish, corazón (heart) can be used in this way. Many timesyou will hear corazón or corazoncito between husbands and wives, boyfriends and girlfriends, andbetween parents and children. Using endearing terms to show affection in Latin America is verycommon.Like many other people around the world, Latin American families use food to show love andappreciation. Meal time is usually a time for families to socialize and spend time together. If guestscome over it is very common for the hostess to cook a meal for that person.Some countries have different ways of saying chicken and chicken soup. For example, "chicken soup" inMexico is commonly called caldo de pollo, but in Peru and other South American countries, both polloand gallina (hen) are used to mean chicken, so you may hear sopa de gallina.Did you find it strange that we said Estoy haciendo sopa de pollo para el desayuno de estamañana (I'm making chicken soup for breakfast this morning)? It's common in many Latin Americancountries to eat what we would would consider to be dinner food in the morning. Many times you simplywarm up the previous night's dinner for breakfast!Latin American families have two lunch times. One before dinner (usually a normal meal) and one afterdinner that normally consists of coffee and bread or something light, depending on the country. There isalso an evening snack called a merienda that comes between lunch and dinner.In some countries, and especially with Spanish speakers living in the United States, there exists anotherword for lunch, lonche and the act of eating lunch is lonchar. It is borrowed from English.Paella is a dish from Spain that is common in many Latin American countries, especially those that areon the coast because it's made with seafood. It is a seafood rice dish in a tomato-like sauce. ¡Qué ricapaella! (What delicious paella!).In most Latin American countries, chile means pepper, as in jalepeño pepper, green pepper, etc. But inPeru and other countries in the Andean region of South America, every kind of pepper is called ají.



316





Another note worth mentioning is that on account of the English influence on Spanish, there is a veryanglicized way of saying "to put something back." Instead of devolver, it is very common to hear ponerpara atrás. It is not grammatically correct in Spanish, but it is common to hear. For example, Pon lacuchara para atrás, (usually pronounced like "Pon la cuchara pa' tras," ) is more frequently heardthan the grammatically correct Devuelve la cuchara.The word for potato in Latin America is papa, but in Spain it is patata.There is also another word for corn, choclo. It is actually a word from Quechua, the indigenouspopulation of the Andes, who are the living descendants of the Inca Empire.There are many ancient ruins for visitors to see in Latin America. In Mexico, for example, you can go tothe great Chichen Itza, located in the Yucatan Peninsula. In Peru, you can hike the Inca Trail and visitMachu Picchu. You may also be interested in the Lost City (Ciudad Perdida) in Colombia. This city issaid to have housed a population somewhere between 2,000 to 8,000 people! So you will have plenty ofchances to learn all about ancient civilizations.Did you know that Latin America has more pyramids than the rest of the world combined? The bestknown Latin American pyramids include the Castillo at Chichén Itzá in the Yucatan, the Great Pyramidin the Aztec capital of Tenochtitlan, the Pyramid at Cholula, the Inca's great temple at Cuzco in Peru,and the Pyramid of the Sun and the Pyramid of the Moon at Teotihuacán in central Mexico. The GreatPyramid of Cholula in Puebla, Mexico is the largest pyramid by volume in the world!You are probably familiar with the English idiomatic expression, "It's raining cats and dogs!" There is asimilar expression in Spanish. We say, "¡Llueven sapos de panza!" which more or less translates to,"It's raining toads on their bellies!" meaning, the rain drops are so big they look like toad bellies!Hurricanes strike at different places in Latin America, and depending on where they strike, they can becalled hurricanes (huracanes), typhoons (tifones), or cyclones (ciclones).In America, the hurricane season lasts from June to November and affects the north Atlantic andnortheast Pacific oceans. The most threatened areas are the Caribbean, Mexico, Central America, andthe east and Gulf coasts of the United States. Therefore, if you are planning to travel to these areasduring the hurricane season be sure to keep track of weather to make sure you are properly prepared!Did you know that Aconcagua is the highest peak in the western hemisphere? It is located in Mendoza,Argentina, and its peak reaches 6,962 m (22,841 ft.)There are many deserts in Latin America. The Atacama Desert in northern Chile is the driest place onEarth! And, the Patagonia Desert, located primarily in Argentina with small parts in Chile, is the largestdesert in America.La Ciudad Perdida is located in Sierra Nevada, Colombia. It is believed to have been founded around800 A.D. The only entrance to the city is through the dense jungle at the top of approximately 1,200stone steps!



317





Did you know that the United States is the only country in the world that officially uses Fahrenheit tomeasure the temperature? It is! Everyplace else uses Celsius. Thirty-two degrees Celsius is equal toabout 90 degrees Fahrenheit. You can find conversion calculators online to help you get used to thedifferent system.The Galápagos Islands National Park is a must see if traveling to Ecuador!Salto Ángel (Angel Falls) in the jungle of Venezuela, is the world's highest waterfall. It is 3,212 feet highand the plunge is 2,648 feet! ¡Qué hermoso!Did you know that most, if not all, countries in Latin America use the metric system? Therefore, they usekilos instead of pounds (libras). The word kilo comes from the Greek word "thousand" (that is, athousand grams). One kilo equals 2.20 pounds.You will find that many businesses display their hours of operation in military time, i.e., a 24 hour format. However, this is not very common when people speak. Here we will practice the way you say time in aconversation.If you go to Latin America, you will probably be surprised to see public places opened until very late. Insome countries, people have dinner at 9 or 10 pm. Therefore, restaurants open and close very late atnight, and so do pubs, discos, and shopping malls. In other cases, especially in countries where theweather can get really hot, stores in general close at noon and open when the sun starts to go down.If you are planning to shop for shoes, remember to check out an international shoe size conversionchart. Sizing is different in different countries in Latin America. Some countries like Argentina use theEuropean sizing system where shoes range in size from 35 to 48.5! And other countries like Mexico usea system based on the length of the foot in centimeters and the sizes range from 2 to 12.5. Quite adifference, huh?When addressing letters and packages for Latin American countries, you should be aware that the streetname always comes first followed by the number of the house. For example, Calle San Martín 1234. Also, be aware that C.P. stands for código postal (zip code).Just like in the US, postal rates will vary depending on the country you are sending the letter or packagefrom and its destination. The postal service can sometimes take quite a bit longer, and depending onthe origin and destination country, mail delivery is not always as reliable as you may be accustomed to inthe US. When sending important letters and/or packages outside of the US, it is always a good idea topurchase extra insurance just in case something happens to your package.Banks in Latin America have different operating hours depending on the country. In Uruguay, forexample, all banks are open from 1 p.m. to 6 p.m. whereas in Argentina they open at 9 a.m. and close at3 p.m. Opening hours in Mexico, on the other hand, will depend on the branch. Some banks there openfrom 8 a.m to 7 p.m.!US dollar exchange rates differ depending on the country you visit. For example, in Mexico 1 dollar iscurrently worth 12.71 pesos. But, in Argentina the exchange rate for American dollars to Argentinianpesos is 3.93, and the boliviano (Bolivian currency) is 7.03. Chilean pesos are currently 10.82 pesos for1 dollar, and in Paraguay the guarani exchanges at the staggering rate of 4,765.09 to 1 Americandollar!



318





If you are spending your next vacation in Latin America, there are some must-see beaches! One of themis Tayrona in the Parque Nacional Tayrona (Colombia). There you will find lots of hiking andswimming opportunities. You may also want to consider going to El Agua on the north coast of IslaMargarita (Venezuela). But if you are planning to go a little bit further, don't miss the opportunity tovisit José Ignacio, a paradise in Uruguay!Did you know that the ciclorutas in Bogotá, Colombia, are the largest and most comprehensive networkof bicycle routes in the world? This network of bike paths is also connected to a bus system which hasbicycle parking facilities. If you are planning to visit don't miss the opportunity to get to know the city in afun and healthy way!Are you a surfer? If so, you will be able to find some of the world's best waves in Arica, Iquique, y LaSerena (all in Chile); Herradura y Punta Hermosa en Perú; and also Montañita y Salinas enEcuador. Enjoy the ride!Spending time at la plaza is a popular leisure time activity in Latin America. Almost every city has atleast one plaza. People of all ages go there in the evenings to meet people, take walks, and relax.The Aztec stadium (in Mexico) is the only stadium in the world to host two World Cup final matches, in1970 and in 1986. It is also the largest stadium in Latin America!The biggest cathedral in Colombia and one of the biggest in South America, the Primary Cathedral ofBogota, was built between 1807 and 1823.San Martín was an Argentinean general and one of the principal leaders of the independencemovement in South America. He organized expeditions to liberate Peru and Chile from the SpanishRoyalist Forces.Frida Kahlo was born on July 6, 1907, in the town of Coyoacán in Mexico. She combined the difficultexperiences in her life with strong Mexican and Native American cultural influences to create herpaintings. Kahlo died on July 13th, 1954. Although her art was hardly appreciated during her lifetime, shehas become a feminist icon and has inspired generations of painters.Ernesto Sabato is an Argentine novelist, journalist, and essayist. In 1982, he was nominated for NobelPrize in Literature, an award that was finally given to Gabriel Garcia Marquez. He celebrated his 99thbirthday on June 24th, 2010. Although today almost nothing is known about Sabato, his novels like Eltúnel (The Tunnel) and Uno y el Universo (One and the Universe), along with other novels and essays,will always be Latin American icons in literary culture.


319





Grammar Notes

Remember that the verb está is used for "you are" (formal) as well as "he / she / it is" when referring totemporary states of being.Did you say "*este foto?" Even though this noun ends with -o, it's a feminine word. This is because justlike the English word photo, foto is short for fotografía (photograph), which as you can see ends with an-a. So, the next time you use it, remember to change the adjective accordingly!In Latin American countries, kids use endearing forms of kinship terms, like pá, papi, or papá instead ofpadre (father), and má, mami, or mamá instead of madre (mother). It is also very common to hearthe use of diminutive forms--varied forms of word endings showing endearment or relative size. InMexico you will frequently hear -ito / -ita as in papito and mamita, and -cito / -cita for words that endwith a consonant: corazón (heart) would be corazoncito.In Spanish when you want to be polite, show respect or to address a woman you don't know, you can usethe word señora (ma'am). The same also applies for addressing men, except of course you would sayseñor (sir). These more formal terms can also be used in place of the words woman and man. Forexample, instead of saying, "La mujer a mi derecha" (The woman on my right) you can say, "Laseñora a mi derecha."Did you remember to change primo to prima in order to agree with the gender of Maria?Did you notice the Spanish possessive construction? The -'s is not used to show possession in Spanish. Instead you place the noun in possession before de followed by the possessing noun. For example,"Juan's dad," would be el papá de Juan, literally, "the dad of Juan" and "Maria's house," is la casa deMaría (the house of Maria).You already know how to say uncle in Spanish, tío. Now, try applying the gender rule you have learned tothis word in order to answer this next slide.Remember how to say "that" as in, "I believe that I have a high fever" (Creo que tengo fiebre alta)? Keep this in mind for the next slide.For this next challenge, try replacing "woman" with another word in order to sound more polite.Did you notice that quién changed to quiénes? This is because it has to agree with the subject of thesentence, which is plural. So, you say ¿Quiénes son ellos? (Who are they?), but ¿Quién es él? (Whois he?).Did you notice that the plural form of hermano (brother) is used to refer to siblings (hermanos)? Thisis the same for parents (padres), uncles (tíos) and grandparents (abuelos). To form these words yousimply use the masculine plural forms. Also, in Spanish tíos can refer to your uncles (all males) or evenyour aunt and uncle.For this next challenge remember that the verb has to agree with the subject of the sentence in number,that is, plural or singular, as well as gender. Do you remember the plural form of estar?



320





Do you recall that in Spanish, it is not common to say "This is ...," and then the name, to introduce aperson? Instead we say "He is ..." or "She is...," and then the person's name or relationship to the personintroducing them. The same applies to the plural form. Whereas in English it is perfectly fine to say,"These are my parents," in Spanish you would say, "They are my parents" (Ellos son mis padres).Recall how father is padre, and parents is padres, brother is hermano and siblings is hermanos. Keeping this pattern in mind, try your hand at this next one.Did you notice that even when saying "whose" you use the possessive construction and put de (of)before quién (who)?By now, you already know that the "h" in Spanish is silent. You have learned the words hospital,hermana, and hongos. But, did you notice that the "h" in the word hámster is pronounced? This isjust an exception to the silent -h rule because hamster is a word that was borrowed from English.You will also hear people use the word cabello instead of pelo. They both mean hair and areinterchangeable.In English we wouldn't use a possessive construction to create this phrase, but in Spanish you can! Youcan actually use either the possessive construction, el pájaro de la foto, literally "the bird of thepicture," or you can use a phrase similar to how we would say it in English, el pájaro que está en lafoto (the bird that is in the picture). However, the first example is shorter and more commonly used.Los is the plural form of the masculine article, el. You may remember this from los Estados Unidos(the United States). And, las is the plural form of the feminine article, la.For this next slide imagine that you are talking about your female cat, Fifi.You might have said, *Mía tiene pelo largo. This is almost correct. However, Spanish requires theuse of "the" before possessive pronouns like, mine, yours, his, and so on.You probably noticed that in order to say, "The short haired one" we didn't actually say the word "one." For sentences of this type, "one" is implied by the use of the singular article, el. Or, if the noun isfeminine, la.Did you remember to change de quién to the plural form de quiénes?I'll bet you can figure out how to form the feminine word for gato! Use it in the following slide.Remember, in Spanish to make the plural of a noun that ends with a consonant, you have to add "-es" tothe end of the noun. Let's give it a try!Before you try to put it all together you should be aware that this construction requires the use of thearticle before animales.



321





Did you say, *"No me gusta los animales."? Almost! You have learned that the verb always agreeswith the subject of the sentence in person and number, and though it might seem different here this isactually still the case. Gustar, and a few other verbs like it which you will see in a later chapter, look as ifthey agree with the object, e.g., los animales, but I assure you, los animales is actually the subject ofthe sentence, and me is the indirect object. No me gustan los animales can actually be translatedas, "The animals are not likeable to me." So here you can clearly see that "the animals" is the subjectand "to me" is the indirect object. So, me gusta (I like) changes to the plural form me gustan and thecorrect answer is, No me gustan los animales.Did you remember to use the plural form of te gusta?Did you remember to use the feminine form of lindo because foto is a feminine word? And what about"best friend"? Did you get it right and say, mejor amiga?For, "looks like my brother's hair," you may have said *se parece a pelo de mi hermano. This isclose. However, Spanish requires the use of the article el before pelo. Also, any time you have a beforethe masculine article el these two words will combine to form al.If you said, ¿Quién me parezco? you were almost correct! Next time remember that the structure isparecerse a and you have to use a whenever you use the verb parecerse. In a question, thispreposition a moves to the beginning of the sentence. So, you say, ¿A quién me parezco?Do you remember that alto also means high?The Spanish equivalent of the English structure "as...as" (like the expression, "He is as tall as…") istanto...como. So, when talking about qualities, you only have to add the adjective to this structure. Therefore, you will say: No soy tan alto como él (I'm not as tall as him) or Ella es tan delgadacomo yo (She is as thin as I am).Try using the endearing form of abuelo for this next slide.You previously learned corto as "short." Corto is used to refer to the short length or duration ofsomething, while bajo refers to a short stature.The comparative structure (as in, "calmer than...") is represented in Spanish by using más...que(more...than). For example, "thinner than" is más delgado que and, "fatter than" is más gordo que.Did you remember to use the article el before the possessive pronoun mío?Did you say, *el más divertido de todo? The structure de todo, when used with comparatives like"most" and "more," is always plural, even when the noun you are talking about is singular. You can thinkof it as anticipating or carrying an implied plural noun: Mi perro es el más divertido de todos (losperros) (My dog is the most amusing of all (the dogs)). Just like other adjectives in Spanish, todo mustagree in gender with the noun it modifies.Don't forget number and gender agreement for this next challenge!Era" is the past tense of "ser," which you already know is the more permanent form of "to be." Era isused to refer to the nature of something or things that are more permanent like characteristics, in thepast tense.Tag questions in Spanish are easy! Anytime you want to end a statement with a little tag question (like,"Isn't it?" or "Doesn't he?") all you have to do is add ¿No? to the end of your statement. Let's practice.



322





You may also hear Es rubia, ¿verdad?, which literally means, "She's blond, true?" We will look at thistag question a little later in the course. For now just know that either way is fine.Did you notice the meaning would be the same for both Permítame su bufanda and ¿Me permitesu bufanda? These two ways of asking, "May I take...?" have the same meaning and are usedinterchangeably. When using the question form, all you do is detach the ending -me, move it to becomethe first word of the question, and change the "a" at then end of the verb to "e." Permítame (Allow me.)becomes ¿Me permite? (Will you allow me?).You may also hear cartera or even just bolsa (bag) used to mean purse. Throughout this course we willuse bolsa in sentences to mean purse.Did you say, *su cosas? Just like almost every other word in Spanish, possessive pronouns, like tu(your) , su (his / her / its and your "formal"), and mi (my), must also agree in number with the subject ofthe sentence. This is why the correct answer is sus cosas.In Spanish, to talk about the materials things are made of, you use the same construction that is usedfor possessives. For example, mesa de madera is literally "table of wood."Did you notice the word order? When using descriptive words, you generally place the noun before theadjective that describes it.In Spanish, pintura can refer to paint or a painting. Don't worry, the context will help you determinewhich meaning is being used!Did you notice how de and el combined to become del? Anytime the preposition 'of' (de), comesbefore the masculine article el, they combine to become one word, del. If you think about it, it makessense. Try saying *de el. Doesn't it just come out as del anyhow?Notice how we changed "to bring" (traer) to "to bring you" (traerle) by adding -le to the end of theword. Keep this pattern in mind when you attempt the next challenge.Did you say ¿Puedo mostrarle la sala de estar? That's correct! However, there is more than oneway to say this. When asking a question with verbs that end with -le, -te, or -me, you have the option ofmoving this personal pronoun ending to the front of the question. So you can say, ¿Puedo mostrarlela sala de estar? or ¿Le puedo mostrar la sala de estar? Both sentences have the samemeaning!Keep in mind how we changed "to explain" (explicar) to "to explain to me" (explicarme) whenattempting this next slide.For the next slide, try to use the informal person marker -te at the beginning of the sentence.Now try the same thing with this negative sentence.Did you say, *Te no puedo mostrar la cocina. or something similar? With negative sentences, thenegation always comes at the very beginning. So, the correct answer is, No te puedo mostrar lacocina. Of course you could also say, No puedo mostrarte la cocina. In either case, the negativeelement always comes first.Did you remember to change ese to esa and rojo to roja in order to agree with the gender oflámpara?



323





"On" can be translated different ways in Spanish: sobre, en, and encima de. For example, "las floresen la mesa," "las flores sobre la mesa" and "las flores encima de la mesa" can all betranslated as "the flowers on the table." However, there are slight differences. En means "on," as in "onthe wall" or "on the table"; sobre can only be used to mean "on top of"; and encima de can meaneither "on top of" or "above.Remember me gusta (I like) and the plural form me gustan? Well, encantar is another one of thoseverbs that looks like it agrees with the object, as in, Me encantan las flores. However, a true Englishtranslation would be, "The flowers are enchanting to me." So we use the plural form of encantar in thiscase because it actually agrees with las flores.You have already learned that pintura can mean painting. Cuadro is another word that can be used forpainting.Cuarto literally means "room." However, it is also often used to mean bedroom.For this next slide, remember, if the subject is plural the verb must also be plural. Do you remember theplural form of estar?Another very common word for pasillo (hallway) is corredor (corridor). However, pasillo is also used tomean aisle, as in the rows between the seats on an airplane. Corredor can not be used in this sense.Did you remember that a and el combine to become al? Great job!You already learned that su means both “your” in a formal context and “her.” Remember how Spanishuses the same form of the verb for “he / she / it and you (formal)"? You also use the same possessivepronoun for “his / her / its and your (formal).” Pretty easy, huh?!Cumpleaños is actually a compound word. Cumple comes from the verb cumplir (to complete) andaños means years. Interesting isn't it!Did you say *esta fin de semana? You were almost correct! Fin de semana is a noun phrase madeup of two nouns fin (end) and semana (week). In situations like this, the adjective changes according tothe first noun (fin, in this case). Since fin is a masculine noun (you say el fin), then the adjective has tobe modified accordingly. Therefore, the correct response is este fin de semana.You likely said, *fiesta de disfraz. However in Spanish, this phrase is actually plural. So the correctanswer is, fiesta de disfraces, or literally, "party of costumes."Did you remember to change próximo according to the first noun, fin?You may remember that the Spanish word for "weekend" is "fin de semana," which literally means, "endof week." Juega mi equipo favorito esa semana, can also be translated, "My favorite team is playing thatweek." Many times in English we use the present progressive form ("is playing") to talk about somethingthat will take place in the future. However, this doesn't work in Spanish. Instead you use either theregular present tense, juega (plays), or the future tense, va a jugar (is going to play). So, you can sayeither Juega mi equipo favorito esa semana or Mi equipo favorito va a jugar esa semana.In English, we use the plural pronoun "they" to refer to teams, as in, "they play." This is not the case inSpanish. "Team" is treated as a singular noun, "the team." Keep this in mind for this next challenge.You will find that many times Spanish uses cuál (which) when English would use "what" (qué). Generallyspeaking, when there is a limited group from which you can chose the reply, i.e., sports, colors, etc., inSpanish, we use cuál.



324





Remember how we changed hablar (to speak) to the informal "you speak" (hablas)? So how would yousay "you play" in an informal situation?Remember that you use the same form of the verb for he/ she/ it and you (formal). This also applies toattached personal pronoun endings. So, decirle means “to tell him / her / you (formal)."Venga (come) is the subjunctive form of the verb venir (to come). Recall our WEIRDO NUT acronymwhich we use to help us remember when to use the subjunctive mood. Remember, the subjunctivemood is a form of the verb used in Spanish to convey Wishes, Impersonal Expressions, Emotions,Requests, Doubts/ Desires, Opinions, Negative Commands, Uncertainty, or Tentativeness. For example,“Have a nice day” (Que tenga un buen día) uses the subjunctive form of tener, tenga. Generally,when you have que directly before the verb you will use the subjunctive form.Did you remember that her/ him/ it/ you (formal) all use the same indirect object pronoun le?This structure may seem somewhat strange to you. In English, we can think of "to ask for" as both "toask someone for something" or "to ask for something from someone." It would depend on the context ofthe sentence which structure would work best. However, you already know that le is the Spanish indirectobject pronoun. This means that we cannot adopt the structure "to ask someone for something," as insuch a structure "someone" is the direct object. Therefore, we have to use the structure "to ask forsomething from someone," even though in English, this sounds strange in the context of the followingslides.For this next challenge, keep in mind that we use the subjunctive mood to convey a request orsuggestion, such as when we say "Shouldn't you..." Remember how we formed the subjunctive mood ofmirar, que mire?Did you notice that Spanish doesn't use the indefinite article un (a) before trabajo (job)?You may also hear people use the word todavía instead of aún. Both words mean "yet."Did you say No ha llegado a la oficina aún? That's also correct! In Spanish, the word "yet" can beused at the beginning or the end of the sentence.Did you notice the pattern? Trabajar (to work) became ha trabajado (has worked), llegar (to arrive)became ha llegado (has arrived), and tener (to have) changed to ha tenido (has had). So it's simple,for verbs preceded by "he/she/it has" and "you (formal) have," you remove the -ar or -er verb ending andreplace it with -ado (for -ar) and -ido (for -er). Don't forget to add ha (has / have) to the beginning!Since you learned that the Spanish equivalent to -ing verbs is formed by adding -ando, you may havesaid, *ir a bailando. However, verbs that end in -ing are usually used for actions that are happening atthat moment, like "I'm walking." However, in sentences like this one, the "dancing" is not actuallyhappening at that moment in time. So to say, *ir a bailando would be incorrect since you are actuallyspeaking of something that may happen in the future.



325





For this next slide remember that while the structure for sentences with gustar appears to be similar asother verb phrases, they are actually very different. A literal translation of the structure reveals that, Megusta tu casa, is actually, "Your house is liked by me" or "Your house is likable to me." Also, rememberhe/she/it and you (formal) all use the same personal pronoun, le. Ready?You can also include this type of expression, that is, a with the personal pronoun, in sentences withgustar. This is usually done for emphasis. However, remember that you are really saying, "To her it isnot likeable" "To me it is likeable" etc. Ready?!Remember you previously learned how to form tag questions, i.e., Ella se parece mucho a mí, ¿no? Now we will learn another type of tag question. Ready?!¿Cierto? is another way you can form a tag question in Spanish. Cierto and verdad areinterchangeable in most cases.There is another way to ask someone's last name in Spanish. You may hear ¿Cómo te apellidas?which literally means, "How do you surname yourself?" Remember the reflexive verbs llamarse, me llamo and sentirse, me siento? Well, acordarse isanother reflexive verb. Remember, reflexive verbs mean the action of the subject is being carried out onthe subject itself. The personal pronouns se / me or te must always be included with reflexive verbs.You might have noticed that we dropped the de from acordarse de (to remember) on the previousslide. This is because when we use acordarse de, it must be followed by what was remembered. If wesimply want to say I remember, it should not be used.You already know Disculpe and Lo siento, can also mean, “I'm sorry.” Any one of these can be used inthis situation.Do you remember the verbs conocer (to know), conocerte (to know you) and mostrar (to show),mostrarte (to show you)? Attempt this next challenge with this in mind.You may recall that esposo also means husband. Esposo and marido are synonyms and can be usedinterchangeably.Did you get the gender agreement for both 'the' (la) and 'other' (otra)?Remember how we changed llegar (to arrive) to ha llegado (has / have arrived) and tener (to have) toha tenido (has / have had) by adding -ado for the -ar verbs and -ido for verbs ending in -er. Well, verbsthat end in -ir follow the same pattern as those that end in -er. Easy enough!The word sobre has more than one meaning and a synonym. Sobre can mean 'on top of,' 'about,' and'envelope,' depending on the context. Another word for 'about' in this context is acerca de.Days of the week, unlike English, are not capitalized in Spanish.Did you notice that we used de before este viernes? When you want to say something about an eventon a particular day in Spanish it is very common to use "de" as in, "la fiesta de este viernes" (theparty this Friday) and "la cena del próximo lunes" (the dinner party next Monday).



326





Did you notice that we used algo (something) to mean 'anything?' For sentences such as this there isno equivalent to the English word, 'anything.' You simply use, algo.Recall that there is no Spanish equivalent for 'anything' when used to mean 'nothing' or 'something.' Although, our American 2nd grade teachers frowned upon double negatives, i.e., 'I don't want nothing'and 'He doesn't want no food,' this is actually the only way to construct such sentences in Spanish. Soinstead of saying, "I haven't heard anything" in Spanish you actually say, "I haven't heard nothing."Did you remember to use de before este and say de este jueves?Apenas and recién can also be used to mean just. For example, you can say, Acaba de invitarme,Apenas me invitó or Recién me invitó. They all mean, "She just invited me."Remember, you can also say Ella me acaba de invitar.Do you recall how we formed estamos (we are) from estar (to be) and bajamos (we get off) frombajar (to get off)? Now apply this pattern to acabar de!Did you recognize the pattern? To form the simple past of regular -ar verbs for he / she / it and you(formal), all you do is drop the -ar ending and add -ó. So, invitar becomes invitó and acabar changesto acabó.The verb dejaras, is the past subjunctive form of dejar. It is also sometimes referred to as theimperfect subjunctive. The past subjunctive form is used instead of the regular present subjunctivebecause the main verb, encantar, is in the conditional form, me encantaría. It may sound difficult nowbut just remember, whenever the main verb of the sentence is conditional, i.e., would love (encantaría),etc, the secondary verb must be in the past subjunctive form. Don't worry you will get plenty of practicewith Mango!Recall how we formed the conditional form of the verb gustar (to like) by adding the -ía ending,gustaría (would like)? In English, we show conditionality by using the word would, as in, "I would like togo," (Me gustaría ir). The conditional form can be, but is not always, followed by a secondary clause. For example, I would like to go but I have to work (Me gustaría ir pero tengo que trabajar). Formingthe conditional form is easy in Spanish. Generally, all you do is add the ending -ía to the verb. Now let'stry this with encantar!You may have said, "*me encantaría si me dejaras." However, in this case since we are using thesubjunctive form of the verb we use que, literally "that" instead of si (if). Remember, generally when youhave que directly before the verb you will use the subjunctive form.You likely recall learning ¡Por supuesto! to say, "Of course!" ¡Por supuesto! and ¡Claro! aresynonymous and can be used interchangeably.Me acompañaras is in the past subjunctive form. Changing regular -ar verbs for you (informal) is reallyeasy! All you do is add -as to the end. So, dejar becomes dejaras and acompañar isacompañaras. Easy right?Did you recognize that encontrarnos is a reflexive verb? Very Good! It comes from the verbencontrarse. Don't forget that with reflexive verbs the action is being carried out on the subject itselfand the pronouns se, te, me, or (in this case nos) have to move to the front when the root verb ischanged.



327





For this next challenge, remember how we changed estar (to be) to estamos (we are) and bajar (toget off) to bajamos (we get off). Ready?Now let's put the two together to say, "we find each other." Remember the verb ending -amos and alsoremember the reflexive pronoun nos now moves to the front of the verb. Let's give it a shot!Did you notice we used the definite article, el, in front of the day of the week in Spanish? In English weusually say, "I will see you Monday." However, in Spanish you must always use 'the' before the day of theweek. So, you would say, "Te veré el lunes," literally, "I will see you the Monday." All the days of theweek are masculine. So, just remember to always add el before the day of the week.Did you remember to use el in front of the day of the week? Good job!Remember to move the pronoun -te to the front of the verb.Did you say Te amo también (I love you too)? This is also okay.Amor is the noun meaning love in general. The amorcito diminutive comes from this noun. Manytimes you will hear people call their loved ones, mi amor (my love) or as we have learned before, miamorcito.In Spanish, it is more common to say that the food smells, looks, or tastes rich. Unlike English, we tendto say delicious in those circumstances, but most Spanish speakers will say rica. Deliciosa (delicious) isalso used, but rica tends to be more common. In this course we will use both rica and deliciosa tomean delicious. So, when you hear delicious, you will know that you can use either one.Que can be used in many ways in Spanish. When used in questions it means, "what?" When it appearsat the beginning of an expression like, ¡Qué rica,! it means "how," as in, "How delicious!" When quewithout an accent mark is in the middle of a phrase or sentence joining together two clauses it means"that," as in, "The food that she cooks is delicious!" (¡La comida que cocina es deliciosa!).From this point on we are going to practice using deliciosa, instead of rica, to mean delicious. Justremember they both mean delicious and rica is more commonly used.The verb saber has two meanings. It can mean "to know" or "to taste." You just have to listen to thecontext to figure out which saber is being used.Did you get it right and put de before esta noche? Remember, when you want to say something aboutan event on a particular day in Spanish you use de before the specific day or time.In addition to pastel, torta is used in some countries to mean cake.It is common to hear native Spanish speakers use the word preparar (to prepare) and hacer (to make)instead of "to cook" (cocinar). It is useful to be familiar with all of these terms.Did you remember that we introduced hacer as "to do"? Good job! It also means "to make."Remember that mañana means both "tomorrow" and "morning." Keep this in mind for the nextchallenge.



328





Unlike English, in Spanish we have a verb for meal times. For example, dinner is cena and the act ofeating dinner is cenar.You may have said, "*¿Qué estamos cenando para la cena de esta noche?" However, just like wesaw with Juega mi equipo favorito esta semana (My favorite team is playing this week), the act ofeating dinner is not happening in that moment but rather will take place in the near future. In Spanish,we simply use the present tense, cenamos (we are eating dinner) or literally, "we eat dinner." Also, para(for) is not necessary in Spanish. We simply say cenamos to mean both, "we eat dinner" and "we areeating for dinner." Let's practice!Mariscos (seafood) can be used both in the singular and in the plural. When we are speaking of onetype of seafood, like octopus, we would use the singular, as in El pulpo es una clase de marisco(Octopus is a kind of seafood). But when we are talking about more than one type we use the plural Megustan todos los mariscos (I like all seafood).Remember, when we use the expression Me gusta (I like) and it is followed by que, the next verb will bein the subjunctive form. Since we are using this expression we are going to need to use the subjunctive. Do you remember the general rule for forming the subjunctive? Try to apply this to the verb estar forthe next slide.It is very easy to construct the informal command form of verbs in Spanish. All you do is remove the -rfrom the end. So, instead of saying sacar, the informal command form would be saca. Simple!Did you notice the pattern? Recall that we saw an example of a pronoun attaching to the end of the verbonce before with decirle (to tell her). With córtalos (cut them) we see another example of an attachedpronoun, los (them). However, this time we are using a command form of the verb. So, we started withcortar (to cut), then made the informal command form corta (cut), and then attached the pronoun(los). Easy, right?!Remember how we formed diminutives by adding endings like -ita, -ito, -cita and -cito to the end ofnouns? Take the word pedazo (piece) and make it diminutive, so that it will mean "little piece."Pedacitos is the diminutive of the word pedazo (piece). The reason pedacitos is used here isbecause we want "little" pieces, and that is what the word means. Diminutives are very commonly used inSpanish.There is more than one way to say "to throw" in Spanish. Echar, tirar, and botar each convey thismeaning.It's very easy to form the formal command with Spanish. We begin with a word like cortar. Seeing that itends in -ar, we simply drop the -r and end up with corta, which is our informal command form. In aformal command, instead of dropping the -r we drop the -ar and add and -e to end up with corte. The -irand -er verbs end with an -a in their respective formal commands. The rule is just like the subjunctive.Now let's practice making the formal command with the attached pronoun. Remember, swap the -arending for -e and add the pronoun to the end. Ready?!



329





In order to complete this next challenge, you need to realize that when we say "them" we are referring to"las papas." So make sure to get the gender right.Recall our WEIRDO NUT model when forming the subjunctive for this next lesson. If the verb is about"Desire" (the "D" in our acronym), like querer, and is followed by que, then we need the subjunctive. This next presentation is in the subjunctive form.Bueno means "good," but in this type of context it can also mean "okay" or "alright."This next presentation is in the subjunctive form of the verb.Recall how to use the command form of ir to give directions: Vaya a la derecha (Go to the right). Well,the subjunctive uses the same form as the formal command. So when you see that the verb ir needs tobe put in the formal subjunctive, always use vaya.This next presentation is in the subjunctive form.For this next challenge remember, to make the informal command form of a verb in Spanish, all you dois remove the final -r and if the verb ends in an -i change this to an -e. Ready?!Agregar is a synonym of añadir; you can use them both interchangeably.Recall that "spoon" is cuchara, from the phrase devuelve la cuchara (put the spoon back)? The word"teaspoon" in Spanish is just the diminutive form of spoon. It literally means "little spoon." Interesting,right?In English we use the word "then" when we want to indicate something that happened or will happen aftersomething else, i.e., "First cut them in little pieces. Then add a pinch of salt." In Spanish, you need to usedespués (after) for these types of sentences. Generally when giving instructions luego y despuéscan be used interchangeably.The verb enseñar can also be translated as "to show."This line can be said two ways. Remember, we have the option of putting the pronoun ( me, te, le,or se)either in front of the verb, or it can be attached to the end. For example, instead of saying, ¿Usted mepuede enseñar? You can say ¿Usted puede enseñarme?In Spanish, you don't need to use cómo (how) along with saber (to know) when followed by anotherverb, as this combination implies knowing "how" to do something. For example, you say, "No sé cómo"(I don't know how) but, "No sé cocinar" (I don't know how to cook - literally, "*I don't know to cook.")Recall the verb "to bake" (hornear). Now we are teaching the noun "oven" (horno). Can you see thatthe verb comes from the noun here? This will help you remember both vocabulary words.Did you notice that disfrutar was followed by de? To enjoy is disfrutar. However, when it is followed bythe thing to be enjoyed or, the direct object, you have to add the preposition de. So, you are reallysaying "to enjoy of," as in, "to enjoy of the landscape" (disfrutar del paisaje).



330





In English, we use the verb "to be" to refer to the weather, e.g., "It's hot," "It's raining," etc. However inSpanish, when referring to the weather we use the verb hacer (to make).You may also hear, "la semana que viene," (the week that is coming) or "la semana que entra" (theweek that is entering) to mean, "next week." All three ways are correct.Just like in English, Spanish also has two ways to describe a future event. You can use the future tense,i.e., Hará calor mañana (It will be hot tomorrow), literally, "It will make heat tomorrow," or the simplefuture tense, Va a hacer calor mañana (It is going to be hot tomorrow), literally, "It is going to makeheat tomorrow."Using hacer is not the only way to convey, "It's sunny, cold, etc." You can also use estar. Ready?Do you recall learning that singular masculine nouns drop the -o when they precede the noun theymodify? Recall the examples, un buen día vs. un día bueno, and un buen hombre vs. un hombrebueno. This same rule applies to the adjective mal/ malo. We could place this adjective after the nounit modifies and say tiempo malo (bad weather), in which case you can see we add the -o back to theend of the word.You previously learned that haber means “to have” when used as part of the present perfect tense,e.g., to have worked (haber trabajado), etc. But haber, just like many other words you have seenalready, has multiple meanings. You have also already learned two other ways to say “to be” in Spanish,ser and estar. Well, if you remember the word hay (there is/are), keep in mind that it is actually a formof haber. So, whenever you want to use "there is/are," you will use haber. Let's practice!Both ir a pasear and dar un paseo mean, "to go for a walk." Although, dar un paseo is usuallyused to mean "to give a walk around," generally they can be used interchangeably.You have already learned that era is the past tense form of ser. And this is correct. However, Spanishactually has two simple past tense forms: the preterite and the imperfect. Fue is the preterite form ofser used to refer to the 3rd person: he/ she/ it, and the 2nd person formal: you. This preterite form isused to refer to actions in the past that were performed a specific number of times or that are seen ascompleted. For example, "The game (that we played yesterday) was fun," (El juego [que jugamosayer] fue divertido). The imperfect form, on the other hand, is used to talk about actions thatoccurred repeatedly or over a long period of time in the past. For example, "The game (that we playedas children) was fun," (El juego [que jugabamos de niños] era divertido). Since, in this lesson weare referring to the weather of a specific day, yesterday for example, we will use the preterite past tenseform. This is because yesterday is of course completed and yesterday's weather therefore cannot besomething that occurred over a long period of time. This may seem complicated now, but don't worry,you will get plenty of practice with Mango!Bajo can mean both "short" and "low." Remember, the verb bajar (to get off)? Well, Yo bajo aquí,isn't, "I'm short here," or "I'm low here," but rather, "I get off here."Remember that in Spanish, you need to use the article in front of the day of the week, and that days ofthe week are not capitalized.



331





Future tense is easy in Spanish! For regular verbs all you do is take the root form, like alcanzar, andadd á to the end: alcanzará. So ser (to be) becomes será (will be).You may recall that we learned subir as "to get on." Subir has multiple meanings in Spanish just likebajar. Subir also means, "to go up."Vámonos is the command form, "Let's go!" It's different than saying vamos. Although vamos issometimes used to mean "let's go," it really means, "we go / are going," as in, Vamos a la playa (Wego / are going to the beach). Vámonos a la playa can only be translated, "Let's go to the beach."Think back to our WEIRDO NUT model for the subjunctive mood: wishes, impersonal expressions,emotions, requests, doubts, opinions, negative commands, uncertainty, or tentativeness. Before it rains(antes de que llueva), indicates tentativeness. Therefore we use the subjunctive form of the verb torain (llueva). Also, another clue is that it comes immediately after que.Do you remember the general rule for forming the subjunctive in Spanish? Generally if the verb ends in"-ar" you drop this ending and add an "-e." And, if the verb ends in "-er" or "-ir," you will drop this and addan "-a." Keep this in mind for the next challenge.In many Latin American countries, people use the English word "shopping" to refer to both the buildingand the action of going shopping. So, you will probably hear people say Me voy de shopping or Mevoy al shopping. Did you notice the preposition change? Therefore, de shopping means decompras and al shopping means al centro comercial.You previously learned about reflexive verbs. Recall that with reflexive verbs the subject is performing theaction on itself. Remember the reflexive verb llamarse literally, "to call oneself?" Well, irse is thereflexive form of ir (to go) and literally means, "to go oneself." With reflexive verbs you must alwaysinclude the pronoun me, te, or se.Do you recall the two ways to say, "Can I show you the living room?" (¿Puedo mostrarle la sala deestar? and ¿Le puedo mostrar la sala de estar?)? In Spanish you can leave the pronoun attachedto the end of the verb or move it to the front of the sentence. Now try moving the pronoun from irme tothe front.Voy literally means "I go." But, it is also used to mean, "I'm coming." For example, if someone is callingyour name or knocking at your door, you should yell out, ¡Voy! to let them know you are on your way.It is also common to hear, Me voy de compras.In Spanish, the word hoja can mean both "sheet" of paper (stationery) or "leaf" from a tree. Don't worry,the context will help you grasp the correct meaning!We formed repetirlo (to repeat it) from repetir (to repeat), and aprendiéndolo (learning it) fromaprendiendo (learning). Now try applying this pattern to recomendar. Ready?



332





Did you notice how the pronoun lo moved from the end of the verb to the front? When the verb changesform to agree with the subject, the attached pronoun detaches and moves in front of the verb. This iswhy recomendarlo (to recommend it) becomes Él lo recomienda (He recommends it).For this next slide assume that "it" refers to la tienda de ropa.For this next challenge, recall how we changed invitar (to invite) to invitó (he/she invited) and acabar(to finish) to acabó (he/she finished).In Spanish, él te recomendó can mean either "he recommended to you" (as in, "He recommendedthat store to you"), or "he recommended you" (as in, "He recommended you for the job"). As you alreadyknow, the context will help you get it right!For this next challenge assume that "it" refers to la tienda.Do you recall the pattern for making the plural form of verbs? It's easy! You only have to replace the "-r"with an "-n"! Keep this in mind for the next slide!Do you remember the Spanish phrase tienda de ropa (clothing store)? Can you follow the samepattern and figure out what the Spanish word for the next slide is?Remember that in Spanish the preposition a is used in the question ¿A qué hora? literally, "To whattime?" You use this same structure when saying the time.Did you notice that you need to include the article the with the hour? Literally you are saying, "To theseven of the afternoon."Did you say *a las uno de la mañana? That's almost correct. This is the only exception to the use oflas when giving the time. Because the number one is singular you use la. Also, when talking about timeit is always understood that hora is part of the phrase, as in, a la una (hora) de la mañana. Therefore, since hora is feminine, you will use the feminine form of uno: una, and say, a la una de lamañana (at one a.m).You may have said *Es las seis? Good try! But, not quite. Remember the verb has to agree with thenoun in gender and number. This is why you use the plural form of ser, and say, Son las seis (It's six).Did you say *A las ocho de la tarde? That's almost correct! In Spanish tarde refers to bothafternoon and evening. Noche (night) is used after seven pm.The number one is singular, therefore you will need to use es instead of son. Don't worry! This is theonly case you will use es for time!Remember that in Spanish, when you negate the verb creer you have to use the second verb in thesubjunctive form. Therefore, you will say No creo que la farmacia esté abierta (I don't think thepharmacy is open) but Creo que la farmacia está abierta (I think the pharmacy is open).



333





I bet you remember how to form the subjunctive form of verbs ending with "-ir"! All you do is drop the "-ir" ending and add an "-a." Ready?You likely recall that quedar also means "to stay." Quedar can mean "to stay" or "to fit" depending onthe context of the conversation.You may have said, Estos pantalones. Well, this is also correct. In Spanish, the word pants can beplural or singular. So, you can say either Este pantalón or Estos pantalones.Do you recall the word pequeño (small)? Chico also means "small" and is used rather than pequeñoto say that something doesn't fit you because it's too small.Did you say *Esta talla me queda bueno? That's almost correct! Bueno is an adjective, and bien isan adverb. Therefore, use bueno or buena if you are describing a noun as in, Su español es muybueno (Your Spanish is very good) where bueno describes the noun español. Bien, on the otherhand, describes a verb as in, Esta talla me queda bien (This size fits me well), where bien is tellingyou something about the verb and not the noun.Did you notice that we use the word grande to mean both "big" and "large"? There is no distinction inSpanish.For this next slide, remember that Spanish has two simple past tense forms: the imperfect, era, used totalk about things in the past that occurred over a long period of time; and the preterite, fue, used torefer to events that happened only a specific number of times in the past.Shoes sizes are always measured in numbers. Therefore in Spanish, when we refer to shoe sizes wealways say número (number) instead of talla (size). For this lesson we will be referring to shoe sizes. Therefore, when we use "size" in English remember to use número.Since Spanish uses número instead of talla to refer to shoe sizes, to ask for a size smaller or biggeryou literally ask for a number more or less.For this next challenge remember how we changed recomendar (to recommend) to recomendarlo (torecommend it). Ready?!Do you remember when you were taught, listo para ordenar (ready to order) and algo para tomar(something to drink)? Para is a preposition that usually indicates purpose or destination, rather thansimply as a translation for "for." Keep this in mind for the next challenge.There are two ways to say "to send" in Spanish. The verbs mandar and enviar can be usedinterchangeably.Note that depending on the context, ¿De dónde viene? can mean either "Where does it come from?"or "Where is it coming from?"You already learned por qué (why). Now, you will learn that you can also use para qué, but there is asubtle difference between these two words. It is often possible to substitute por qué for para qué, butit does not always work the other way around. There's an easy rule that will help you use the correctexpression: ¿Por qué? can be translated as "Why?" and ¿Para qué? can be translated as "What for?".Did you notice that when correo is used to refer to the post office, it is plural? But, generally speaking,the word correo is singular.Did you respond correctly with por, or did you use para? Just remember that when dealing withexchanges or purchases you will use por.



334





You will also hear people use the verb sacar or retirar to mean "withdraw." These words can be usedinterchangeably.Ingresar and depositar both mean "to deposit" money in an account and can be usedinterchangeably.Both aquí and acá mean "here." The difference is the preciseness of the area. If the area is specific,than you would use aquí. If it's not exactly in that spot but around it or near this place or even referringto a large area, then it would be acá.You already learned that in Spanish you can use the question ¿Cuánto cuesta? or ¿Cuántocuestan? to ask for the cost of something. Now you will learn a different way to ask the same thing. These two questions can be used interchangeably.Do you recall the phrase ir a bailar (to go dancing)? When the event is not occurring at that particularmoment in time, you do not change the root form of the verb.Did you notice that the Spanish word for vacation is plural?You may also hear people refer to popcorn as pochoclo, palomitas, rosetas or even popcorn!For this next slide remember that para is used to indicate a goal or target. You can think of "to lookgood" as the goal in the sentence.Did you say, "*Te ves bien en ese vestido."? That's not wrong. But, is more common to hear conese vestido (with that dress) or con esos pantalones (with those pants), etc.Did you say "*¿Estás en vacaciones?" That's almost correct. In Spanish when you are actually onvacation you always need to use de instead of en.Anteojos de sol is usually shortened to just anteojos (glasses). Gafas is another word you mayencounter used for sunglasses.Let's suppose the person you are talking to knows you are referring to sunglasses. Solve the next slidebearing this in mind!Did you notice that the Spanish translation didn't include the articles "the" or "a"? It's not wrong if you douse them. However, this is one of the few times when it is more common to omit the article in Spanish.You will also hear people refer to bicycles as bici (singular) or bicis (plural). This is the abbreviated formof bicicleta.You might have said "*andar en caballo". However, in this particular case, the preposition you need touse is a. Therefore, to ride a bike is andar en bicicleta, but to ride a horse is andar a caballo. Let'spractice!Did you notice that we said la tabla (the board) and not mi tabla (my board)? It wouldn't be wrong touse the possessive pronoun, it's just not that common in Spanish.Do you recall you learned Se me olvidó? We are now learning a new way to say the same thing withoutse. In some cases, just like in the example we mentioned before, se is optional.You may also hear people use the English word "surf" as a verb and say, for example, ¡Me gustasurfear!For this next challenge assume "it" refers to "the ball." Ready?!



335





You may recall that we previously learned todo means "all." Well, if we think about it, "all" and"everything" carry essentially the same meaning. In Spanish, there is just one word, todo, for both "all"and "everything."Did you say, "*Todo que debería"? Lo and que work together here to relate the two parts of thissentence. To do this in English, we use words like "that," "what," "who," "whom," and "which." Rememberwe said todo can be translated as either "everything" or "all." Well, literally you are saying, "All thething(s) that I should."Recall the sentence, Todo lo que debería antes de irme? Remember, lo is combined with que tomean, "the thing(s) that." Keep this in mind for this next challenge.Did you say "*Tengo no idea"? Remember that in Spanish "no" goes at the beginning of thesentence. You are literally saying, "I don't have (an) idea."Do you remember how we changed conseguir (to get), to consiguió (he got), and llover (to rain) tollovió (it rained). Changing "-ir" verbs into the past tense for he/she/it subjects is easy! All you do isremove the "-ir" ending and replace it with -ió. Let's try with this next slide.Did you notice that the word donde we used here does not need the accent? This is because it is usedto join two ideas and not to ask a question.You previously learned that unos is "some" and algún is "any." However, these two words are oftenused interchangeably in Spanish.Did you say, "*muchas turistas"? This would be okay if you were referring to a group of femaletourists. Turistas is one of the exceptions to the gender rule. Even though it ends with an -a, turistasis a masculine noun.


336






337





Spanish › departments › webservices › ... · In English we wouldn't use a possessive...

Documents

Transcript of Spanish › departments › webservices › ... · In English we wouldn't use a possessive...